]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - src/xdisp.c
*** empty log message ***
[gnu-emacs] / src / xdisp.c
1 /* Display generation from window structure and buffer text.
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
6
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* New redisplay written by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>.
23
24 Redisplay.
25
26 Emacs separates the task of updating the display from code
27 modifying global state, e.g. buffer text. This way functions
28 operating on buffers don't also have to be concerned with updating
29 the display.
30
31 Updating the display is triggered by the Lisp interpreter when it
32 decides it's time to do it. This is done either automatically for
33 you as part of the interpreter's command loop or as the result of
34 calling Lisp functions like `sit-for'. The C function `redisplay'
35 in xdisp.c is the only entry into the inner redisplay code. (Or,
36 let's say almost---see the description of direct update
37 operations, below.)
38
39 The following diagram shows how redisplay code is invoked. As you
40 can see, Lisp calls redisplay and vice versa. Under window systems
41 like X, some portions of the redisplay code are also called
42 asynchronously during mouse movement or expose events. It is very
43 important that these code parts do NOT use the C library (malloc,
44 free) because many C libraries under Unix are not reentrant. They
45 may also NOT call functions of the Lisp interpreter which could
46 change the interpreter's state. If you don't follow these rules,
47 you will encounter bugs which are very hard to explain.
48
49 (Direct functions, see below)
50 direct_output_for_insert,
51 direct_forward_char (dispnew.c)
52 +---------------------------------+
53 | |
54 | V
55 +--------------+ redisplay +----------------+
56 | Lisp machine |---------------->| Redisplay code |<--+
57 +--------------+ (xdisp.c) +----------------+ |
58 ^ | |
59 +----------------------------------+ |
60 Don't use this path when called |
61 asynchronously! |
62 |
63 expose_window (asynchronous) |
64 |
65 X expose events -----+
66
67 What does redisplay? Obviously, it has to figure out somehow what
68 has been changed since the last time the display has been updated,
69 and to make these changes visible. Preferably it would do that in
70 a moderately intelligent way, i.e. fast.
71
72 Changes in buffer text can be deduced from window and buffer
73 structures, and from some global variables like `beg_unchanged' and
74 `end_unchanged'. The contents of the display are additionally
75 recorded in a `glyph matrix', a two-dimensional matrix of glyph
76 structures. Each row in such a matrix corresponds to a line on the
77 display, and each glyph in a row corresponds to a column displaying
78 a character, an image, or what else. This matrix is called the
79 `current glyph matrix' or `current matrix' in redisplay
80 terminology.
81
82 For buffer parts that have been changed since the last update, a
83 second glyph matrix is constructed, the so called `desired glyph
84 matrix' or short `desired matrix'. Current and desired matrix are
85 then compared to find a cheap way to update the display, e.g. by
86 reusing part of the display by scrolling lines.
87
88
89 Direct operations.
90
91 You will find a lot of redisplay optimizations when you start
92 looking at the innards of redisplay. The overall goal of all these
93 optimizations is to make redisplay fast because it is done
94 frequently.
95
96 Two optimizations are not found in xdisp.c. These are the direct
97 operations mentioned above. As the name suggests they follow a
98 different principle than the rest of redisplay. Instead of
99 building a desired matrix and then comparing it with the current
100 display, they perform their actions directly on the display and on
101 the current matrix.
102
103 One direct operation updates the display after one character has
104 been entered. The other one moves the cursor by one position
105 forward or backward. You find these functions under the names
106 `direct_output_for_insert' and `direct_output_forward_char' in
107 dispnew.c.
108
109
110 Desired matrices.
111
112 Desired matrices are always built per Emacs window. The function
113 `display_line' is the central function to look at if you are
114 interested. It constructs one row in a desired matrix given an
115 iterator structure containing both a buffer position and a
116 description of the environment in which the text is to be
117 displayed. But this is too early, read on.
118
119 Characters and pixmaps displayed for a range of buffer text depend
120 on various settings of buffers and windows, on overlays and text
121 properties, on display tables, on selective display. The good news
122 is that all this hairy stuff is hidden behind a small set of
123 interface functions taking a iterator structure (struct it)
124 argument.
125
126 Iteration over things to be displayed is then simple. It is
127 started by initializing an iterator with a call to init_iterator.
128 Calls to get_next_display_element fill the iterator structure with
129 relevant information about the next thing to display. Calls to
130 set_iterator_to_next move the iterator to the next thing.
131
132 Besides this, an iterator also contains information about the
133 display environment in which glyphs for display elements are to be
134 produced. It has fields for the width and height of the display,
135 the information whether long lines are truncated or continued, a
136 current X and Y position, and lots of other stuff you can better
137 see in dispextern.h.
138
139 Glyphs in a desired matrix are normally constructed in a loop
140 calling get_next_display_element and then produce_glyphs. The call
141 to produce_glyphs will fill the iterator structure with pixel
142 information about the element being displayed and at the same time
143 produce glyphs for it. If the display element fits on the line
144 being displayed, set_iterator_to_next is called next, otherwise the
145 glyphs produced are discarded.
146
147
148 Frame matrices.
149
150 That just couldn't be all, could it? What about terminal types not
151 supporting operations on sub-windows of the screen? To update the
152 display on such a terminal, window-based glyph matrices are not
153 well suited. To be able to reuse part of the display (scrolling
154 lines up and down), we must instead have a view of the whole
155 screen. This is what `frame matrices' are for. They are a trick.
156
157 Frames on terminals like above have a glyph pool. Windows on such
158 a frame sub-allocate their glyph memory from their frame's glyph
159 pool. The frame itself is given its own glyph matrices. By
160 coincidence---or maybe something else---rows in window glyph
161 matrices are slices of corresponding rows in frame matrices. Thus
162 writing to window matrices implicitly updates a frame matrix which
163 provides us with the view of the whole screen that we originally
164 wanted to have without having to move many bytes around. To be
165 honest, there is a little bit more done, but not much more. If you
166 plan to extend that code, take a look at dispnew.c. The function
167 build_frame_matrix is a good starting point. */
168
169 #include <config.h>
170 #include <stdio.h>
171
172 #include "lisp.h"
173 #include "keyboard.h"
174 #include "frame.h"
175 #include "window.h"
176 #include "termchar.h"
177 #include "dispextern.h"
178 #include "buffer.h"
179 #include "charset.h"
180 #include "indent.h"
181 #include "commands.h"
182 #include "macros.h"
183 #include "disptab.h"
184 #include "termhooks.h"
185 #include "intervals.h"
186 #include "coding.h"
187 #include "process.h"
188 #include "region-cache.h"
189 #include "fontset.h"
190
191 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
192 #include "xterm.h"
193 #endif
194 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
195 #include "w32term.h"
196 #endif
197 #ifdef MAC_OS
198 #include "macterm.h"
199 #endif
200
201 #define INFINITY 10000000
202
203 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (MAC_OS)
204 extern void set_frame_menubar P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int));
205 extern int pending_menu_activation;
206 #endif
207
208 extern int interrupt_input;
209 extern int command_loop_level;
210
211 extern int minibuffer_auto_raise;
212
213 extern Lisp_Object Qface;
214 extern Lisp_Object Qmode_line, Qmode_line_inactive, Qheader_line;
215
216 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map;
217 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag;
218 extern Lisp_Object Qmenu_item;
219
220 Lisp_Object Qoverriding_local_map, Qoverriding_terminal_local_map;
221 Lisp_Object Qwindow_scroll_functions, Vwindow_scroll_functions;
222 Lisp_Object Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
223 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks;
224 Lisp_Object QCeval, Qwhen, QCfile, QCdata, QCpropertize;
225 Lisp_Object Qfontified;
226 Lisp_Object Qgrow_only;
227 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_eval_during_redisplay;
228 Lisp_Object Qbuffer_position, Qposition, Qobject;
229
230 Lisp_Object Qrisky_local_variable;
231
232 /* Holds the list (error). */
233 Lisp_Object list_of_error;
234
235 /* Functions called to fontify regions of text. */
236
237 Lisp_Object Vfontification_functions;
238 Lisp_Object Qfontification_functions;
239
240 /* Non-zero means draw tool bar buttons raised when the mouse moves
241 over them. */
242
243 int auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p;
244
245 /* Margin around tool bar buttons in pixels. */
246
247 Lisp_Object Vtool_bar_button_margin;
248
249 /* Thickness of shadow to draw around tool bar buttons. */
250
251 EMACS_INT tool_bar_button_relief;
252
253 /* Non-zero means automatically resize tool-bars so that all tool-bar
254 items are visible, and no blank lines remain. */
255
256 int auto_resize_tool_bars_p;
257
258 /* Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay. */
259
260 Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay, Qinhibit_redisplay;
261
262 /* Non-zero means Lisp evaluation during redisplay is inhibited. */
263
264 int inhibit_eval_during_redisplay;
265
266 /* Names of text properties relevant for redisplay. */
267
268 Lisp_Object Qdisplay, Qrelative_width, Qalign_to;
269 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qinvisible, Qwidth;
270
271 /* Symbols used in text property values. */
272
273 Lisp_Object Qspace, QCalign_to, QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height;
274 Lisp_Object Qleft_margin, Qright_margin, Qspace_width, Qraise;
275 Lisp_Object Qmargin;
276 extern Lisp_Object Qheight;
277
278 /* Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace. */
279
280 Lisp_Object Vshow_trailing_whitespace;
281
282 /* Name of the face used to highlight trailing whitespace. */
283
284 Lisp_Object Qtrailing_whitespace;
285
286 /* The symbol `image' which is the car of the lists used to represent
287 images in Lisp. */
288
289 Lisp_Object Qimage;
290
291 /* Non-zero means print newline to stdout before next mini-buffer
292 message. */
293
294 int noninteractive_need_newline;
295
296 /* Non-zero means print newline to message log before next message. */
297
298 static int message_log_need_newline;
299
300 /* Three markers that message_dolog uses.
301 It could allocate them itself, but that causes trouble
302 in handling memory-full errors. */
303 static Lisp_Object message_dolog_marker1;
304 static Lisp_Object message_dolog_marker2;
305 static Lisp_Object message_dolog_marker3;
306 \f
307 /* The buffer position of the first character appearing entirely or
308 partially on the line of the selected window which contains the
309 cursor; <= 0 if not known. Set by set_cursor_from_row, used for
310 redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal. */
311
312 static struct text_pos this_line_start_pos;
313
314 /* Number of characters past the end of the line above, including the
315 terminating newline. */
316
317 static struct text_pos this_line_end_pos;
318
319 /* The vertical positions and the height of this line. */
320
321 static int this_line_vpos;
322 static int this_line_y;
323 static int this_line_pixel_height;
324
325 /* X position at which this display line starts. Usually zero;
326 negative if first character is partially visible. */
327
328 static int this_line_start_x;
329
330 /* Buffer that this_line_.* variables are referring to. */
331
332 static struct buffer *this_line_buffer;
333
334 /* Nonzero means truncate lines in all windows less wide than the
335 frame. */
336
337 int truncate_partial_width_windows;
338
339 /* A flag to control how to display unibyte 8-bit character. */
340
341 int unibyte_display_via_language_environment;
342
343 /* Nonzero means we have more than one non-mini-buffer-only frame.
344 Not guaranteed to be accurate except while parsing
345 frame-title-format. */
346
347 int multiple_frames;
348
349 Lisp_Object Vglobal_mode_string;
350
351 /* Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text. */
352
353 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_position;
354
355 /* String to display for the arrow. Only used on terminal frames. */
356
357 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_string;
358
359 /* Values of those variables at last redisplay. However, if
360 Voverlay_arrow_position is a marker, last_arrow_position is its
361 numerical position. */
362
363 static Lisp_Object last_arrow_position, last_arrow_string;
364
365 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on a visible frame. */
366
367 Lisp_Object Vframe_title_format;
368
369 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on an iconified frame. */
370
371 Lisp_Object Vicon_title_format;
372
373 /* List of functions to call when a window's size changes. These
374 functions get one arg, a frame on which one or more windows' sizes
375 have changed. */
376
377 static Lisp_Object Vwindow_size_change_functions;
378
379 Lisp_Object Qmenu_bar_update_hook, Vmenu_bar_update_hook;
380
381 /* Nonzero if overlay arrow has been displayed once in this window. */
382
383 static int overlay_arrow_seen;
384
385 /* Nonzero means highlight the region even in nonselected windows. */
386
387 int highlight_nonselected_windows;
388
389 /* If cursor motion alone moves point off frame, try scrolling this
390 many lines up or down if that will bring it back. */
391
392 static EMACS_INT scroll_step;
393
394 /* Nonzero means scroll just far enough to bring point back on the
395 screen, when appropriate. */
396
397 static EMACS_INT scroll_conservatively;
398
399 /* Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines of
400 the top or bottom of the window. This value is translated into a
401 pixel value by multiplying it with CANON_Y_UNIT, which means that
402 there is really a fixed pixel height scroll margin. */
403
404 EMACS_INT scroll_margin;
405
406 /* Number of windows showing the buffer of the selected window (or
407 another buffer with the same base buffer). keyboard.c refers to
408 this. */
409
410 int buffer_shared;
411
412 /* Vector containing glyphs for an ellipsis `...'. */
413
414 static Lisp_Object default_invis_vector[3];
415
416 /* Zero means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face
417 (this slightly odd definition is for compatibility with previous versions
418 of emacs), non-zero means display them using their respective faces.
419
420 This variable is deprecated. */
421
422 int mode_line_inverse_video;
423
424 /* Prompt to display in front of the mini-buffer contents. */
425
426 Lisp_Object minibuf_prompt;
427
428 /* Width of current mini-buffer prompt. Only set after display_line
429 of the line that contains the prompt. */
430
431 int minibuf_prompt_width;
432
433 /* This is the window where the echo area message was displayed. It
434 is always a mini-buffer window, but it may not be the same window
435 currently active as a mini-buffer. */
436
437 Lisp_Object echo_area_window;
438
439 /* List of pairs (MESSAGE . MULTIBYTE). The function save_message
440 pushes the current message and the value of
441 message_enable_multibyte on the stack, the function restore_message
442 pops the stack and displays MESSAGE again. */
443
444 Lisp_Object Vmessage_stack;
445
446 /* Nonzero means multibyte characters were enabled when the echo area
447 message was specified. */
448
449 int message_enable_multibyte;
450
451 /* Nonzero if we should redraw the mode lines on the next redisplay. */
452
453 int update_mode_lines;
454
455 /* Nonzero if window sizes or contents have changed since last
456 redisplay that finished. */
457
458 int windows_or_buffers_changed;
459
460 /* Nonzero means a frame's cursor type has been changed. */
461
462 int cursor_type_changed;
463
464 /* Nonzero after display_mode_line if %l was used and it displayed a
465 line number. */
466
467 int line_number_displayed;
468
469 /* Maximum buffer size for which to display line numbers. */
470
471 Lisp_Object Vline_number_display_limit;
472
473 /* Line width to consider when repositioning for line number display. */
474
475 static EMACS_INT line_number_display_limit_width;
476
477 /* Number of lines to keep in the message log buffer. t means
478 infinite. nil means don't log at all. */
479
480 Lisp_Object Vmessage_log_max;
481
482 /* The name of the *Messages* buffer, a string. */
483
484 static Lisp_Object Vmessages_buffer_name;
485
486 /* Current, index 0, and last displayed echo area message. Either
487 buffers from echo_buffers, or nil to indicate no message. */
488
489 Lisp_Object echo_area_buffer[2];
490
491 /* The buffers referenced from echo_area_buffer. */
492
493 static Lisp_Object echo_buffer[2];
494
495 /* A vector saved used in with_area_buffer to reduce consing. */
496
497 static Lisp_Object Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
498
499 /* Non-zero means display_echo_area should display the last echo area
500 message again. Set by redisplay_preserve_echo_area. */
501
502 static int display_last_displayed_message_p;
503
504 /* Nonzero if echo area is being used by print; zero if being used by
505 message. */
506
507 int message_buf_print;
508
509 /* The symbol `inhibit-menubar-update' and its DEFVAR_BOOL variable. */
510
511 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_menubar_update;
512 int inhibit_menubar_update;
513
514 /* Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. Either a float
515 specifying a fraction of the available height, or an integer
516 specifying a number of lines. */
517
518 Lisp_Object Vmax_mini_window_height;
519
520 /* Non-zero means messages should be displayed with truncated
521 lines instead of being continued. */
522
523 int message_truncate_lines;
524 Lisp_Object Qmessage_truncate_lines;
525
526 /* Set to 1 in clear_message to make redisplay_internal aware
527 of an emptied echo area. */
528
529 static int message_cleared_p;
530
531 /* Non-zero means we want a hollow cursor in windows that are not
532 selected. Zero means there's no cursor in such windows. */
533
534 int cursor_in_non_selected_windows;
535 Lisp_Object Qcursor_in_non_selected_windows;
536
537 /* A scratch glyph row with contents used for generating truncation
538 glyphs. Also used in direct_output_for_insert. */
539
540 #define MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS 100
541 struct glyph_row scratch_glyph_row;
542 static struct glyph scratch_glyphs[MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS];
543
544 /* Ascent and height of the last line processed by move_it_to. */
545
546 static int last_max_ascent, last_height;
547
548 /* Non-zero if there's a help-echo in the echo area. */
549
550 int help_echo_showing_p;
551
552 /* If >= 0, computed, exact values of mode-line and header-line height
553 to use in the macros CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT and
554 CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT. */
555
556 int current_mode_line_height, current_header_line_height;
557
558 /* The maximum distance to look ahead for text properties. Values
559 that are too small let us call compute_char_face and similar
560 functions too often which is expensive. Values that are too large
561 let us call compute_char_face and alike too often because we
562 might not be interested in text properties that far away. */
563
564 #define TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT 100
565
566 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
567
568 /* Variables to turn off display optimizations from Lisp. */
569
570 int inhibit_try_window_id, inhibit_try_window_reusing;
571 int inhibit_try_cursor_movement;
572
573 /* Non-zero means print traces of redisplay if compiled with
574 GLYPH_DEBUG != 0. */
575
576 int trace_redisplay_p;
577
578 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
579
580 #ifdef DEBUG_TRACE_MOVE
581 /* Non-zero means trace with TRACE_MOVE to stderr. */
582 int trace_move;
583
584 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) if (trace_move) fprintf x; else (void) 0
585 #else
586 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) (void) 0
587 #endif
588
589 /* Non-zero means automatically scroll windows horizontally to make
590 point visible. */
591
592 int automatic_hscrolling_p;
593
594 /* How close to the margin can point get before the window is scrolled
595 horizontally. */
596 EMACS_INT hscroll_margin;
597
598 /* How much to scroll horizontally when point is inside the above margin. */
599 Lisp_Object Vhscroll_step;
600
601 /* A list of symbols, one for each supported image type. */
602
603 Lisp_Object Vimage_types;
604
605 /* The variable `resize-mini-windows'. If nil, don't resize
606 mini-windows. If t, always resize them to fit the text they
607 display. If `grow-only', let mini-windows grow only until they
608 become empty. */
609
610 Lisp_Object Vresize_mini_windows;
611
612 /* Buffer being redisplayed -- for redisplay_window_error. */
613
614 struct buffer *displayed_buffer;
615
616 /* Value returned from text property handlers (see below). */
617
618 enum prop_handled
619 {
620 HANDLED_NORMALLY,
621 HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS,
622 HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED,
623 HANDLED_RETURN
624 };
625
626 /* A description of text properties that redisplay is interested
627 in. */
628
629 struct props
630 {
631 /* The name of the property. */
632 Lisp_Object *name;
633
634 /* A unique index for the property. */
635 enum prop_idx idx;
636
637 /* A handler function called to set up iterator IT from the property
638 at IT's current position. Value is used to steer handle_stop. */
639 enum prop_handled (*handler) P_ ((struct it *it));
640 };
641
642 static enum prop_handled handle_face_prop P_ ((struct it *));
643 static enum prop_handled handle_invisible_prop P_ ((struct it *));
644 static enum prop_handled handle_display_prop P_ ((struct it *));
645 static enum prop_handled handle_composition_prop P_ ((struct it *));
646 static enum prop_handled handle_overlay_change P_ ((struct it *));
647 static enum prop_handled handle_fontified_prop P_ ((struct it *));
648
649 /* Properties handled by iterators. */
650
651 static struct props it_props[] =
652 {
653 {&Qfontified, FONTIFIED_PROP_IDX, handle_fontified_prop},
654 /* Handle `face' before `display' because some sub-properties of
655 `display' need to know the face. */
656 {&Qface, FACE_PROP_IDX, handle_face_prop},
657 {&Qdisplay, DISPLAY_PROP_IDX, handle_display_prop},
658 {&Qinvisible, INVISIBLE_PROP_IDX, handle_invisible_prop},
659 {&Qcomposition, COMPOSITION_PROP_IDX, handle_composition_prop},
660 {NULL, 0, NULL}
661 };
662
663 /* Value is the position described by X. If X is a marker, value is
664 the marker_position of X. Otherwise, value is X. */
665
666 #define COERCE_MARKER(X) (MARKERP ((X)) ? Fmarker_position (X) : (X))
667
668 /* Enumeration returned by some move_it_.* functions internally. */
669
670 enum move_it_result
671 {
672 /* Not used. Undefined value. */
673 MOVE_UNDEFINED,
674
675 /* Move ended at the requested buffer position or ZV. */
676 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV,
677
678 /* Move ended at the requested X pixel position. */
679 MOVE_X_REACHED,
680
681 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that must be
682 continued. */
683 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED,
684
685 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that would
686 be displayed truncated. */
687 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED,
688
689 /* Move within a line ended at a line end. */
690 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
691 };
692
693
694 \f
695 /* Function prototypes. */
696
697 static void setup_for_ellipsis P_ ((struct it *));
698 static void mark_window_display_accurate_1 P_ ((struct window *, int));
699 static int single_display_prop_string_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
700 static int display_prop_string_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
701 static int cursor_row_p P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
702 static int redisplay_mode_lines P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
703 static char *decode_mode_spec_coding P_ ((Lisp_Object, char *, int));
704
705 #if 0
706 static int invisible_text_between_p P_ ((struct it *, int, int));
707 #endif
708
709 static int next_element_from_ellipsis P_ ((struct it *));
710 static void pint2str P_ ((char *, int, int));
711 static struct text_pos run_window_scroll_functions P_ ((Lisp_Object,
712 struct text_pos));
713 static void reconsider_clip_changes P_ ((struct window *, struct buffer *));
714 static int text_outside_line_unchanged_p P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
715 static void store_frame_title_char P_ ((char));
716 static int store_frame_title P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int));
717 static void x_consider_frame_title P_ ((Lisp_Object));
718 static void handle_stop P_ ((struct it *));
719 static int tool_bar_lines_needed P_ ((struct frame *));
720 static int single_display_prop_intangible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object));
721 static void ensure_echo_area_buffers P_ ((void));
722 static Lisp_Object unwind_with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((Lisp_Object));
723 static Lisp_Object with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data P_ ((struct window *));
724 static int with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((struct window *, int,
725 int (*) (EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT),
726 EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
727 static void clear_garbaged_frames P_ ((void));
728 static int current_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
729 static int truncate_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
730 static int set_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
731 static int display_echo_area P_ ((struct window *));
732 static int display_echo_area_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
733 static int resize_mini_window_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
734 static Lisp_Object unwind_redisplay P_ ((Lisp_Object));
735 static int string_char_and_length P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int *));
736 static struct text_pos display_prop_end P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
737 struct text_pos));
738 static int compute_window_start_on_continuation_line P_ ((struct window *));
739 static Lisp_Object safe_eval_handler P_ ((Lisp_Object));
740 static void insert_left_trunc_glyphs P_ ((struct it *));
741 static struct glyph_row *get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row P_ ((struct window *));
742 static void extend_face_to_end_of_line P_ ((struct it *));
743 static int append_space P_ ((struct it *, int));
744 static int make_cursor_line_fully_visible P_ ((struct window *));
745 static int try_scrolling P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT, int));
746 static int try_cursor_movement P_ ((Lisp_Object, struct text_pos, int *));
747 static int trailing_whitespace_p P_ ((int));
748 static int message_log_check_duplicate P_ ((int, int, int, int));
749 static void push_it P_ ((struct it *));
750 static void pop_it P_ ((struct it *));
751 static void sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *));
752 static void redisplay_internal P_ ((int));
753 static int echo_area_display P_ ((int));
754 static void redisplay_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
755 static void redisplay_window P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
756 static Lisp_Object redisplay_window_error ();
757 static Lisp_Object redisplay_window_0 P_ ((Lisp_Object));
758 static Lisp_Object redisplay_window_1 P_ ((Lisp_Object));
759 static void update_menu_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
760 static int try_window_reusing_current_matrix P_ ((struct window *));
761 static int try_window_id P_ ((struct window *));
762 static int display_line P_ ((struct it *));
763 static int display_mode_lines P_ ((struct window *));
764 static int display_mode_line P_ ((struct window *, enum face_id, Lisp_Object));
765 static int display_mode_element P_ ((struct it *, int, int, int, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object, int));
766 static int store_mode_line_string P_ ((char *, Lisp_Object, int, int, int, Lisp_Object));
767 static char *decode_mode_spec P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int, int *));
768 static void display_menu_bar P_ ((struct window *));
769 static int display_count_lines P_ ((int, int, int, int, int *));
770 static int display_string P_ ((unsigned char *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object,
771 int, int, struct it *, int, int, int, int));
772 static void compute_line_metrics P_ ((struct it *));
773 static void run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook P_ ((struct it *));
774 static int get_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *, int));
775 static void next_overlay_string P_ ((struct it *));
776 static void reseat P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
777 static void reseat_1 P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
778 static void back_to_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
779 static void reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
780 static void reseat_at_next_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int));
781 static int next_element_from_display_vector P_ ((struct it *));
782 static int next_element_from_string P_ ((struct it *));
783 static int next_element_from_c_string P_ ((struct it *));
784 static int next_element_from_buffer P_ ((struct it *));
785 static int next_element_from_composition P_ ((struct it *));
786 static int next_element_from_image P_ ((struct it *));
787 static int next_element_from_stretch P_ ((struct it *));
788 static void load_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *, int));
789 static int init_from_display_pos P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
790 struct display_pos *));
791 static void reseat_to_string P_ ((struct it *, unsigned char *,
792 Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
793 static enum move_it_result move_it_in_display_line_to P_ ((struct it *,
794 int, int, int));
795 void move_it_vertically_backward P_ ((struct it *, int));
796 static void init_to_row_start P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
797 struct glyph_row *));
798 static int init_to_row_end P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
799 struct glyph_row *));
800 static void back_to_previous_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
801 static int forward_to_next_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int *));
802 static struct text_pos string_pos_nchars_ahead P_ ((struct text_pos,
803 Lisp_Object, int));
804 static struct text_pos string_pos P_ ((int, Lisp_Object));
805 static struct text_pos c_string_pos P_ ((int, unsigned char *, int));
806 static int number_of_chars P_ ((unsigned char *, int));
807 static void compute_stop_pos P_ ((struct it *));
808 static void compute_string_pos P_ ((struct text_pos *, struct text_pos,
809 Lisp_Object));
810 static int face_before_or_after_it_pos P_ ((struct it *, int));
811 static int next_overlay_change P_ ((int));
812 static int handle_single_display_prop P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
813 Lisp_Object, struct text_pos *,
814 int));
815 static int underlying_face_id P_ ((struct it *));
816 static int in_ellipses_for_invisible_text_p P_ ((struct display_pos *,
817 struct window *));
818
819 #define face_before_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 1)
820 #define face_after_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 0)
821
822 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
823
824 static void update_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
825 static void build_desired_tool_bar_string P_ ((struct frame *f));
826 static int redisplay_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *));
827 static void display_tool_bar_line P_ ((struct it *));
828
829 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
830
831 \f
832 /***********************************************************************
833 Window display dimensions
834 ***********************************************************************/
835
836 /* Return the window-relative maximum y + 1 for glyph rows displaying
837 text in window W. This is the height of W minus the height of a
838 mode line, if any. */
839
840 INLINE int
841 window_text_bottom_y (w)
842 struct window *w;
843 {
844 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
845 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
846
847 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
848 height -= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
849 return height;
850 }
851
852
853 /* Return the pixel width of display area AREA of window W. AREA < 0
854 means return the total width of W, not including fringes to
855 the left and right of the window. */
856
857 INLINE int
858 window_box_width (w, area)
859 struct window *w;
860 int area;
861 {
862 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
863 int width = XFASTINT (w->width);
864
865 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
866 {
867 width -= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) + FRAME_FRINGE_COLS (f);
868
869 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
870 {
871 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width))
872 width -= XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width);
873 if (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width))
874 width -= XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width);
875 }
876 else if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
877 width = (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width)
878 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) : 0);
879 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
880 width = (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width)
881 ? XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width) : 0);
882 }
883
884 return width * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
885 }
886
887
888 /* Return the pixel height of the display area of window W, not
889 including mode lines of W, if any. */
890
891 INLINE int
892 window_box_height (w)
893 struct window *w;
894 {
895 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
896 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
897
898 xassert (height >= 0);
899
900 /* Note: the code below that determines the mode-line/header-line
901 height is essentially the same as that contained in the macro
902 CURRENT_{MODE,HEADER}_LINE_HEIGHT, except that it checks whether
903 the appropriate glyph row has its `mode_line_p' flag set,
904 and if it doesn't, uses estimate_mode_line_height instead. */
905
906 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
907 {
908 struct glyph_row *ml_row
909 = (w->current_matrix && w->current_matrix->rows
910 ? MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)
911 : 0);
912 if (ml_row && ml_row->mode_line_p)
913 height -= ml_row->height;
914 else
915 height -= estimate_mode_line_height (f, CURRENT_MODE_LINE_FACE_ID (w));
916 }
917
918 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
919 {
920 struct glyph_row *hl_row
921 = (w->current_matrix && w->current_matrix->rows
922 ? MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)
923 : 0);
924 if (hl_row && hl_row->mode_line_p)
925 height -= hl_row->height;
926 else
927 height -= estimate_mode_line_height (f, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID);
928 }
929
930 /* With a very small font and a mode-line that's taller than
931 default, we might end up with a negative height. */
932 return max (0, height);
933 }
934
935
936 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the left edge of display
937 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
938 whole window, to the right of the left fringe of W. */
939
940 INLINE int
941 window_box_left (w, area)
942 struct window *w;
943 int area;
944 {
945 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
946 int x = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f);
947
948 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
949 {
950 x += (WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f)
951 + FRAME_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f));
952
953 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
954 x += window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
955 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
956 x += (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
957 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
958 }
959
960 return x;
961 }
962
963
964 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the right edge of display
965 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
966 whole window, to the left of the right fringe of W. */
967
968 INLINE int
969 window_box_right (w, area)
970 struct window *w;
971 int area;
972 {
973 return window_box_left (w, area) + window_box_width (w, area);
974 }
975
976
977 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
978 mode lines, in frame-relative coordinates. AREA < 0 means the
979 whole window, not including the left and right fringes of
980 the window. Return in *BOX_X and *BOX_Y the frame-relative pixel
981 coordinates of the upper-left corner of the box. Return in
982 *BOX_WIDTH, and *BOX_HEIGHT the pixel width and height of the box. */
983
984 INLINE void
985 window_box (w, area, box_x, box_y, box_width, box_height)
986 struct window *w;
987 int area;
988 int *box_x, *box_y, *box_width, *box_height;
989 {
990 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
991
992 *box_width = window_box_width (w, area);
993 *box_height = window_box_height (w);
994 *box_x = window_box_left (w, area);
995 *box_y = (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f)
996 + XFASTINT (w->top) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f));
997 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
998 *box_y += CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
999 }
1000
1001
1002 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
1003 mode lines. AREA < 0 means the whole window, not including the
1004 left and right fringe of the window. Return in *TOP_LEFT_X
1005 and TOP_LEFT_Y the frame-relative pixel coordinates of the
1006 upper-left corner of the box. Return in *BOTTOM_RIGHT_X, and
1007 *BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y the coordinates of the bottom-right corner of the
1008 box. */
1009
1010 INLINE void
1011 window_box_edges (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y,
1012 bottom_right_x, bottom_right_y)
1013 struct window *w;
1014 int area;
1015 int *top_left_x, *top_left_y, *bottom_right_x, *bottom_right_y;
1016 {
1017 window_box (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y, bottom_right_x,
1018 bottom_right_y);
1019 *bottom_right_x += *top_left_x;
1020 *bottom_right_y += *top_left_y;
1021 }
1022
1023
1024 \f
1025 /***********************************************************************
1026 Utilities
1027 ***********************************************************************/
1028
1029 /* Return the bottom y-position of the line the iterator IT is in.
1030 This can modify IT's settings. */
1031
1032 int
1033 line_bottom_y (it)
1034 struct it *it;
1035 {
1036 int line_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
1037 int line_top_y = it->current_y;
1038
1039 if (line_height == 0)
1040 {
1041 if (last_height)
1042 line_height = last_height;
1043 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
1044 {
1045 move_it_by_lines (it, 1, 1);
1046 line_height = (it->max_ascent || it->max_descent
1047 ? it->max_ascent + it->max_descent
1048 : last_height);
1049 }
1050 else
1051 {
1052 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
1053
1054 /* Use the default character height. */
1055 it->glyph_row = NULL;
1056 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
1057 it->c = ' ';
1058 it->len = 1;
1059 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
1060 line_height = it->ascent + it->descent;
1061 it->glyph_row = row;
1062 }
1063 }
1064
1065 return line_top_y + line_height;
1066 }
1067
1068
1069 /* Return 1 if position CHARPOS is visible in window W. Set *FULLY to
1070 1 if POS is visible and the line containing POS is fully visible.
1071 EXACT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHTS_P non-zero means compute exact mode-line
1072 and header-lines heights. */
1073
1074 int
1075 pos_visible_p (w, charpos, fully, exact_mode_line_heights_p)
1076 struct window *w;
1077 int charpos, *fully, exact_mode_line_heights_p;
1078 {
1079 struct it it;
1080 struct text_pos top;
1081 int visible_p;
1082 struct buffer *old_buffer = NULL;
1083
1084 if (XBUFFER (w->buffer) != current_buffer)
1085 {
1086 old_buffer = current_buffer;
1087 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
1088 }
1089
1090 *fully = visible_p = 0;
1091 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (top, w->start);
1092
1093 /* Compute exact mode line heights, if requested. */
1094 if (exact_mode_line_heights_p)
1095 {
1096 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
1097 current_mode_line_height
1098 = display_mode_line (w, CURRENT_MODE_LINE_FACE_ID (w),
1099 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
1100
1101 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
1102 current_header_line_height
1103 = display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
1104 current_buffer->header_line_format);
1105 }
1106
1107 start_display (&it, w, top);
1108 move_it_to (&it, charpos, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
1109 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
1110
1111 /* Note that we may overshoot because of invisible text. */
1112 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= charpos)
1113 {
1114 int top_y = it.current_y;
1115 int bottom_y = line_bottom_y (&it);
1116 int window_top_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
1117
1118 if (top_y < window_top_y)
1119 visible_p = bottom_y > window_top_y;
1120 else if (top_y < it.last_visible_y)
1121 {
1122 visible_p = 1;
1123 *fully = bottom_y <= it.last_visible_y;
1124 }
1125 }
1126 else if (it.current_y + it.max_ascent + it.max_descent > it.last_visible_y)
1127 {
1128 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
1129 if (charpos < IT_CHARPOS (it))
1130 {
1131 visible_p = 1;
1132 *fully = 0;
1133 }
1134 }
1135
1136 if (old_buffer)
1137 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer);
1138
1139 current_header_line_height = current_mode_line_height = -1;
1140 return visible_p;
1141 }
1142
1143
1144 /* Return the next character from STR which is MAXLEN bytes long.
1145 Return in *LEN the length of the character. This is like
1146 STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH but never returns an invalid character. If
1147 we find one, we return a `?', but with the length of the invalid
1148 character. */
1149
1150 static INLINE int
1151 string_char_and_length (str, maxlen, len)
1152 unsigned char *str;
1153 int maxlen, *len;
1154 {
1155 int c;
1156
1157 c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (str, maxlen, *len);
1158 if (!CHAR_VALID_P (c, 1))
1159 /* We may not change the length here because other places in Emacs
1160 don't use this function, i.e. they silently accept invalid
1161 characters. */
1162 c = '?';
1163
1164 return c;
1165 }
1166
1167
1168
1169 /* Given a position POS containing a valid character and byte position
1170 in STRING, return the position NCHARS ahead (NCHARS >= 0). */
1171
1172 static struct text_pos
1173 string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string, nchars)
1174 struct text_pos pos;
1175 Lisp_Object string;
1176 int nchars;
1177 {
1178 xassert (STRINGP (string) && nchars >= 0);
1179
1180 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1181 {
1182 int rest = SBYTES (string) - BYTEPOS (pos);
1183 unsigned char *p = SDATA (string) + BYTEPOS (pos);
1184 int len;
1185
1186 while (nchars--)
1187 {
1188 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1189 p += len, rest -= len;
1190 xassert (rest >= 0);
1191 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
1192 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
1193 }
1194 }
1195 else
1196 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, CHARPOS (pos) + nchars, BYTEPOS (pos) + nchars);
1197
1198 return pos;
1199 }
1200
1201
1202 /* Value is the text position, i.e. character and byte position,
1203 for character position CHARPOS in STRING. */
1204
1205 static INLINE struct text_pos
1206 string_pos (charpos, string)
1207 int charpos;
1208 Lisp_Object string;
1209 {
1210 struct text_pos pos;
1211 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1212 xassert (charpos >= 0);
1213 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, string_char_to_byte (string, charpos));
1214 return pos;
1215 }
1216
1217
1218 /* Value is a text position, i.e. character and byte position, for
1219 character position CHARPOS in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
1220 means recognize multibyte characters. */
1221
1222 static struct text_pos
1223 c_string_pos (charpos, s, multibyte_p)
1224 int charpos;
1225 unsigned char *s;
1226 int multibyte_p;
1227 {
1228 struct text_pos pos;
1229
1230 xassert (s != NULL);
1231 xassert (charpos >= 0);
1232
1233 if (multibyte_p)
1234 {
1235 int rest = strlen (s), len;
1236
1237 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, 0, 0);
1238 while (charpos--)
1239 {
1240 string_char_and_length (s, rest, &len);
1241 s += len, rest -= len;
1242 xassert (rest >= 0);
1243 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
1244 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
1245 }
1246 }
1247 else
1248 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, charpos);
1249
1250 return pos;
1251 }
1252
1253
1254 /* Value is the number of characters in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P
1255 non-zero means recognize multibyte characters. */
1256
1257 static int
1258 number_of_chars (s, multibyte_p)
1259 unsigned char *s;
1260 int multibyte_p;
1261 {
1262 int nchars;
1263
1264 if (multibyte_p)
1265 {
1266 int rest = strlen (s), len;
1267 unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *) s;
1268
1269 for (nchars = 0; rest > 0; ++nchars)
1270 {
1271 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1272 rest -= len, p += len;
1273 }
1274 }
1275 else
1276 nchars = strlen (s);
1277
1278 return nchars;
1279 }
1280
1281
1282 /* Compute byte position NEWPOS->bytepos corresponding to
1283 NEWPOS->charpos. POS is a known position in string STRING.
1284 NEWPOS->charpos must be >= POS.charpos. */
1285
1286 static void
1287 compute_string_pos (newpos, pos, string)
1288 struct text_pos *newpos, pos;
1289 Lisp_Object string;
1290 {
1291 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1292 xassert (CHARPOS (*newpos) >= CHARPOS (pos));
1293
1294 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1295 *newpos = string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string,
1296 CHARPOS (*newpos) - CHARPOS (pos));
1297 else
1298 BYTEPOS (*newpos) = CHARPOS (*newpos);
1299 }
1300
1301
1302 \f
1303 /***********************************************************************
1304 Lisp form evaluation
1305 ***********************************************************************/
1306
1307 /* Error handler for safe_eval and safe_call. */
1308
1309 static Lisp_Object
1310 safe_eval_handler (arg)
1311 Lisp_Object arg;
1312 {
1313 add_to_log ("Error during redisplay: %s", arg, Qnil);
1314 return Qnil;
1315 }
1316
1317
1318 /* Evaluate SEXPR and return the result, or nil if something went
1319 wrong. Prevent redisplay during the evaluation. */
1320
1321 Lisp_Object
1322 safe_eval (sexpr)
1323 Lisp_Object sexpr;
1324 {
1325 Lisp_Object val;
1326
1327 if (inhibit_eval_during_redisplay)
1328 val = Qnil;
1329 else
1330 {
1331 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
1332 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1333
1334 GCPRO1 (sexpr);
1335 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1336 /* Use Qt to ensure debugger does not run,
1337 so there is no possibility of wanting to redisplay. */
1338 val = internal_condition_case_1 (Feval, sexpr, Qt,
1339 safe_eval_handler);
1340 UNGCPRO;
1341 val = unbind_to (count, val);
1342 }
1343
1344 return val;
1345 }
1346
1347
1348 /* Call function ARGS[0] with arguments ARGS[1] to ARGS[NARGS - 1].
1349 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. Prevent
1350 redisplay during the evaluation. */
1351
1352 Lisp_Object
1353 safe_call (nargs, args)
1354 int nargs;
1355 Lisp_Object *args;
1356 {
1357 Lisp_Object val;
1358
1359 if (inhibit_eval_during_redisplay)
1360 val = Qnil;
1361 else
1362 {
1363 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
1364 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1365
1366 GCPRO1 (args[0]);
1367 gcpro1.nvars = nargs;
1368 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1369 /* Use Qt to ensure debugger does not run,
1370 so there is no possibility of wanting to redisplay. */
1371 val = internal_condition_case_2 (Ffuncall, nargs, args, Qt,
1372 safe_eval_handler);
1373 UNGCPRO;
1374 val = unbind_to (count, val);
1375 }
1376
1377 return val;
1378 }
1379
1380
1381 /* Call function FN with one argument ARG.
1382 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. */
1383
1384 Lisp_Object
1385 safe_call1 (fn, arg)
1386 Lisp_Object fn, arg;
1387 {
1388 Lisp_Object args[2];
1389 args[0] = fn;
1390 args[1] = arg;
1391 return safe_call (2, args);
1392 }
1393
1394
1395 \f
1396 /***********************************************************************
1397 Debugging
1398 ***********************************************************************/
1399
1400 #if 0
1401
1402 /* Define CHECK_IT to perform sanity checks on iterators.
1403 This is for debugging. It is too slow to do unconditionally. */
1404
1405 static void
1406 check_it (it)
1407 struct it *it;
1408 {
1409 if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
1410 {
1411 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1412 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
1413 }
1414 else if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
1415 {
1416 /* Check that character and byte positions agree. */
1417 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BYTE_TO_CHAR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)));
1418 }
1419
1420 if (it->dpvec)
1421 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
1422 else
1423 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index < 0);
1424 }
1425
1426 #define CHECK_IT(IT) check_it ((IT))
1427
1428 #else /* not 0 */
1429
1430 #define CHECK_IT(IT) (void) 0
1431
1432 #endif /* not 0 */
1433
1434
1435 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
1436
1437 /* Check that the window end of window W is what we expect it
1438 to be---the last row in the current matrix displaying text. */
1439
1440 static void
1441 check_window_end (w)
1442 struct window *w;
1443 {
1444 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
1445 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
1446 {
1447 struct glyph_row *row;
1448 xassert ((row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix,
1449 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos)),
1450 !row->enabled_p
1451 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
1452 || MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix) == 0));
1453 }
1454 }
1455
1456 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) check_window_end ((W))
1457
1458 #else /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1459
1460 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) (void) 0
1461
1462 #endif /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1463
1464
1465 \f
1466 /***********************************************************************
1467 Iterator initialization
1468 ***********************************************************************/
1469
1470 /* Initialize IT for displaying current_buffer in window W, starting
1471 at character position CHARPOS. CHARPOS < 0 means that no buffer
1472 position is specified which is useful when the iterator is assigned
1473 a position later. BYTEPOS is the byte position corresponding to
1474 CHARPOS. BYTEPOS < 0 means compute it from CHARPOS.
1475
1476 If ROW is not null, calls to produce_glyphs with IT as parameter
1477 will produce glyphs in that row.
1478
1479 BASE_FACE_ID is the id of a base face to use. It must be one of
1480 DEFAULT_FACE_ID for normal text, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
1481 MODE_LINE_INACTIVE_FACE_ID, or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID for displaying
1482 mode lines, or TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID for displaying the tool-bar.
1483
1484 If ROW is null and BASE_FACE_ID is equal to MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
1485 MODE_LINE_INACTIVE_FACE_ID, or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID, the iterator
1486 will be initialized to use the corresponding mode line glyph row of
1487 the desired matrix of W. */
1488
1489 void
1490 init_iterator (it, w, charpos, bytepos, row, base_face_id)
1491 struct it *it;
1492 struct window *w;
1493 int charpos, bytepos;
1494 struct glyph_row *row;
1495 enum face_id base_face_id;
1496 {
1497 int highlight_region_p;
1498
1499 /* Some precondition checks. */
1500 xassert (w != NULL && it != NULL);
1501 xassert (charpos < 0 || (charpos >= BUF_BEG (current_buffer)
1502 && charpos <= ZV));
1503
1504 /* If face attributes have been changed since the last redisplay,
1505 free realized faces now because they depend on face definitions
1506 that might have changed. */
1507 if (face_change_count)
1508 {
1509 face_change_count = 0;
1510 free_all_realized_faces (Qnil);
1511 }
1512
1513 /* Use one of the mode line rows of W's desired matrix if
1514 appropriate. */
1515 if (row == NULL)
1516 {
1517 if (base_face_id == MODE_LINE_FACE_ID
1518 || base_face_id == MODE_LINE_INACTIVE_FACE_ID)
1519 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1520 else if (base_face_id == HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID)
1521 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1522 }
1523
1524 /* Clear IT. */
1525 bzero (it, sizeof *it);
1526 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1527 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1528 it->base_face_id = base_face_id;
1529
1530 /* The window in which we iterate over current_buffer: */
1531 XSETWINDOW (it->window, w);
1532 it->w = w;
1533 it->f = XFRAME (w->frame);
1534
1535 /* Extra space between lines (on window systems only). */
1536 if (base_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1537 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1538 {
1539 if (NATNUMP (current_buffer->extra_line_spacing))
1540 it->extra_line_spacing = XFASTINT (current_buffer->extra_line_spacing);
1541 else if (it->f->extra_line_spacing > 0)
1542 it->extra_line_spacing = it->f->extra_line_spacing;
1543 }
1544
1545 /* If realized faces have been removed, e.g. because of face
1546 attribute changes of named faces, recompute them. When running
1547 in batch mode, the face cache of Vterminal_frame is null. If
1548 we happen to get called, make a dummy face cache. */
1549 if (
1550 #ifndef WINDOWSNT
1551 noninteractive &&
1552 #endif
1553 FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f) == NULL)
1554 init_frame_faces (it->f);
1555 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f)->used == 0)
1556 recompute_basic_faces (it->f);
1557
1558 /* Current value of the `space-width', and 'height' properties. */
1559 it->space_width = Qnil;
1560 it->font_height = Qnil;
1561
1562 /* Are control characters displayed as `^C'? */
1563 it->ctl_arrow_p = !NILP (current_buffer->ctl_arrow);
1564
1565 /* -1 means everything between a CR and the following line end
1566 is invisible. >0 means lines indented more than this value are
1567 invisible. */
1568 it->selective = (INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1569 ? XFASTINT (current_buffer->selective_display)
1570 : (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1571 ? -1 : 0));
1572 it->selective_display_ellipsis_p
1573 = !NILP (current_buffer->selective_display_ellipses);
1574
1575 /* Display table to use. */
1576 it->dp = window_display_table (w);
1577
1578 /* Are multibyte characters enabled in current_buffer? */
1579 it->multibyte_p = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
1580
1581 /* Non-zero if we should highlight the region. */
1582 highlight_region_p
1583 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
1584 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)
1585 && XMARKER (current_buffer->mark)->buffer != 0);
1586
1587 /* Set IT->region_beg_charpos and IT->region_end_charpos to the
1588 start and end of a visible region in window IT->w. Set both to
1589 -1 to indicate no region. */
1590 if (highlight_region_p
1591 /* Maybe highlight only in selected window. */
1592 && (/* Either show region everywhere. */
1593 highlight_nonselected_windows
1594 /* Or show region in the selected window. */
1595 || w == XWINDOW (selected_window)
1596 /* Or show the region if we are in the mini-buffer and W is
1597 the window the mini-buffer refers to. */
1598 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window))
1599 && WINDOWP (minibuf_selected_window)
1600 && w == XWINDOW (minibuf_selected_window))))
1601 {
1602 int charpos = marker_position (current_buffer->mark);
1603 it->region_beg_charpos = min (PT, charpos);
1604 it->region_end_charpos = max (PT, charpos);
1605 }
1606 else
1607 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
1608
1609 /* Get the position at which the redisplay_end_trigger hook should
1610 be run, if it is to be run at all. */
1611 if (MARKERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger)
1612 && XMARKER (w->redisplay_end_trigger)->buffer != 0)
1613 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
1614 = marker_position (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1615 else if (INTEGERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger))
1616 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = XINT (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1617
1618 /* Correct bogus values of tab_width. */
1619 it->tab_width = XINT (current_buffer->tab_width);
1620 if (it->tab_width <= 0 || it->tab_width > 1000)
1621 it->tab_width = 8;
1622
1623 /* Are lines in the display truncated? */
1624 it->truncate_lines_p
1625 = (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1626 || XINT (it->w->hscroll)
1627 || (truncate_partial_width_windows
1628 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (it->w))
1629 || !NILP (current_buffer->truncate_lines));
1630
1631 /* Get dimensions of truncation and continuation glyphs. These are
1632 displayed as fringe bitmaps under X, so we don't need them for such
1633 frames. */
1634 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1635 {
1636 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1637 {
1638 /* We will need the truncation glyph. */
1639 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1640 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
1641 it->truncation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1642 }
1643 else
1644 {
1645 /* We will need the continuation glyph. */
1646 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1647 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
1648 it->continuation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1649 }
1650
1651 /* Reset these values to zero because the produce_special_glyphs
1652 above has changed them. */
1653 it->pixel_width = it->ascent = it->descent = 0;
1654 it->phys_ascent = it->phys_descent = 0;
1655 }
1656
1657 /* Set this after getting the dimensions of truncation and
1658 continuation glyphs, so that we don't produce glyphs when calling
1659 produce_special_glyphs, above. */
1660 it->glyph_row = row;
1661 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
1662
1663 /* Get the dimensions of the display area. The display area
1664 consists of the visible window area plus a horizontally scrolled
1665 part to the left of the window. All x-values are relative to the
1666 start of this total display area. */
1667 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1668 {
1669 /* Mode lines, menu bar in terminal frames. */
1670 it->first_visible_x = 0;
1671 it->last_visible_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1672 }
1673 else
1674 {
1675 it->first_visible_x
1676 = XFASTINT (it->w->hscroll) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1677 it->last_visible_x = (it->first_visible_x
1678 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
1679
1680 /* If we truncate lines, leave room for the truncator glyph(s) at
1681 the right margin. Otherwise, leave room for the continuation
1682 glyph(s). Truncation and continuation glyphs are not inserted
1683 for window-based redisplay. */
1684 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1685 {
1686 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1687 it->last_visible_x -= it->truncation_pixel_width;
1688 else
1689 it->last_visible_x -= it->continuation_pixel_width;
1690 }
1691
1692 it->header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w);
1693 it->current_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) + w->vscroll;
1694 }
1695
1696 /* Leave room for a border glyph. */
1697 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
1698 && !WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (it->w))
1699 it->last_visible_x -= 1;
1700
1701 it->last_visible_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
1702
1703 /* For mode lines and alike, arrange for the first glyph having a
1704 left box line if the face specifies a box. */
1705 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1706 {
1707 struct face *face;
1708
1709 it->face_id = base_face_id;
1710
1711 /* If we have a boxed mode line, make the first character appear
1712 with a left box line. */
1713 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, base_face_id);
1714 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1715 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
1716 }
1717
1718 /* If a buffer position was specified, set the iterator there,
1719 getting overlays and face properties from that position. */
1720 if (charpos >= BUF_BEG (current_buffer))
1721 {
1722 it->end_charpos = ZV;
1723 it->face_id = -1;
1724 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = charpos;
1725
1726 /* Compute byte position if not specified. */
1727 if (bytepos < charpos)
1728 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
1729 else
1730 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = bytepos;
1731
1732 /* Compute faces etc. */
1733 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
1734 }
1735
1736 CHECK_IT (it);
1737 }
1738
1739
1740 /* Initialize IT for the display of window W with window start POS. */
1741
1742 void
1743 start_display (it, w, pos)
1744 struct it *it;
1745 struct window *w;
1746 struct text_pos pos;
1747 {
1748 struct glyph_row *row;
1749 int first_vpos = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
1750
1751 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + first_vpos;
1752 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1753
1754 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
1755 {
1756 int start_at_line_beg_p;
1757 int first_y = it->current_y;
1758
1759 /* If window start is not at a line start, skip forward to POS to
1760 get the correct continuation lines width. */
1761 start_at_line_beg_p = (CHARPOS (pos) == BEGV
1762 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (pos) - 1) == '\n');
1763 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1764 {
1765 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it);
1766 move_it_to (it, CHARPOS (pos), -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
1767
1768 /* If lines are continued, this line may end in the middle
1769 of a multi-glyph character (e.g. a control character
1770 displayed as \003, or in the middle of an overlay
1771 string). In this case move_it_to above will not have
1772 taken us to the start of the continuation line but to the
1773 end of the continued line. */
1774 if (it->current_x > 0)
1775 {
1776 if (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0
1777 || it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1778 {
1779 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
1780 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
1781 }
1782
1783 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
1784 }
1785
1786 /* We're starting a new display line, not affected by the
1787 height of the continued line, so clear the appropriate
1788 fields in the iterator structure. */
1789 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
1790 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
1791
1792 it->current_y = first_y;
1793 it->vpos = 0;
1794 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
1795 }
1796 }
1797
1798 #if 0 /* Don't assert the following because start_display is sometimes
1799 called intentionally with a window start that is not at a
1800 line start. Please leave this code in as a comment. */
1801
1802 /* Window start should be on a line start, now. */
1803 xassert (it->continuation_lines_width
1804 || IT_CHARPOS (it) == BEGV
1805 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (it) - 1) == '\n');
1806 #endif /* 0 */
1807 }
1808
1809
1810 /* Return 1 if POS is a position in ellipses displayed for invisible
1811 text. W is the window we display, for text property lookup. */
1812
1813 static int
1814 in_ellipses_for_invisible_text_p (pos, w)
1815 struct display_pos *pos;
1816 struct window *w;
1817 {
1818 Lisp_Object prop, window;
1819 int ellipses_p = 0;
1820 int charpos = CHARPOS (pos->pos);
1821
1822 /* If POS specifies a position in a display vector, this might
1823 be for an ellipsis displayed for invisible text. We won't
1824 get the iterator set up for delivering that ellipsis unless
1825 we make sure that it gets aware of the invisible text. */
1826 if (pos->dpvec_index >= 0
1827 && pos->overlay_string_index < 0
1828 && CHARPOS (pos->string_pos) < 0
1829 && charpos > BEGV
1830 && (XSETWINDOW (window, w),
1831 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (charpos),
1832 Qinvisible, window),
1833 !TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop)))
1834 {
1835 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (charpos - 1), Qinvisible,
1836 window);
1837 ellipses_p = 2 == TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop);
1838 }
1839
1840 return ellipses_p;
1841 }
1842
1843
1844 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W,
1845 starting at position POS that includes overlay string and display
1846 vector/ control character translation position information. Value
1847 is zero if there are overlay strings with newlines at POS. */
1848
1849 static int
1850 init_from_display_pos (it, w, pos)
1851 struct it *it;
1852 struct window *w;
1853 struct display_pos *pos;
1854 {
1855 int charpos = CHARPOS (pos->pos), bytepos = BYTEPOS (pos->pos);
1856 int i, overlay_strings_with_newlines = 0;
1857
1858 /* If POS specifies a position in a display vector, this might
1859 be for an ellipsis displayed for invisible text. We won't
1860 get the iterator set up for delivering that ellipsis unless
1861 we make sure that it gets aware of the invisible text. */
1862 if (in_ellipses_for_invisible_text_p (pos, w))
1863 {
1864 --charpos;
1865 bytepos = 0;
1866 }
1867
1868 /* Keep in mind: the call to reseat in init_iterator skips invisible
1869 text, so we might end up at a position different from POS. This
1870 is only a problem when POS is a row start after a newline and an
1871 overlay starts there with an after-string, and the overlay has an
1872 invisible property. Since we don't skip invisible text in
1873 display_line and elsewhere immediately after consuming the
1874 newline before the row start, such a POS will not be in a string,
1875 but the call to init_iterator below will move us to the
1876 after-string. */
1877 init_iterator (it, w, charpos, bytepos, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1878
1879 for (i = 0; i < it->n_overlay_strings; ++i)
1880 {
1881 char *s = SDATA (it->overlay_strings[i]);
1882 char *e = s + SBYTES (it->overlay_strings[i]);
1883
1884 while (s < e && *s != '\n')
1885 ++s;
1886
1887 if (s < e)
1888 {
1889 overlay_strings_with_newlines = 1;
1890 break;
1891 }
1892 }
1893
1894 /* If position is within an overlay string, set up IT to the right
1895 overlay string. */
1896 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= 0)
1897 {
1898 int relative_index;
1899
1900 /* If the first overlay string happens to have a `display'
1901 property for an image, the iterator will be set up for that
1902 image, and we have to undo that setup first before we can
1903 correct the overlay string index. */
1904 if (it->method == next_element_from_image)
1905 pop_it (it);
1906
1907 /* We already have the first chunk of overlay strings in
1908 IT->overlay_strings. Load more until the one for
1909 pos->overlay_string_index is in IT->overlay_strings. */
1910 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE)
1911 {
1912 int n = pos->overlay_string_index / OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1913 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
1914 while (n--)
1915 {
1916 load_overlay_strings (it, 0);
1917 it->current.overlay_string_index += OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1918 }
1919 }
1920
1921 it->current.overlay_string_index = pos->overlay_string_index;
1922 relative_index = (it->current.overlay_string_index
1923 % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE);
1924 it->string = it->overlay_strings[relative_index];
1925 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1926 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1927 it->method = next_element_from_string;
1928 }
1929
1930 #if 0 /* This is bogus because POS not having an overlay string
1931 position does not mean it's after the string. Example: A
1932 line starting with a before-string and initialization of IT
1933 to the previous row's end position. */
1934 else if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1935 {
1936 /* If POS says we're already after an overlay string ending at
1937 POS, make sure to pop the iterator because it will be in
1938 front of that overlay string. When POS is ZV, we've thereby
1939 also ``processed'' overlay strings at ZV. */
1940 while (it->sp)
1941 pop_it (it);
1942 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1943 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
1944 if (CHARPOS (pos->pos) == ZV)
1945 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
1946 }
1947 #endif /* 0 */
1948
1949 if (CHARPOS (pos->string_pos) >= 0)
1950 {
1951 /* Recorded position is not in an overlay string, but in another
1952 string. This can only be a string from a `display' property.
1953 IT should already be filled with that string. */
1954 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1955 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1956 }
1957
1958 /* Restore position in display vector translations, control
1959 character translations or ellipses. */
1960 if (pos->dpvec_index >= 0)
1961 {
1962 if (it->dpvec == NULL)
1963 get_next_display_element (it);
1964 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index == 0);
1965 it->current.dpvec_index = pos->dpvec_index;
1966 }
1967
1968 CHECK_IT (it);
1969 return !overlay_strings_with_newlines;
1970 }
1971
1972
1973 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1974 starting at ROW->start. */
1975
1976 static void
1977 init_to_row_start (it, w, row)
1978 struct it *it;
1979 struct window *w;
1980 struct glyph_row *row;
1981 {
1982 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->start);
1983 it->continuation_lines_width = row->continuation_lines_width;
1984 CHECK_IT (it);
1985 }
1986
1987
1988 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1989 starting in the line following ROW, i.e. starting at ROW->end.
1990 Value is zero if there are overlay strings with newlines at ROW's
1991 end position. */
1992
1993 static int
1994 init_to_row_end (it, w, row)
1995 struct it *it;
1996 struct window *w;
1997 struct glyph_row *row;
1998 {
1999 int success = 0;
2000
2001 if (init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->end))
2002 {
2003 if (row->continued_p)
2004 it->continuation_lines_width
2005 = row->continuation_lines_width + row->pixel_width;
2006 CHECK_IT (it);
2007 success = 1;
2008 }
2009
2010 return success;
2011 }
2012
2013
2014
2015 \f
2016 /***********************************************************************
2017 Text properties
2018 ***********************************************************************/
2019
2020 /* Called when IT reaches IT->stop_charpos. Handle text property and
2021 overlay changes. Set IT->stop_charpos to the next position where
2022 to stop. */
2023
2024 static void
2025 handle_stop (it)
2026 struct it *it;
2027 {
2028 enum prop_handled handled;
2029 int handle_overlay_change_p = 1;
2030 struct props *p;
2031
2032 it->dpvec = NULL;
2033 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
2034
2035 do
2036 {
2037 handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2038
2039 /* Call text property handlers. */
2040 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
2041 {
2042 handled = p->handler (it);
2043
2044 if (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
2045 break;
2046 else if (handled == HANDLED_RETURN)
2047 return;
2048 else if (handled == HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED)
2049 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
2050 }
2051
2052 if (handled != HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
2053 {
2054 /* Don't check for overlay strings below when set to deliver
2055 characters from a display vector. */
2056 if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
2057 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
2058
2059 /* Handle overlay changes. */
2060 if (handle_overlay_change_p)
2061 handled = handle_overlay_change (it);
2062
2063 /* Determine where to stop next. */
2064 if (handled == HANDLED_NORMALLY)
2065 compute_stop_pos (it);
2066 }
2067 }
2068 while (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS);
2069 }
2070
2071
2072 /* Compute IT->stop_charpos from text property and overlay change
2073 information for IT's current position. */
2074
2075 static void
2076 compute_stop_pos (it)
2077 struct it *it;
2078 {
2079 register INTERVAL iv, next_iv;
2080 Lisp_Object object, limit, position;
2081
2082 /* If nowhere else, stop at the end. */
2083 it->stop_charpos = it->end_charpos;
2084
2085 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2086 {
2087 /* Strings are usually short, so don't limit the search for
2088 properties. */
2089 object = it->string;
2090 limit = Qnil;
2091 position = make_number (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
2092 }
2093 else
2094 {
2095 int charpos;
2096
2097 /* If next overlay change is in front of the current stop pos
2098 (which is IT->end_charpos), stop there. Note: value of
2099 next_overlay_change is point-max if no overlay change
2100 follows. */
2101 charpos = next_overlay_change (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2102 if (charpos < it->stop_charpos)
2103 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
2104
2105 /* If showing the region, we have to stop at the region
2106 start or end because the face might change there. */
2107 if (it->region_beg_charpos > 0)
2108 {
2109 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_beg_charpos)
2110 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_beg_charpos);
2111 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_end_charpos)
2112 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_end_charpos);
2113 }
2114
2115 /* Set up variables for computing the stop position from text
2116 property changes. */
2117 XSETBUFFER (object, current_buffer);
2118 limit = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT);
2119 position = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2120
2121 }
2122
2123 /* Get the interval containing IT's position. Value is a null
2124 interval if there isn't such an interval. */
2125 iv = validate_interval_range (object, &position, &position, 0);
2126 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (iv))
2127 {
2128 Lisp_Object values_here[LAST_PROP_IDX];
2129 struct props *p;
2130
2131 /* Get properties here. */
2132 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
2133 values_here[p->idx] = textget (iv->plist, *p->name);
2134
2135 /* Look for an interval following iv that has different
2136 properties. */
2137 for (next_iv = next_interval (iv);
2138 (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv)
2139 && (NILP (limit)
2140 || XFASTINT (limit) > next_iv->position));
2141 next_iv = next_interval (next_iv))
2142 {
2143 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
2144 {
2145 Lisp_Object new_value;
2146
2147 new_value = textget (next_iv->plist, *p->name);
2148 if (!EQ (values_here[p->idx], new_value))
2149 break;
2150 }
2151
2152 if (p->handler)
2153 break;
2154 }
2155
2156 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv))
2157 {
2158 if (INTEGERP (limit)
2159 && next_iv->position >= XFASTINT (limit))
2160 /* No text property change up to limit. */
2161 it->stop_charpos = min (XFASTINT (limit), it->stop_charpos);
2162 else
2163 /* Text properties change in next_iv. */
2164 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, next_iv->position);
2165 }
2166 }
2167
2168 xassert (STRINGP (it->string)
2169 || (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
2170 && it->stop_charpos >= IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
2171 }
2172
2173
2174 /* Return the position of the next overlay change after POS in
2175 current_buffer. Value is point-max if no overlay change
2176 follows. This is like `next-overlay-change' but doesn't use
2177 xmalloc. */
2178
2179 static int
2180 next_overlay_change (pos)
2181 int pos;
2182 {
2183 int noverlays;
2184 int endpos;
2185 Lisp_Object *overlays;
2186 int len;
2187 int i;
2188
2189 /* Get all overlays at the given position. */
2190 len = 10;
2191 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
2192 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL, 1);
2193 if (noverlays > len)
2194 {
2195 len = noverlays;
2196 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
2197 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL, 1);
2198 }
2199
2200 /* If any of these overlays ends before endpos,
2201 use its ending point instead. */
2202 for (i = 0; i < noverlays; ++i)
2203 {
2204 Lisp_Object oend;
2205 int oendpos;
2206
2207 oend = OVERLAY_END (overlays[i]);
2208 oendpos = OVERLAY_POSITION (oend);
2209 endpos = min (endpos, oendpos);
2210 }
2211
2212 return endpos;
2213 }
2214
2215
2216 \f
2217 /***********************************************************************
2218 Fontification
2219 ***********************************************************************/
2220
2221 /* Handle changes in the `fontified' property of the current buffer by
2222 calling hook functions from Qfontification_functions to fontify
2223 regions of text. */
2224
2225 static enum prop_handled
2226 handle_fontified_prop (it)
2227 struct it *it;
2228 {
2229 Lisp_Object prop, pos;
2230 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2231
2232 /* Get the value of the `fontified' property at IT's current buffer
2233 position. (The `fontified' property doesn't have a special
2234 meaning in strings.) If the value is nil, call functions from
2235 Qfontification_functions. */
2236 if (!STRINGP (it->string)
2237 && it->s == NULL
2238 && !NILP (Vfontification_functions)
2239 && !NILP (Vrun_hooks)
2240 && (pos = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
2241 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil),
2242 NILP (prop)))
2243 {
2244 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
2245 Lisp_Object val;
2246
2247 val = Vfontification_functions;
2248 specbind (Qfontification_functions, Qnil);
2249
2250 if (!CONSP (val) || EQ (XCAR (val), Qlambda))
2251 safe_call1 (val, pos);
2252 else
2253 {
2254 Lisp_Object globals, fn;
2255 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
2256
2257 globals = Qnil;
2258 GCPRO2 (val, globals);
2259
2260 for (; CONSP (val); val = XCDR (val))
2261 {
2262 fn = XCAR (val);
2263
2264 if (EQ (fn, Qt))
2265 {
2266 /* A value of t indicates this hook has a local
2267 binding; it means to run the global binding too.
2268 In a global value, t should not occur. If it
2269 does, we must ignore it to avoid an endless
2270 loop. */
2271 for (globals = Fdefault_value (Qfontification_functions);
2272 CONSP (globals);
2273 globals = XCDR (globals))
2274 {
2275 fn = XCAR (globals);
2276 if (!EQ (fn, Qt))
2277 safe_call1 (fn, pos);
2278 }
2279 }
2280 else
2281 safe_call1 (fn, pos);
2282 }
2283
2284 UNGCPRO;
2285 }
2286
2287 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2288
2289 /* Return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS only if function fontified
2290 something. This avoids an endless loop if they failed to
2291 fontify the text for which reason ever. */
2292 if (!NILP (Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil)))
2293 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2294 }
2295
2296 return handled;
2297 }
2298
2299
2300 \f
2301 /***********************************************************************
2302 Faces
2303 ***********************************************************************/
2304
2305 /* Set up iterator IT from face properties at its current position.
2306 Called from handle_stop. */
2307
2308 static enum prop_handled
2309 handle_face_prop (it)
2310 struct it *it;
2311 {
2312 int new_face_id, next_stop;
2313
2314 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
2315 {
2316 new_face_id
2317 = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
2318 IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2319 it->region_beg_charpos,
2320 it->region_end_charpos,
2321 &next_stop,
2322 (IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2323 + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT),
2324 0);
2325
2326 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box face?
2327 Caveat: this can be called for a freshly initialized
2328 iterator; face_id is -1 in this case. We know that the new
2329 face will not change until limit, i.e. if the new face has a
2330 box, all characters up to limit will have one. But, as
2331 usual, we don't know whether limit is really the end. */
2332 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
2333 {
2334 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
2335
2336 /* If new face has a box but old face has not, this is
2337 the start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has
2338 a shadow on the left side. The value of face_id of the
2339 iterator will be -1 if this is the initial call that gets
2340 the face. In this case, we have to look in front of IT's
2341 position and see whether there is a face != new_face_id. */
2342 it->start_of_box_run_p
2343 = (new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
2344 && (it->face_id >= 0
2345 || IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEG
2346 || new_face_id != face_before_it_pos (it)));
2347 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
2348 }
2349 }
2350 else
2351 {
2352 int base_face_id, bufpos;
2353
2354 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2355 bufpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2356 else
2357 bufpos = 0;
2358
2359 /* For strings from a buffer, i.e. overlay strings or strings
2360 from a `display' property, use the face at IT's current
2361 buffer position as the base face to merge with, so that
2362 overlay strings appear in the same face as surrounding
2363 text, unless they specify their own faces. */
2364 base_face_id = underlying_face_id (it);
2365
2366 new_face_id = face_at_string_position (it->w,
2367 it->string,
2368 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it),
2369 bufpos,
2370 it->region_beg_charpos,
2371 it->region_end_charpos,
2372 &next_stop,
2373 base_face_id, 0);
2374
2375 #if 0 /* This shouldn't be neccessary. Let's check it. */
2376 /* If IT is used to display a mode line we would really like to
2377 use the mode line face instead of the frame's default face. */
2378 if (it->glyph_row == MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
2379 && new_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
2380 new_face_id = CURRENT_MODE_LINE_FACE_ID (it->w);
2381 #endif
2382
2383 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box? Caveat:
2384 this can be called for a freshly allocated iterator; face_id
2385 is -1 is this case. We know that the new face will not
2386 change until the next check pos, i.e. if the new face has a
2387 box, all characters up to that position will have a
2388 box. But, as usual, we don't know whether that position
2389 is really the end. */
2390 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
2391 {
2392 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
2393 struct face *old_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2394
2395 /* If new face has a box but old face hasn't, this is the
2396 start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has a
2397 shadow on the left side. */
2398 it->start_of_box_run_p
2399 = new_face->box && (old_face == NULL || !old_face->box);
2400 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
2401 }
2402 }
2403
2404 it->face_id = new_face_id;
2405 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2406 }
2407
2408
2409 /* Return the ID of the face ``underlying'' IT's current position,
2410 which is in a string. If the iterator is associated with a
2411 buffer, return the face at IT's current buffer position.
2412 Otherwise, use the iterator's base_face_id. */
2413
2414 static int
2415 underlying_face_id (it)
2416 struct it *it;
2417 {
2418 int face_id = it->base_face_id, i;
2419
2420 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
2421
2422 for (i = it->sp - 1; i >= 0; --i)
2423 if (NILP (it->stack[i].string))
2424 face_id = it->stack[i].face_id;
2425
2426 return face_id;
2427 }
2428
2429
2430 /* Compute the face one character before or after the current position
2431 of IT. BEFORE_P non-zero means get the face in front of IT's
2432 position. Value is the id of the face. */
2433
2434 static int
2435 face_before_or_after_it_pos (it, before_p)
2436 struct it *it;
2437 int before_p;
2438 {
2439 int face_id, limit;
2440 int next_check_charpos;
2441 struct text_pos pos;
2442
2443 xassert (it->s == NULL);
2444
2445 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2446 {
2447 int bufpos, base_face_id;
2448
2449 /* No face change past the end of the string (for the case
2450 we are padding with spaces). No face change before the
2451 string start. */
2452 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= SCHARS (it->string)
2453 || (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == 0 && before_p))
2454 return it->face_id;
2455
2456 /* Set pos to the position before or after IT's current position. */
2457 if (before_p)
2458 pos = string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, it->string);
2459 else
2460 /* For composition, we must check the character after the
2461 composition. */
2462 pos = (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION
2463 ? string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + it->cmp_len, it->string)
2464 : string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + 1, it->string));
2465
2466 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2467 bufpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2468 else
2469 bufpos = 0;
2470
2471 base_face_id = underlying_face_id (it);
2472
2473 /* Get the face for ASCII, or unibyte. */
2474 face_id = face_at_string_position (it->w,
2475 it->string,
2476 CHARPOS (pos),
2477 bufpos,
2478 it->region_beg_charpos,
2479 it->region_end_charpos,
2480 &next_check_charpos,
2481 base_face_id, 0);
2482
2483 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
2484 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2485 suitable for unibyte text if IT->string is unibyte. */
2486 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
2487 {
2488 unsigned char *p = SDATA (it->string) + BYTEPOS (pos);
2489 int rest = SBYTES (it->string) - BYTEPOS (pos);
2490 int c, len;
2491 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2492
2493 c = string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
2494 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, c);
2495 }
2496 }
2497 else
2498 {
2499 if ((IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= ZV && !before_p)
2500 || (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= BEGV && before_p))
2501 return it->face_id;
2502
2503 limit = IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT;
2504 pos = it->current.pos;
2505
2506 if (before_p)
2507 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos, it->multibyte_p);
2508 else
2509 {
2510 if (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION)
2511 /* For composition, we must check the position after the
2512 composition. */
2513 pos.charpos += it->cmp_len, pos.bytepos += it->len;
2514 else
2515 INC_TEXT_POS (pos, it->multibyte_p);
2516 }
2517
2518 /* Determine face for CHARSET_ASCII, or unibyte. */
2519 face_id = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
2520 CHARPOS (pos),
2521 it->region_beg_charpos,
2522 it->region_end_charpos,
2523 &next_check_charpos,
2524 limit, 0);
2525
2526 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
2527 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2528 suitable for unibyte text if current_buffer is unibyte. */
2529 if (it->multibyte_p)
2530 {
2531 int c = FETCH_MULTIBYTE_CHAR (CHARPOS (pos));
2532 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2533 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, c);
2534 }
2535 }
2536
2537 return face_id;
2538 }
2539
2540
2541 \f
2542 /***********************************************************************
2543 Invisible text
2544 ***********************************************************************/
2545
2546 /* Set up iterator IT from invisible properties at its current
2547 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2548
2549 static enum prop_handled
2550 handle_invisible_prop (it)
2551 struct it *it;
2552 {
2553 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2554
2555 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2556 {
2557 extern Lisp_Object Qinvisible;
2558 Lisp_Object prop, end_charpos, limit, charpos;
2559
2560 /* Get the value of the invisible text property at the
2561 current position. Value will be nil if there is no such
2562 property. */
2563 charpos = make_number (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
2564 prop = Fget_text_property (charpos, Qinvisible, it->string);
2565
2566 if (!NILP (prop)
2567 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos)
2568 {
2569 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2570
2571 /* Get the position at which the next change of the
2572 invisible text property can be found in IT->string.
2573 Value will be nil if the property value is the same for
2574 all the rest of IT->string. */
2575 XSETINT (limit, SCHARS (it->string));
2576 end_charpos = Fnext_single_property_change (charpos, Qinvisible,
2577 it->string, limit);
2578
2579 /* Text at current position is invisible. The next
2580 change in the property is at position end_charpos.
2581 Move IT's current position to that position. */
2582 if (INTEGERP (end_charpos)
2583 && XFASTINT (end_charpos) < XFASTINT (limit))
2584 {
2585 struct text_pos old;
2586 old = it->current.string_pos;
2587 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = XFASTINT (end_charpos);
2588 compute_string_pos (&it->current.string_pos, old, it->string);
2589 }
2590 else
2591 {
2592 /* The rest of the string is invisible. If this is an
2593 overlay string, proceed with the next overlay string
2594 or whatever comes and return a character from there. */
2595 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2596 {
2597 next_overlay_string (it);
2598 /* Don't check for overlay strings when we just
2599 finished processing them. */
2600 handled = HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED;
2601 }
2602 else
2603 {
2604 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = SCHARS (it->string);
2605 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = SBYTES (it->string);
2606 }
2607 }
2608 }
2609 }
2610 else
2611 {
2612 int invis_p, newpos, next_stop, start_charpos;
2613 Lisp_Object pos, prop, overlay;
2614
2615 /* First of all, is there invisible text at this position? */
2616 start_charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2617 pos = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2618 prop = get_char_property_and_overlay (pos, Qinvisible, it->window,
2619 &overlay);
2620 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop);
2621
2622 /* If we are on invisible text, skip over it. */
2623 if (invis_p && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos)
2624 {
2625 /* Record whether we have to display an ellipsis for the
2626 invisible text. */
2627 int display_ellipsis_p = invis_p == 2;
2628
2629 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2630
2631 /* Loop skipping over invisible text. The loop is left at
2632 ZV or with IT on the first char being visible again. */
2633 do
2634 {
2635 /* Try to skip some invisible text. Return value is the
2636 position reached which can be equal to IT's position
2637 if there is nothing invisible here. This skips both
2638 over invisible text properties and overlays with
2639 invisible property. */
2640 newpos = skip_invisible (IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2641 &next_stop, ZV, it->window);
2642
2643 /* If we skipped nothing at all we weren't at invisible
2644 text in the first place. If everything to the end of
2645 the buffer was skipped, end the loop. */
2646 if (newpos == IT_CHARPOS (*it) || newpos >= ZV)
2647 invis_p = 0;
2648 else
2649 {
2650 /* We skipped some characters but not necessarily
2651 all there are. Check if we ended up on visible
2652 text. Fget_char_property returns the property of
2653 the char before the given position, i.e. if we
2654 get invis_p = 0, this means that the char at
2655 newpos is visible. */
2656 pos = make_number (newpos);
2657 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2658 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop);
2659 }
2660
2661 /* If we ended up on invisible text, proceed to
2662 skip starting with next_stop. */
2663 if (invis_p)
2664 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = next_stop;
2665 }
2666 while (invis_p);
2667
2668 /* The position newpos is now either ZV or on visible text. */
2669 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = newpos;
2670 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (newpos);
2671
2672 /* If there are before-strings at the start of invisible
2673 text, and the text is invisible because of a text
2674 property, arrange to show before-strings because 20.x did
2675 it that way. (If the text is invisible because of an
2676 overlay property instead of a text property, this is
2677 already handled in the overlay code.) */
2678 if (NILP (overlay)
2679 && get_overlay_strings (it, start_charpos))
2680 {
2681 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2682 it->stack[it->sp - 1].display_ellipsis_p = display_ellipsis_p;
2683 }
2684 else if (display_ellipsis_p)
2685 setup_for_ellipsis (it);
2686 }
2687 }
2688
2689 return handled;
2690 }
2691
2692
2693 /* Make iterator IT return `...' next. */
2694
2695 static void
2696 setup_for_ellipsis (it)
2697 struct it *it;
2698 {
2699 if (it->dp
2700 && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
2701 {
2702 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
2703 it->dpvec = v->contents;
2704 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
2705 }
2706 else
2707 {
2708 /* Default `...'. */
2709 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
2710 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
2711 }
2712
2713 /* The ellipsis display does not replace the display of the
2714 character at the new position. Indicate this by setting
2715 IT->dpvec_char_len to zero. */
2716 it->dpvec_char_len = 0;
2717
2718 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
2719 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
2720 }
2721
2722
2723 \f
2724 /***********************************************************************
2725 'display' property
2726 ***********************************************************************/
2727
2728 /* Set up iterator IT from `display' property at its current position.
2729 Called from handle_stop. */
2730
2731 static enum prop_handled
2732 handle_display_prop (it)
2733 struct it *it;
2734 {
2735 Lisp_Object prop, object;
2736 struct text_pos *position;
2737 int display_replaced_p = 0;
2738
2739 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2740 {
2741 object = it->string;
2742 position = &it->current.string_pos;
2743 }
2744 else
2745 {
2746 object = it->w->buffer;
2747 position = &it->current.pos;
2748 }
2749
2750 /* Reset those iterator values set from display property values. */
2751 it->font_height = Qnil;
2752 it->space_width = Qnil;
2753 it->voffset = 0;
2754
2755 /* We don't support recursive `display' properties, i.e. string
2756 values that have a string `display' property, that have a string
2757 `display' property etc. */
2758 if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2759 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2760
2761 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (position->charpos),
2762 Qdisplay, object);
2763 if (NILP (prop))
2764 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2765
2766 if (CONSP (prop)
2767 /* Simple properties. */
2768 && !EQ (XCAR (prop), Qimage)
2769 && !EQ (XCAR (prop), Qspace)
2770 && !EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen)
2771 && !EQ (XCAR (prop), Qspace_width)
2772 && !EQ (XCAR (prop), Qheight)
2773 && !EQ (XCAR (prop), Qraise)
2774 /* Marginal area specifications. */
2775 && !(CONSP (XCAR (prop)) && EQ (XCAR (XCAR (prop)), Qmargin))
2776 && !NILP (XCAR (prop)))
2777 {
2778 for (; CONSP (prop); prop = XCDR (prop))
2779 {
2780 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XCAR (prop), object,
2781 position, display_replaced_p))
2782 display_replaced_p = 1;
2783 }
2784 }
2785 else if (VECTORP (prop))
2786 {
2787 int i;
2788 for (i = 0; i < ASIZE (prop); ++i)
2789 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, AREF (prop, i), object,
2790 position, display_replaced_p))
2791 display_replaced_p = 1;
2792 }
2793 else
2794 {
2795 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position, 0))
2796 display_replaced_p = 1;
2797 }
2798
2799 return display_replaced_p ? HANDLED_RETURN : HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2800 }
2801
2802
2803 /* Value is the position of the end of the `display' property starting
2804 at START_POS in OBJECT. */
2805
2806 static struct text_pos
2807 display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos)
2808 struct it *it;
2809 Lisp_Object object;
2810 struct text_pos start_pos;
2811 {
2812 Lisp_Object end;
2813 struct text_pos end_pos;
2814
2815 end = Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (CHARPOS (start_pos)),
2816 Qdisplay, object, Qnil);
2817 CHARPOS (end_pos) = XFASTINT (end);
2818 if (STRINGP (object))
2819 compute_string_pos (&end_pos, start_pos, it->string);
2820 else
2821 BYTEPOS (end_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (XFASTINT (end));
2822
2823 return end_pos;
2824 }
2825
2826
2827 /* Set up IT from a single `display' sub-property value PROP. OBJECT
2828 is the object in which the `display' property was found. *POSITION
2829 is the position at which it was found. DISPLAY_REPLACED_P non-zero
2830 means that we previously saw a display sub-property which already
2831 replaced text display with something else, for example an image;
2832 ignore such properties after the first one has been processed.
2833
2834 If PROP is a `space' or `image' sub-property, set *POSITION to the
2835 end position of the `display' property.
2836
2837 Value is non-zero if something was found which replaces the display
2838 of buffer or string text. */
2839
2840 static int
2841 handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position,
2842 display_replaced_before_p)
2843 struct it *it;
2844 Lisp_Object prop;
2845 Lisp_Object object;
2846 struct text_pos *position;
2847 int display_replaced_before_p;
2848 {
2849 Lisp_Object value;
2850 int replaces_text_display_p = 0;
2851 Lisp_Object form;
2852
2853 /* If PROP is a list of the form `(when FORM . VALUE)', FORM is
2854 evaluated. If the result is nil, VALUE is ignored. */
2855 form = Qt;
2856 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
2857 {
2858 prop = XCDR (prop);
2859 if (!CONSP (prop))
2860 return 0;
2861 form = XCAR (prop);
2862 prop = XCDR (prop);
2863 }
2864
2865 if (!NILP (form) && !EQ (form, Qt))
2866 {
2867 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
2868 struct gcpro gcpro1;
2869
2870 /* Bind `object' to the object having the `display' property, a
2871 buffer or string. Bind `position' to the position in the
2872 object where the property was found, and `buffer-position'
2873 to the current position in the buffer. */
2874 specbind (Qobject, object);
2875 specbind (Qposition, make_number (CHARPOS (*position)));
2876 specbind (Qbuffer_position,
2877 make_number (STRINGP (object)
2878 ? IT_CHARPOS (*it) : CHARPOS (*position)));
2879 GCPRO1 (form);
2880 form = safe_eval (form);
2881 UNGCPRO;
2882 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2883 }
2884
2885 if (NILP (form))
2886 return 0;
2887
2888 if (CONSP (prop)
2889 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qheight)
2890 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2891 {
2892 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2893 return 0;
2894
2895 /* `(height HEIGHT)'. */
2896 it->font_height = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2897 if (!NILP (it->font_height))
2898 {
2899 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2900 int new_height = -1;
2901
2902 if (CONSP (it->font_height)
2903 && (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus)
2904 || EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qminus))
2905 && CONSP (XCDR (it->font_height))
2906 && INTEGERP (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height))))
2907 {
2908 /* `(+ N)' or `(- N)' where N is an integer. */
2909 int steps = XINT (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height)));
2910 if (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus))
2911 steps = - steps;
2912 it->face_id = smaller_face (it->f, it->face_id, steps);
2913 }
2914 else if (FUNCTIONP (it->font_height))
2915 {
2916 /* Call function with current height as argument.
2917 Value is the new height. */
2918 Lisp_Object height;
2919 height = safe_call1 (it->font_height,
2920 face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2921 if (NUMBERP (height))
2922 new_height = XFLOATINT (height);
2923 }
2924 else if (NUMBERP (it->font_height))
2925 {
2926 /* Value is a multiple of the canonical char height. */
2927 struct face *face;
2928
2929 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
2930 new_height = (XFLOATINT (it->font_height)
2931 * XINT (face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]));
2932 }
2933 else
2934 {
2935 /* Evaluate IT->font_height with `height' bound to the
2936 current specified height to get the new height. */
2937 Lisp_Object value;
2938 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
2939
2940 specbind (Qheight, face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2941 value = safe_eval (it->font_height);
2942 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2943
2944 if (NUMBERP (value))
2945 new_height = XFLOATINT (value);
2946 }
2947
2948 if (new_height > 0)
2949 it->face_id = face_with_height (it->f, it->face_id, new_height);
2950 }
2951 }
2952 else if (CONSP (prop)
2953 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qspace_width)
2954 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2955 {
2956 /* `(space_width WIDTH)'. */
2957 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2958 return 0;
2959
2960 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2961 if (NUMBERP (value) && XFLOATINT (value) > 0)
2962 it->space_width = value;
2963 }
2964 else if (CONSP (prop)
2965 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qraise)
2966 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2967 {
2968 /* `(raise FACTOR)'. */
2969 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2970 return 0;
2971
2972 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2973 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2974 if (NUMBERP (value))
2975 {
2976 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2977 it->voffset = - (XFLOATINT (value)
2978 * (FONT_HEIGHT (face->font)));
2979 }
2980 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2981 }
2982 else if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2983 {
2984 /* `((margin left-margin) VALUE)' or `((margin right-margin)
2985 VALUE) or `((margin nil) VALUE)' or VALUE. */
2986 Lisp_Object location, value;
2987 struct text_pos start_pos;
2988 int valid_p;
2989
2990 /* Characters having this form of property are not displayed, so
2991 we have to find the end of the property. */
2992 start_pos = *position;
2993 *position = display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos);
2994 value = Qnil;
2995
2996 /* Let's stop at the new position and assume that all
2997 text properties change there. */
2998 it->stop_charpos = position->charpos;
2999
3000 location = Qunbound;
3001 if (CONSP (prop) && CONSP (XCAR (prop)))
3002 {
3003 Lisp_Object tem;
3004
3005 value = XCDR (prop);
3006 if (CONSP (value))
3007 value = XCAR (value);
3008
3009 tem = XCAR (prop);
3010 if (EQ (XCAR (tem), Qmargin)
3011 && (tem = XCDR (tem),
3012 tem = CONSP (tem) ? XCAR (tem) : Qnil,
3013 (NILP (tem)
3014 || EQ (tem, Qleft_margin)
3015 || EQ (tem, Qright_margin))))
3016 location = tem;
3017 }
3018
3019 if (EQ (location, Qunbound))
3020 {
3021 location = Qnil;
3022 value = prop;
3023 }
3024
3025 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
3026 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f))
3027 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
3028 else
3029 valid_p = (STRINGP (value)
3030 || (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
3031 || valid_image_p (value));
3032 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
3033 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
3034 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
3035
3036 if ((EQ (location, Qleft_margin)
3037 || EQ (location, Qright_margin)
3038 || NILP (location))
3039 && valid_p
3040 && !display_replaced_before_p)
3041 {
3042 replaces_text_display_p = 1;
3043
3044 /* Save current settings of IT so that we can restore them
3045 when we are finished with the glyph property value. */
3046 push_it (it);
3047
3048 if (NILP (location))
3049 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
3050 else if (EQ (location, Qleft_margin))
3051 it->area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA;
3052 else
3053 it->area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA;
3054
3055 if (STRINGP (value))
3056 {
3057 it->string = value;
3058 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
3059 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3060 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
3061 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = SCHARS (it->string);
3062 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3063 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3064 it->string_from_display_prop_p = 1;
3065 /* Say that we haven't consumed the characters with
3066 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
3067 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
3068 *position = start_pos;
3069 }
3070 else if (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
3071 {
3072 it->method = next_element_from_stretch;
3073 it->object = value;
3074 it->current.pos = it->position = start_pos;
3075 }
3076 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
3077 else
3078 {
3079 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
3080 it->image_id = lookup_image (it->f, value);
3081 it->position = start_pos;
3082 it->object = NILP (object) ? it->w->buffer : object;
3083 it->method = next_element_from_image;
3084
3085 /* Say that we haven't consumed the characters with
3086 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
3087 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
3088 *position = start_pos;
3089 }
3090 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
3091 }
3092 else
3093 /* Invalid property or property not supported. Restore
3094 the position to what it was before. */
3095 *position = start_pos;
3096 }
3097
3098 return replaces_text_display_p;
3099 }
3100
3101
3102 /* Check if PROP is a display sub-property value whose text should be
3103 treated as intangible. */
3104
3105 static int
3106 single_display_prop_intangible_p (prop)
3107 Lisp_Object prop;
3108 {
3109 /* Skip over `when FORM'. */
3110 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
3111 {
3112 prop = XCDR (prop);
3113 if (!CONSP (prop))
3114 return 0;
3115 prop = XCDR (prop);
3116 }
3117
3118 if (!CONSP (prop))
3119 return 0;
3120
3121 /* Skip over `margin LOCATION'. If LOCATION is in the margins,
3122 we don't need to treat text as intangible. */
3123 if (EQ (XCAR (prop), Qmargin))
3124 {
3125 prop = XCDR (prop);
3126 if (!CONSP (prop))
3127 return 0;
3128
3129 prop = XCDR (prop);
3130 if (!CONSP (prop)
3131 || EQ (XCAR (prop), Qleft_margin)
3132 || EQ (XCAR (prop), Qright_margin))
3133 return 0;
3134 }
3135
3136 return CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qimage);
3137 }
3138
3139
3140 /* Check if PROP is a display property value whose text should be
3141 treated as intangible. */
3142
3143 int
3144 display_prop_intangible_p (prop)
3145 Lisp_Object prop;
3146 {
3147 if (CONSP (prop)
3148 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
3149 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
3150 {
3151 /* A list of sub-properties. */
3152 while (CONSP (prop))
3153 {
3154 if (single_display_prop_intangible_p (XCAR (prop)))
3155 return 1;
3156 prop = XCDR (prop);
3157 }
3158 }
3159 else if (VECTORP (prop))
3160 {
3161 /* A vector of sub-properties. */
3162 int i;
3163 for (i = 0; i < ASIZE (prop); ++i)
3164 if (single_display_prop_intangible_p (AREF (prop, i)))
3165 return 1;
3166 }
3167 else
3168 return single_display_prop_intangible_p (prop);
3169
3170 return 0;
3171 }
3172
3173
3174 /* Return 1 if PROP is a display sub-property value containing STRING. */
3175
3176 static int
3177 single_display_prop_string_p (prop, string)
3178 Lisp_Object prop, string;
3179 {
3180 if (EQ (string, prop))
3181 return 1;
3182
3183 /* Skip over `when FORM'. */
3184 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
3185 {
3186 prop = XCDR (prop);
3187 if (!CONSP (prop))
3188 return 0;
3189 prop = XCDR (prop);
3190 }
3191
3192 if (CONSP (prop))
3193 /* Skip over `margin LOCATION'. */
3194 if (EQ (XCAR (prop), Qmargin))
3195 {
3196 prop = XCDR (prop);
3197 if (!CONSP (prop))
3198 return 0;
3199
3200 prop = XCDR (prop);
3201 if (!CONSP (prop))
3202 return 0;
3203 }
3204
3205 return CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), string);
3206 }
3207
3208
3209 /* Return 1 if STRING appears in the `display' property PROP. */
3210
3211 static int
3212 display_prop_string_p (prop, string)
3213 Lisp_Object prop, string;
3214 {
3215 if (CONSP (prop)
3216 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
3217 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
3218 {
3219 /* A list of sub-properties. */
3220 while (CONSP (prop))
3221 {
3222 if (single_display_prop_string_p (XCAR (prop), string))
3223 return 1;
3224 prop = XCDR (prop);
3225 }
3226 }
3227 else if (VECTORP (prop))
3228 {
3229 /* A vector of sub-properties. */
3230 int i;
3231 for (i = 0; i < ASIZE (prop); ++i)
3232 if (single_display_prop_string_p (AREF (prop, i), string))
3233 return 1;
3234 }
3235 else
3236 return single_display_prop_string_p (prop, string);
3237
3238 return 0;
3239 }
3240
3241
3242 /* Determine from which buffer position in W's buffer STRING comes
3243 from. AROUND_CHARPOS is an approximate position where it could
3244 be from. Value is the buffer position or 0 if it couldn't be
3245 determined.
3246
3247 W's buffer must be current.
3248
3249 This function is necessary because we don't record buffer positions
3250 in glyphs generated from strings (to keep struct glyph small).
3251 This function may only use code that doesn't eval because it is
3252 called asynchronously from note_mouse_highlight. */
3253
3254 int
3255 string_buffer_position (w, string, around_charpos)
3256 struct window *w;
3257 Lisp_Object string;
3258 int around_charpos;
3259 {
3260 Lisp_Object limit, prop, pos;
3261 const int MAX_DISTANCE = 1000;
3262 int found = 0;
3263
3264 pos = make_number (around_charpos);
3265 limit = make_number (min (XINT (pos) + MAX_DISTANCE, ZV));
3266 while (!found && !EQ (pos, limit))
3267 {
3268 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qdisplay, Qnil);
3269 if (!NILP (prop) && display_prop_string_p (prop, string))
3270 found = 1;
3271 else
3272 pos = Fnext_single_char_property_change (pos, Qdisplay, Qnil, limit);
3273 }
3274
3275 if (!found)
3276 {
3277 pos = make_number (around_charpos);
3278 limit = make_number (max (XINT (pos) - MAX_DISTANCE, BEGV));
3279 while (!found && !EQ (pos, limit))
3280 {
3281 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qdisplay, Qnil);
3282 if (!NILP (prop) && display_prop_string_p (prop, string))
3283 found = 1;
3284 else
3285 pos = Fprevious_single_char_property_change (pos, Qdisplay, Qnil,
3286 limit);
3287 }
3288 }
3289
3290 return found ? XINT (pos) : 0;
3291 }
3292
3293
3294 \f
3295 /***********************************************************************
3296 `composition' property
3297 ***********************************************************************/
3298
3299 /* Set up iterator IT from `composition' property at its current
3300 position. Called from handle_stop. */
3301
3302 static enum prop_handled
3303 handle_composition_prop (it)
3304 struct it *it;
3305 {
3306 Lisp_Object prop, string;
3307 int pos, pos_byte, end;
3308 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
3309
3310 if (STRINGP (it->string))
3311 {
3312 pos = IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it);
3313 pos_byte = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
3314 string = it->string;
3315 }
3316 else
3317 {
3318 pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3319 pos_byte = IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
3320 string = Qnil;
3321 }
3322
3323 /* If there's a valid composition and point is not inside of the
3324 composition (in the case that the composition is from the current
3325 buffer), draw a glyph composed from the composition components. */
3326 if (find_composition (pos, -1, &pos, &end, &prop, string)
3327 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (pos, end, prop)
3328 && (STRINGP (it->string) || (PT <= pos || PT >= end)))
3329 {
3330 int id = get_composition_id (pos, pos_byte, end - pos, prop, string);
3331
3332 if (id >= 0)
3333 {
3334 it->method = next_element_from_composition;
3335 it->cmp_id = id;
3336 it->cmp_len = COMPOSITION_LENGTH (prop);
3337 /* For a terminal, draw only the first character of the
3338 components. */
3339 it->c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (composition_table[id], 0);
3340 it->len = (STRINGP (it->string)
3341 ? string_char_to_byte (it->string, end)
3342 : CHAR_TO_BYTE (end)) - pos_byte;
3343 it->stop_charpos = end;
3344 handled = HANDLED_RETURN;
3345 }
3346 }
3347
3348 return handled;
3349 }
3350
3351
3352 \f
3353 /***********************************************************************
3354 Overlay strings
3355 ***********************************************************************/
3356
3357 /* The following structure is used to record overlay strings for
3358 later sorting in load_overlay_strings. */
3359
3360 struct overlay_entry
3361 {
3362 Lisp_Object overlay;
3363 Lisp_Object string;
3364 int priority;
3365 int after_string_p;
3366 };
3367
3368
3369 /* Set up iterator IT from overlay strings at its current position.
3370 Called from handle_stop. */
3371
3372 static enum prop_handled
3373 handle_overlay_change (it)
3374 struct it *it;
3375 {
3376 if (!STRINGP (it->string) && get_overlay_strings (it, 0))
3377 return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
3378 else
3379 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
3380 }
3381
3382
3383 /* Set up the next overlay string for delivery by IT, if there is an
3384 overlay string to deliver. Called by set_iterator_to_next when the
3385 end of the current overlay string is reached. If there are more
3386 overlay strings to display, IT->string and
3387 IT->current.overlay_string_index are set appropriately here.
3388 Otherwise IT->string is set to nil. */
3389
3390 static void
3391 next_overlay_string (it)
3392 struct it *it;
3393 {
3394 ++it->current.overlay_string_index;
3395 if (it->current.overlay_string_index == it->n_overlay_strings)
3396 {
3397 /* No more overlay strings. Restore IT's settings to what
3398 they were before overlay strings were processed, and
3399 continue to deliver from current_buffer. */
3400 int display_ellipsis_p = it->stack[it->sp - 1].display_ellipsis_p;
3401
3402 pop_it (it);
3403 xassert (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
3404 && it->stop_charpos <= it->end_charpos);
3405 it->string = Qnil;
3406 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3407 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, -1, -1);
3408 it->n_overlay_strings = 0;
3409 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3410
3411 /* If we're at the end of the buffer, record that we have
3412 processed the overlay strings there already, so that
3413 next_element_from_buffer doesn't try it again. */
3414 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
3415 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
3416
3417 /* If we have to display `...' for invisible text, set
3418 the iterator up for that. */
3419 if (display_ellipsis_p)
3420 setup_for_ellipsis (it);
3421 }
3422 else
3423 {
3424 /* There are more overlay strings to process. If
3425 IT->current.overlay_string_index has advanced to a position
3426 where we must load IT->overlay_strings with more strings, do
3427 it. */
3428 int i = it->current.overlay_string_index % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
3429
3430 if (it->current.overlay_string_index && i == 0)
3431 load_overlay_strings (it, 0);
3432
3433 /* Initialize IT to deliver display elements from the overlay
3434 string. */
3435 it->string = it->overlay_strings[i];
3436 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
3437 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, 0, 0);
3438 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3439 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3440 }
3441
3442 CHECK_IT (it);
3443 }
3444
3445
3446 /* Compare two overlay_entry structures E1 and E2. Used as a
3447 comparison function for qsort in load_overlay_strings. Overlay
3448 strings for the same position are sorted so that
3449
3450 1. All after-strings come in front of before-strings, except
3451 when they come from the same overlay.
3452
3453 2. Within after-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay strings
3454 from overlays with higher priorities come first.
3455
3456 2. Within before-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay
3457 strings from overlays with higher priorities come last.
3458
3459 Value is analogous to strcmp. */
3460
3461
3462 static int
3463 compare_overlay_entries (e1, e2)
3464 void *e1, *e2;
3465 {
3466 struct overlay_entry *entry1 = (struct overlay_entry *) e1;
3467 struct overlay_entry *entry2 = (struct overlay_entry *) e2;
3468 int result;
3469
3470 if (entry1->after_string_p != entry2->after_string_p)
3471 {
3472 /* Let after-strings appear in front of before-strings if
3473 they come from different overlays. */
3474 if (EQ (entry1->overlay, entry2->overlay))
3475 result = entry1->after_string_p ? 1 : -1;
3476 else
3477 result = entry1->after_string_p ? -1 : 1;
3478 }
3479 else if (entry1->after_string_p)
3480 /* After-strings sorted in order of decreasing priority. */
3481 result = entry2->priority - entry1->priority;
3482 else
3483 /* Before-strings sorted in order of increasing priority. */
3484 result = entry1->priority - entry2->priority;
3485
3486 return result;
3487 }
3488
3489
3490 /* Load the vector IT->overlay_strings with overlay strings from IT's
3491 current buffer position, or from CHARPOS if that is > 0. Set
3492 IT->n_overlays to the total number of overlay strings found.
3493
3494 Overlay strings are processed OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE strings at
3495 a time. On entry into load_overlay_strings,
3496 IT->current.overlay_string_index gives the number of overlay
3497 strings that have already been loaded by previous calls to this
3498 function.
3499
3500 IT->add_overlay_start contains an additional overlay start
3501 position to consider for taking overlay strings from, if non-zero.
3502 This position comes into play when the overlay has an `invisible'
3503 property, and both before and after-strings. When we've skipped to
3504 the end of the overlay, because of its `invisible' property, we
3505 nevertheless want its before-string to appear.
3506 IT->add_overlay_start will contain the overlay start position
3507 in this case.
3508
3509 Overlay strings are sorted so that after-string strings come in
3510 front of before-string strings. Within before and after-strings,
3511 strings are sorted by overlay priority. See also function
3512 compare_overlay_entries. */
3513
3514 static void
3515 load_overlay_strings (it, charpos)
3516 struct it *it;
3517 int charpos;
3518 {
3519 extern Lisp_Object Qafter_string, Qbefore_string, Qwindow, Qpriority;
3520 Lisp_Object ov, overlay, window, str, invisible;
3521 int start, end;
3522 int size = 20;
3523 int n = 0, i, j, invis_p;
3524 struct overlay_entry *entries
3525 = (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (size * sizeof *entries);
3526
3527 if (charpos <= 0)
3528 charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3529
3530 /* Append the overlay string STRING of overlay OVERLAY to vector
3531 `entries' which has size `size' and currently contains `n'
3532 elements. AFTER_P non-zero means STRING is an after-string of
3533 OVERLAY. */
3534 #define RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING(OVERLAY, STRING, AFTER_P) \
3535 do \
3536 { \
3537 Lisp_Object priority; \
3538 \
3539 if (n == size) \
3540 { \
3541 int new_size = 2 * size; \
3542 struct overlay_entry *old = entries; \
3543 entries = \
3544 (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (new_size \
3545 * sizeof *entries); \
3546 bcopy (old, entries, size * sizeof *entries); \
3547 size = new_size; \
3548 } \
3549 \
3550 entries[n].string = (STRING); \
3551 entries[n].overlay = (OVERLAY); \
3552 priority = Foverlay_get ((OVERLAY), Qpriority); \
3553 entries[n].priority = INTEGERP (priority) ? XINT (priority) : 0; \
3554 entries[n].after_string_p = (AFTER_P); \
3555 ++n; \
3556 } \
3557 while (0)
3558
3559 /* Process overlay before the overlay center. */
3560 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_before; CONSP (ov); ov = XCDR (ov))
3561 {
3562 overlay = XCAR (ov);
3563 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
3564 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
3565 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
3566
3567 if (end < charpos)
3568 break;
3569
3570 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
3571 position. */
3572 if (end != charpos && start != charpos)
3573 continue;
3574
3575 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
3576 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
3577 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
3578 continue;
3579
3580 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, both before-
3581 and after-strings from this overlay are visible; start and
3582 end position are indistinguishable. */
3583 invisible = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qinvisible);
3584 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible);
3585
3586 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
3587 if ((start == charpos || (end == charpos && invis_p))
3588 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
3589 && SCHARS (str))
3590 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
3591
3592 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
3593 if ((end == charpos || (start == charpos && invis_p))
3594 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
3595 && SCHARS (str))
3596 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
3597 }
3598
3599 /* Process overlays after the overlay center. */
3600 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_after; CONSP (ov); ov = XCDR (ov))
3601 {
3602 overlay = XCAR (ov);
3603 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
3604 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
3605 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
3606
3607 if (start > charpos)
3608 break;
3609
3610 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
3611 position. */
3612 if (end != charpos && start != charpos)
3613 continue;
3614
3615 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
3616 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
3617 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
3618 continue;
3619
3620 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, it has a zero
3621 dimension, and both before- and after-strings apply. */
3622 invisible = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qinvisible);
3623 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible);
3624
3625 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
3626 if ((start == charpos || (end == charpos && invis_p))
3627 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
3628 && SCHARS (str))
3629 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
3630
3631 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
3632 if ((end == charpos || (start == charpos && invis_p))
3633 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
3634 && SCHARS (str))
3635 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
3636 }
3637
3638 #undef RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING
3639
3640 /* Sort entries. */
3641 if (n > 1)
3642 qsort (entries, n, sizeof *entries, compare_overlay_entries);
3643
3644 /* Record the total number of strings to process. */
3645 it->n_overlay_strings = n;
3646
3647 /* IT->current.overlay_string_index is the number of overlay strings
3648 that have already been consumed by IT. Copy some of the
3649 remaining overlay strings to IT->overlay_strings. */
3650 i = 0;
3651 j = it->current.overlay_string_index;
3652 while (i < OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE && j < n)
3653 it->overlay_strings[i++] = entries[j++].string;
3654
3655 CHECK_IT (it);
3656 }
3657
3658
3659 /* Get the first chunk of overlay strings at IT's current buffer
3660 position, or at CHARPOS if that is > 0. Value is non-zero if at
3661 least one overlay string was found. */
3662
3663 static int
3664 get_overlay_strings (it, charpos)
3665 struct it *it;
3666 int charpos;
3667 {
3668 /* Get the first OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE overlay strings to
3669 process. This fills IT->overlay_strings with strings, and sets
3670 IT->n_overlay_strings to the total number of strings to process.
3671 IT->pos.overlay_string_index has to be set temporarily to zero
3672 because load_overlay_strings needs this; it must be set to -1
3673 when no overlay strings are found because a zero value would
3674 indicate a position in the first overlay string. */
3675 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
3676 load_overlay_strings (it, charpos);
3677
3678 /* If we found overlay strings, set up IT to deliver display
3679 elements from the first one. Otherwise set up IT to deliver
3680 from current_buffer. */
3681 if (it->n_overlay_strings)
3682 {
3683 /* Make sure we know settings in current_buffer, so that we can
3684 restore meaningful values when we're done with the overlay
3685 strings. */
3686 compute_stop_pos (it);
3687 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
3688
3689 /* Save IT's settings. They are restored after all overlay
3690 strings have been processed. */
3691 xassert (it->sp == 0);
3692 push_it (it);
3693
3694 /* Set up IT to deliver display elements from the first overlay
3695 string. */
3696 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
3697 it->string = it->overlay_strings[0];
3698 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3699 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
3700 it->end_charpos = SCHARS (it->string);
3701 it->multibyte_p = SMBP (it->string);
3702 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3703 }
3704 else
3705 {
3706 it->string = Qnil;
3707 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3708 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3709 }
3710
3711 CHECK_IT (it);
3712
3713 /* Value is non-zero if we found at least one overlay string. */
3714 return STRINGP (it->string);
3715 }
3716
3717
3718 \f
3719 /***********************************************************************
3720 Saving and restoring state
3721 ***********************************************************************/
3722
3723 /* Save current settings of IT on IT->stack. Called, for example,
3724 before setting up IT for an overlay string, to be able to restore
3725 IT's settings to what they were after the overlay string has been
3726 processed. */
3727
3728 static void
3729 push_it (it)
3730 struct it *it;
3731 {
3732 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
3733
3734 xassert (it->sp < 2);
3735 p = it->stack + it->sp;
3736
3737 p->stop_charpos = it->stop_charpos;
3738 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
3739 p->face_id = it->face_id;
3740 p->string = it->string;
3741 p->pos = it->current;
3742 p->end_charpos = it->end_charpos;
3743 p->string_nchars = it->string_nchars;
3744 p->area = it->area;
3745 p->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
3746 p->space_width = it->space_width;
3747 p->font_height = it->font_height;
3748 p->voffset = it->voffset;
3749 p->string_from_display_prop_p = it->string_from_display_prop_p;
3750 p->display_ellipsis_p = 0;
3751 ++it->sp;
3752 }
3753
3754
3755 /* Restore IT's settings from IT->stack. Called, for example, when no
3756 more overlay strings must be processed, and we return to delivering
3757 display elements from a buffer, or when the end of a string from a
3758 `display' property is reached and we return to delivering display
3759 elements from an overlay string, or from a buffer. */
3760
3761 static void
3762 pop_it (it)
3763 struct it *it;
3764 {
3765 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
3766
3767 xassert (it->sp > 0);
3768 --it->sp;
3769 p = it->stack + it->sp;
3770 it->stop_charpos = p->stop_charpos;
3771 it->face_id = p->face_id;
3772 it->string = p->string;
3773 it->current = p->pos;
3774 it->end_charpos = p->end_charpos;
3775 it->string_nchars = p->string_nchars;
3776 it->area = p->area;
3777 it->multibyte_p = p->multibyte_p;
3778 it->space_width = p->space_width;
3779 it->font_height = p->font_height;
3780 it->voffset = p->voffset;
3781 it->string_from_display_prop_p = p->string_from_display_prop_p;
3782 }
3783
3784
3785 \f
3786 /***********************************************************************
3787 Moving over lines
3788 ***********************************************************************/
3789
3790 /* Set IT's current position to the previous line start. */
3791
3792 static void
3793 back_to_previous_line_start (it)
3794 struct it *it;
3795 {
3796 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, -1);
3797 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
3798 }
3799
3800
3801 /* Move IT to the next line start.
3802
3803 Value is non-zero if a newline was found. Set *SKIPPED_P to 1 if
3804 we skipped over part of the text (as opposed to moving the iterator
3805 continuously over the text). Otherwise, don't change the value
3806 of *SKIPPED_P.
3807
3808 Newlines may come from buffer text, overlay strings, or strings
3809 displayed via the `display' property. That's the reason we can't
3810 simply use find_next_newline_no_quit.
3811
3812 Note that this function may not skip over invisible text that is so
3813 because of text properties and immediately follows a newline. If
3814 it would, function reseat_at_next_visible_line_start, when called
3815 from set_iterator_to_next, would effectively make invisible
3816 characters following a newline part of the wrong glyph row, which
3817 leads to wrong cursor motion. */
3818
3819 static int
3820 forward_to_next_line_start (it, skipped_p)
3821 struct it *it;
3822 int *skipped_p;
3823 {
3824 int old_selective, newline_found_p, n;
3825 const int MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE = 500;
3826
3827 /* If already on a newline, just consume it to avoid unintended
3828 skipping over invisible text below. */
3829 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER
3830 && it->c == '\n'
3831 && CHARPOS (it->position) == IT_CHARPOS (*it))
3832 {
3833 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3834 it->c = 0;
3835 return 1;
3836 }
3837
3838 /* Don't handle selective display in the following. It's (a)
3839 unnecessary because it's done by the caller, and (b) leads to an
3840 infinite recursion because next_element_from_ellipsis indirectly
3841 calls this function. */
3842 old_selective = it->selective;
3843 it->selective = 0;
3844
3845 /* Scan for a newline within MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE display elements
3846 from buffer text. */
3847 for (n = newline_found_p = 0;
3848 !newline_found_p && n < MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE;
3849 n += STRINGP (it->string) ? 0 : 1)
3850 {
3851 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
3852 break;
3853 newline_found_p = it->what == IT_CHARACTER && it->c == '\n';
3854 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3855 }
3856
3857 /* If we didn't find a newline near enough, see if we can use a
3858 short-cut. */
3859 if (n == MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE)
3860 {
3861 int start = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3862 int limit = find_next_newline_no_quit (start, 1);
3863 Lisp_Object pos;
3864
3865 xassert (!STRINGP (it->string));
3866
3867 /* If there isn't any `display' property in sight, and no
3868 overlays, we can just use the position of the newline in
3869 buffer text. */
3870 if (it->stop_charpos >= limit
3871 || ((pos = Fnext_single_property_change (make_number (start),
3872 Qdisplay,
3873 Qnil, make_number (limit)),
3874 NILP (pos))
3875 && next_overlay_change (start) == ZV))
3876 {
3877 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = limit;
3878 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
3879 *skipped_p = newline_found_p = 1;
3880 }
3881 else
3882 {
3883 while (get_next_display_element (it)
3884 && !newline_found_p)
3885 {
3886 newline_found_p = ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it);
3887 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3888 }
3889 }
3890 }
3891
3892 it->selective = old_selective;
3893 return newline_found_p;
3894 }
3895
3896
3897 /* Set IT's current position to the previous visible line start. Skip
3898 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3899 selective display. Caution: this does not change IT->current_x and
3900 IT->hpos. */
3901
3902 static void
3903 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3904 struct it *it;
3905 {
3906 int visible_p = 0;
3907
3908 /* Go back one newline if not on BEGV already. */
3909 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
3910 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3911
3912 /* Move over lines that are invisible because of selective display
3913 or text properties. */
3914 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV
3915 && !visible_p)
3916 {
3917 visible_p = 1;
3918
3919 /* If selective > 0, then lines indented more than that values
3920 are invisible. */
3921 if (it->selective > 0
3922 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3923 (float) it->selective)) /* iftc */
3924 visible_p = 0;
3925 else
3926 {
3927 Lisp_Object prop;
3928
3929 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
3930 Qinvisible, it->window);
3931 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
3932 visible_p = 0;
3933 }
3934
3935 /* Back one more newline if the current one is invisible. */
3936 if (!visible_p)
3937 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3938 }
3939
3940 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
3941 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEGV
3942 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3943 CHECK_IT (it);
3944 }
3945
3946
3947 /* Reseat iterator IT at the previous visible line start. Skip
3948 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3949 selective display. At the end, update IT's overlay information,
3950 face information etc. */
3951
3952 static void
3953 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3954 struct it *it;
3955 {
3956 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
3957 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
3958 CHECK_IT (it);
3959 }
3960
3961
3962 /* Reseat iterator IT on the next visible line start in the current
3963 buffer. ON_NEWLINE_P non-zero means position IT on the newline
3964 preceding the line start. Skip over invisible text that is so
3965 because of selective display. Compute faces, overlays etc at the
3966 new position. Note that this function does not skip over text that
3967 is invisible because of text properties. */
3968
3969 static void
3970 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, on_newline_p)
3971 struct it *it;
3972 int on_newline_p;
3973 {
3974 int newline_found_p, skipped_p = 0;
3975
3976 newline_found_p = forward_to_next_line_start (it, &skipped_p);
3977
3978 /* Skip over lines that are invisible because they are indented
3979 more than the value of IT->selective. */
3980 if (it->selective > 0)
3981 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV
3982 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3983 (float) it->selective)) /* iftc */
3984 {
3985 xassert (FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3986 newline_found_p = forward_to_next_line_start (it, &skipped_p);
3987 }
3988
3989 /* Position on the newline if that's what's requested. */
3990 if (on_newline_p && newline_found_p)
3991 {
3992 if (STRINGP (it->string))
3993 {
3994 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
3995 {
3996 --IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it);
3997 --IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
3998 }
3999 }
4000 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
4001 {
4002 --IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4003 --IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
4004 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
4005 }
4006 }
4007 else if (skipped_p)
4008 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
4009
4010 CHECK_IT (it);
4011 }
4012
4013
4014 \f
4015 /***********************************************************************
4016 Changing an iterator's position
4017 ***********************************************************************/
4018
4019 /* Change IT's current position to POS in current_buffer. If FORCE_P
4020 is non-zero, always check for text properties at the new position.
4021 Otherwise, text properties are only looked up if POS >=
4022 IT->check_charpos of a property. */
4023
4024 static void
4025 reseat (it, pos, force_p)
4026 struct it *it;
4027 struct text_pos pos;
4028 int force_p;
4029 {
4030 int original_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4031
4032 reseat_1 (it, pos, 0);
4033
4034 /* Determine where to check text properties. Avoid doing it
4035 where possible because text property lookup is very expensive. */
4036 if (force_p
4037 || CHARPOS (pos) > it->stop_charpos
4038 || CHARPOS (pos) < original_pos)
4039 handle_stop (it);
4040
4041 CHECK_IT (it);
4042 }
4043
4044
4045 /* Change IT's buffer position to POS. SET_STOP_P non-zero means set
4046 IT->stop_pos to POS, also. */
4047
4048 static void
4049 reseat_1 (it, pos, set_stop_p)
4050 struct it *it;
4051 struct text_pos pos;
4052 int set_stop_p;
4053 {
4054 /* Don't call this function when scanning a C string. */
4055 xassert (it->s == NULL);
4056
4057 /* POS must be a reasonable value. */
4058 xassert (CHARPOS (pos) >= BEGV && CHARPOS (pos) <= ZV);
4059
4060 it->current.pos = it->position = pos;
4061 XSETBUFFER (it->object, current_buffer);
4062 it->end_charpos = ZV;
4063 it->dpvec = NULL;
4064 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
4065 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
4066 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = -1;
4067 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
4068 it->string = Qnil;
4069 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4070 it->multibyte_p = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
4071 it->sp = 0;
4072 it->face_before_selective_p = 0;
4073
4074 if (set_stop_p)
4075 it->stop_charpos = CHARPOS (pos);
4076 }
4077
4078
4079 /* Set up IT for displaying a string, starting at CHARPOS in window W.
4080 If S is non-null, it is a C string to iterate over. Otherwise,
4081 STRING gives a Lisp string to iterate over.
4082
4083 If PRECISION > 0, don't return more then PRECISION number of
4084 characters from the string.
4085
4086 If FIELD_WIDTH > 0, return padding spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
4087 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means an infinite
4088 field width.
4089
4090 MULTIBYTE = 0 means disable processing of multibyte characters,
4091 MULTIBYTE > 0 means enable it,
4092 MULTIBYTE < 0 means use IT->multibyte_p.
4093
4094 IT must be initialized via a prior call to init_iterator before
4095 calling this function. */
4096
4097 static void
4098 reseat_to_string (it, s, string, charpos, precision, field_width, multibyte)
4099 struct it *it;
4100 unsigned char *s;
4101 Lisp_Object string;
4102 int charpos;
4103 int precision, field_width, multibyte;
4104 {
4105 /* No region in strings. */
4106 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
4107
4108 /* No text property checks performed by default, but see below. */
4109 it->stop_charpos = -1;
4110
4111 /* Set iterator position and end position. */
4112 bzero (&it->current, sizeof it->current);
4113 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
4114 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
4115 xassert (charpos >= 0);
4116
4117 /* If STRING is specified, use its multibyteness, otherwise use the
4118 setting of MULTIBYTE, if specified. */
4119 if (multibyte >= 0)
4120 it->multibyte_p = multibyte > 0;
4121
4122 if (s == NULL)
4123 {
4124 xassert (STRINGP (string));
4125 it->string = string;
4126 it->s = NULL;
4127 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = SCHARS (string);
4128 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4129 it->current.string_pos = string_pos (charpos, string);
4130 }
4131 else
4132 {
4133 it->s = s;
4134 it->string = Qnil;
4135
4136 /* Note that we use IT->current.pos, not it->current.string_pos,
4137 for displaying C strings. */
4138 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
4139 if (it->multibyte_p)
4140 {
4141 it->current.pos = c_string_pos (charpos, s, 1);
4142 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = number_of_chars (s, 1);
4143 }
4144 else
4145 {
4146 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = charpos;
4147 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = strlen (s);
4148 }
4149
4150 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
4151 }
4152
4153 /* PRECISION > 0 means don't return more than PRECISION characters
4154 from the string. */
4155 if (precision > 0 && it->end_charpos - charpos > precision)
4156 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = charpos + precision;
4157
4158 /* FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
4159 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH == 0 means don't pad,
4160 FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means infinite field width. This is useful for
4161 padding with `-' at the end of a mode line. */
4162 if (field_width < 0)
4163 field_width = INFINITY;
4164 if (field_width > it->end_charpos - charpos)
4165 it->end_charpos = charpos + field_width;
4166
4167 /* Use the standard display table for displaying strings. */
4168 if (DISP_TABLE_P (Vstandard_display_table))
4169 it->dp = XCHAR_TABLE (Vstandard_display_table);
4170
4171 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
4172 CHECK_IT (it);
4173 }
4174
4175
4176 \f
4177 /***********************************************************************
4178 Iteration
4179 ***********************************************************************/
4180
4181 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
4182 display element from the current position of IT. Value is zero if
4183 end of buffer (or C string) is reached. */
4184
4185 int
4186 get_next_display_element (it)
4187 struct it *it;
4188 {
4189 /* Non-zero means that we found an display element. Zero means that
4190 we hit the end of what we iterate over. Performance note: the
4191 function pointer `method' used here turns out to be faster than
4192 using a sequence of if-statements. */
4193 int success_p = (*it->method) (it);
4194
4195 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER)
4196 {
4197 /* Map via display table or translate control characters.
4198 IT->c, IT->len etc. have been set to the next character by
4199 the function call above. If we have a display table, and it
4200 contains an entry for IT->c, translate it. Don't do this if
4201 IT->c itself comes from a display table, otherwise we could
4202 end up in an infinite recursion. (An alternative could be to
4203 count the recursion depth of this function and signal an
4204 error when a certain maximum depth is reached.) Is it worth
4205 it? */
4206 if (success_p && it->dpvec == NULL)
4207 {
4208 Lisp_Object dv;
4209
4210 if (it->dp
4211 && (dv = DISP_CHAR_VECTOR (it->dp, it->c),
4212 VECTORP (dv)))
4213 {
4214 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (dv);
4215
4216 /* Return the first character from the display table
4217 entry, if not empty. If empty, don't display the
4218 current character. */
4219 if (v->size)
4220 {
4221 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4222 it->dpvec = v->contents;
4223 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
4224 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4225 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4226 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
4227 }
4228 else
4229 {
4230 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
4231 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
4232 }
4233 }
4234
4235 /* Translate control characters into `\003' or `^C' form.
4236 Control characters coming from a display table entry are
4237 currently not translated because we use IT->dpvec to hold
4238 the translation. This could easily be changed but I
4239 don't believe that it is worth doing.
4240
4241 Non-printable multibyte characters are also translated
4242 octal form. */
4243 else if ((it->c < ' '
4244 && (it->area != TEXT_AREA
4245 || (it->c != '\n' && it->c != '\t')))
4246 || (it->c >= 127
4247 && it->len == 1)
4248 || !CHAR_PRINTABLE_P (it->c))
4249 {
4250 /* IT->c is a control character which must be displayed
4251 either as '\003' or as `^C' where the '\\' and '^'
4252 can be defined in the display table. Fill
4253 IT->ctl_chars with glyphs for what we have to
4254 display. Then, set IT->dpvec to these glyphs. */
4255 GLYPH g;
4256
4257 if (it->c < 128 && it->ctl_arrow_p)
4258 {
4259 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `^'. */
4260 if (it->dp
4261 && INTEGERP (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))
4262 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))))
4263 g = XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp));
4264 else
4265 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('^', 0);
4266 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[0], g);
4267
4268 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (it->c ^ 0100, 0);
4269 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[1], g);
4270
4271 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return first character from it. */
4272 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4273 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
4274 it->dpend = it->dpvec + 2;
4275 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4276 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4277 get_next_display_element (it);
4278 }
4279 else
4280 {
4281 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
4282 int len;
4283 int i;
4284 GLYPH escape_glyph;
4285
4286 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `\\'. */
4287 if (it->dp
4288 && INTEGERP (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))
4289 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))))
4290 escape_glyph = XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp));
4291 else
4292 escape_glyph = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('\\', 0);
4293
4294 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
4295 str[0] = it->c, len = 1;
4296 else
4297 {
4298 len = CHAR_STRING_NO_SIGNAL (it->c, str);
4299 if (len < 0)
4300 {
4301 /* It's an invalid character, which
4302 shouldn't happen actually, but due to
4303 bugs it may happen. Let's print the char
4304 as is, there's not much meaningful we can
4305 do with it. */
4306 str[0] = it->c;
4307 str[1] = it->c >> 8;
4308 str[2] = it->c >> 16;
4309 str[3] = it->c >> 24;
4310 len = 4;
4311 }
4312 }
4313
4314 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
4315 {
4316 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4], escape_glyph);
4317 /* Insert three more glyphs into IT->ctl_chars for
4318 the octal display of the character. */
4319 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 6) & 7) + '0', 0);
4320 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 1], g);
4321 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 3) & 7) + '0', 0);
4322 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 2], g);
4323 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ((str[i] & 7) + '0', 0);
4324 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 3], g);
4325 }
4326
4327 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return the first character
4328 from it. */
4329 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4330 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
4331 it->dpend = it->dpvec + len * 4;
4332 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4333 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4334 get_next_display_element (it);
4335 }
4336 }
4337 }
4338
4339 /* Adjust face id for a multibyte character. There are no
4340 multibyte character in unibyte text. */
4341 if (it->multibyte_p
4342 && success_p
4343 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
4344 {
4345 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
4346 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->c);
4347 }
4348 }
4349
4350 /* Is this character the last one of a run of characters with
4351 box? If yes, set IT->end_of_box_run_p to 1. */
4352 if (it->face_box_p
4353 && it->s == NULL)
4354 {
4355 int face_id;
4356 struct face *face;
4357
4358 it->end_of_box_run_p
4359 = ((face_id = face_after_it_pos (it),
4360 face_id != it->face_id)
4361 && (face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id),
4362 face->box == FACE_NO_BOX));
4363 }
4364
4365 /* Value is 0 if end of buffer or string reached. */
4366 return success_p;
4367 }
4368
4369
4370 /* Move IT to the next display element.
4371
4372 RESEAT_P non-zero means if called on a newline in buffer text,
4373 skip to the next visible line start.
4374
4375 Functions get_next_display_element and set_iterator_to_next are
4376 separate because I find this arrangement easier to handle than a
4377 get_next_display_element function that also increments IT's
4378 position. The way it is we can first look at an iterator's current
4379 display element, decide whether it fits on a line, and if it does,
4380 increment the iterator position. The other way around we probably
4381 would either need a flag indicating whether the iterator has to be
4382 incremented the next time, or we would have to implement a
4383 decrement position function which would not be easy to write. */
4384
4385 void
4386 set_iterator_to_next (it, reseat_p)
4387 struct it *it;
4388 int reseat_p;
4389 {
4390 /* Reset flags indicating start and end of a sequence of characters
4391 with box. Reset them at the start of this function because
4392 moving the iterator to a new position might set them. */
4393 it->start_of_box_run_p = it->end_of_box_run_p = 0;
4394
4395 if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
4396 {
4397 /* The current display element of IT is a character from
4398 current_buffer. Advance in the buffer, and maybe skip over
4399 invisible lines that are so because of selective display. */
4400 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it) && reseat_p)
4401 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
4402 else
4403 {
4404 xassert (it->len != 0);
4405 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4406 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4407 xassert (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) == CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4408 }
4409 }
4410 else if (it->method == next_element_from_composition)
4411 {
4412 xassert (it->cmp_id >= 0 && it ->cmp_id < n_compositions);
4413 if (STRINGP (it->string))
4414 {
4415 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4416 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
4417 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4418 goto consider_string_end;
4419 }
4420 else
4421 {
4422 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4423 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
4424 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4425 }
4426 }
4427 else if (it->method == next_element_from_c_string)
4428 {
4429 /* Current display element of IT is from a C string. */
4430 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4431 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4432 }
4433 else if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
4434 {
4435 /* Current display element of IT is from a display table entry.
4436 Advance in the display table definition. Reset it to null if
4437 end reached, and continue with characters from buffers/
4438 strings. */
4439 ++it->current.dpvec_index;
4440
4441 /* Restore face of the iterator to what they were before the
4442 display vector entry (these entries may contain faces). */
4443 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
4444
4445 if (it->dpvec + it->current.dpvec_index == it->dpend)
4446 {
4447 if (it->s)
4448 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
4449 else if (STRINGP (it->string))
4450 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4451 else
4452 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4453
4454 it->dpvec = NULL;
4455 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
4456
4457 /* Skip over characters which were displayed via IT->dpvec. */
4458 if (it->dpvec_char_len < 0)
4459 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
4460 else if (it->dpvec_char_len > 0)
4461 {
4462 it->len = it->dpvec_char_len;
4463 set_iterator_to_next (it, reseat_p);
4464 }
4465 }
4466 }
4467 else if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
4468 {
4469 /* Current display element is a character from a Lisp string. */
4470 xassert (it->s == NULL && STRINGP (it->string));
4471 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4472 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4473
4474 consider_string_end:
4475
4476 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
4477 {
4478 /* IT->string is an overlay string. Advance to the
4479 next, if there is one. */
4480 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= SCHARS (it->string))
4481 next_overlay_string (it);
4482 }
4483 else
4484 {
4485 /* IT->string is not an overlay string. If we reached
4486 its end, and there is something on IT->stack, proceed
4487 with what is on the stack. This can be either another
4488 string, this time an overlay string, or a buffer. */
4489 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == SCHARS (it->string)
4490 && it->sp > 0)
4491 {
4492 pop_it (it);
4493 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
4494 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4495 else
4496 goto consider_string_end;
4497 }
4498 }
4499 }
4500 else if (it->method == next_element_from_image
4501 || it->method == next_element_from_stretch)
4502 {
4503 /* The position etc with which we have to proceed are on
4504 the stack. The position may be at the end of a string,
4505 if the `display' property takes up the whole string. */
4506 pop_it (it);
4507 it->image_id = 0;
4508 if (STRINGP (it->string))
4509 {
4510 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4511 goto consider_string_end;
4512 }
4513 else
4514 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4515 }
4516 else
4517 /* There are no other methods defined, so this should be a bug. */
4518 abort ();
4519
4520 xassert (it->method != next_element_from_string
4521 || (STRINGP (it->string)
4522 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0));
4523 }
4524
4525
4526 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
4527 display element which comes from a display table entry or from the
4528 result of translating a control character to one of the forms `^C'
4529 or `\003'. IT->dpvec holds the glyphs to return as characters. */
4530
4531 static int
4532 next_element_from_display_vector (it)
4533 struct it *it;
4534 {
4535 /* Precondition. */
4536 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
4537
4538 /* Remember the current face id in case glyphs specify faces.
4539 IT's face is restored in set_iterator_to_next. */
4540 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
4541
4542 if (INTEGERP (*it->dpvec)
4543 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (*it->dpvec)))
4544 {
4545 int lface_id;
4546 GLYPH g;
4547
4548 g = XFASTINT (it->dpvec[it->current.dpvec_index]);
4549 it->c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g);
4550 it->len = CHAR_BYTES (it->c);
4551
4552 /* The entry may contain a face id to use. Such a face id is
4553 the id of a Lisp face, not a realized face. A face id of
4554 zero means no face is specified. */
4555 lface_id = FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g);
4556 if (lface_id)
4557 {
4558 /* The function returns -1 if lface_id is invalid. */
4559 int face_id = ascii_face_of_lisp_face (it->f, lface_id);
4560 if (face_id >= 0)
4561 it->face_id = face_id;
4562 }
4563 }
4564 else
4565 /* Display table entry is invalid. Return a space. */
4566 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4567
4568 /* Don't change position and object of the iterator here. They are
4569 still the values of the character that had this display table
4570 entry or was translated, and that's what we want. */
4571 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4572 return 1;
4573 }
4574
4575
4576 /* Load IT with the next display element from Lisp string IT->string.
4577 IT->current.string_pos is the current position within the string.
4578 If IT->current.overlay_string_index >= 0, the Lisp string is an
4579 overlay string. */
4580
4581 static int
4582 next_element_from_string (it)
4583 struct it *it;
4584 {
4585 struct text_pos position;
4586
4587 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
4588 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
4589 position = it->current.string_pos;
4590
4591 /* Time to check for invisible text? */
4592 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos
4593 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == it->stop_charpos)
4594 {
4595 handle_stop (it);
4596
4597 /* Since a handler may have changed IT->method, we must
4598 recurse here. */
4599 return get_next_display_element (it);
4600 }
4601
4602 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
4603 {
4604 /* Get the next character from an overlay string. In overlay
4605 strings, There is no field width or padding with spaces to
4606 do. */
4607 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= SCHARS (it->string))
4608 {
4609 it->what = IT_EOB;
4610 return 0;
4611 }
4612 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
4613 {
4614 int remaining = SBYTES (it->string) - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
4615 unsigned char *s = SDATA (it->string) + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
4616 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, remaining, &it->len);
4617 }
4618 else
4619 {
4620 it->c = SREF (it->string, IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4621 it->len = 1;
4622 }
4623 }
4624 else
4625 {
4626 /* Get the next character from a Lisp string that is not an
4627 overlay string. Such strings come from the mode line, for
4628 example. We may have to pad with spaces, or truncate the
4629 string. See also next_element_from_c_string. */
4630 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4631 {
4632 it->what = IT_EOB;
4633 return 0;
4634 }
4635 else if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
4636 {
4637 /* Pad with spaces. */
4638 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4639 CHARPOS (position) = BYTEPOS (position) = -1;
4640 }
4641 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
4642 {
4643 int maxlen = SBYTES (it->string) - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
4644 unsigned char *s = SDATA (it->string) + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
4645 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, maxlen, &it->len);
4646 }
4647 else
4648 {
4649 it->c = SREF (it->string, IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4650 it->len = 1;
4651 }
4652 }
4653
4654 /* Record what we have and where it came from. Note that we store a
4655 buffer position in IT->position although it could arguably be a
4656 string position. */
4657 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4658 it->object = it->string;
4659 it->position = position;
4660 return 1;
4661 }
4662
4663
4664 /* Load IT with next display element from C string IT->s.
4665 IT->string_nchars is the maximum number of characters to return
4666 from the string. IT->end_charpos may be greater than
4667 IT->string_nchars when this function is called, in which case we
4668 may have to return padding spaces. Value is zero if end of string
4669 reached, including padding spaces. */
4670
4671 static int
4672 next_element_from_c_string (it)
4673 struct it *it;
4674 {
4675 int success_p = 1;
4676
4677 xassert (it->s);
4678 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4679 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = 0;
4680 it->object = Qnil;
4681
4682 /* IT's position can be greater IT->string_nchars in case a field
4683 width or precision has been specified when the iterator was
4684 initialized. */
4685 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4686 {
4687 /* End of the game. */
4688 it->what = IT_EOB;
4689 success_p = 0;
4690 }
4691 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
4692 {
4693 /* Pad with spaces. */
4694 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4695 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = -1;
4696 }
4697 else if (it->multibyte_p)
4698 {
4699 /* Implementation note: The calls to strlen apparently aren't a
4700 performance problem because there is no noticeable performance
4701 difference between Emacs running in unibyte or multibyte mode. */
4702 int maxlen = strlen (it->s) - IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
4703 it->c = string_char_and_length (it->s + IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
4704 maxlen, &it->len);
4705 }
4706 else
4707 it->c = it->s[IT_BYTEPOS (*it)], it->len = 1;
4708
4709 return success_p;
4710 }
4711
4712
4713 /* Set up IT to return characters from an ellipsis, if appropriate.
4714 The definition of the ellipsis glyphs may come from a display table
4715 entry. This function Fills IT with the first glyph from the
4716 ellipsis if an ellipsis is to be displayed. */
4717
4718 static int
4719 next_element_from_ellipsis (it)
4720 struct it *it;
4721 {
4722 if (it->selective_display_ellipsis_p)
4723 {
4724 if (it->dp && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
4725 {
4726 /* Use the display table definition for `...'. Invalid glyphs
4727 will be handled by the method returning elements from dpvec. */
4728 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
4729 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4730 it->dpvec = v->contents;
4731 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
4732 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4733 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4734 }
4735 else
4736 {
4737 /* Use default `...' which is stored in default_invis_vector. */
4738 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4739 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
4740 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
4741 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4742 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4743 }
4744 }
4745 else
4746 {
4747 /* The face at the current position may be different from the
4748 face we find after the invisible text. Remember what it
4749 was in IT->saved_face_id, and signal that it's there by
4750 setting face_before_selective_p. */
4751 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
4752 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4753 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
4754 it->face_before_selective_p = 1;
4755 }
4756
4757 return get_next_display_element (it);
4758 }
4759
4760
4761 /* Deliver an image display element. The iterator IT is already
4762 filled with image information (done in handle_display_prop). Value
4763 is always 1. */
4764
4765
4766 static int
4767 next_element_from_image (it)
4768 struct it *it;
4769 {
4770 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
4771 return 1;
4772 }
4773
4774
4775 /* Fill iterator IT with next display element from a stretch glyph
4776 property. IT->object is the value of the text property. Value is
4777 always 1. */
4778
4779 static int
4780 next_element_from_stretch (it)
4781 struct it *it;
4782 {
4783 it->what = IT_STRETCH;
4784 return 1;
4785 }
4786
4787
4788 /* Load IT with the next display element from current_buffer. Value
4789 is zero if end of buffer reached. IT->stop_charpos is the next
4790 position at which to stop and check for text properties or buffer
4791 end. */
4792
4793 static int
4794 next_element_from_buffer (it)
4795 struct it *it;
4796 {
4797 int success_p = 1;
4798
4799 /* Check this assumption, otherwise, we would never enter the
4800 if-statement, below. */
4801 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV
4802 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= it->stop_charpos);
4803
4804 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->stop_charpos)
4805 {
4806 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4807 {
4808 int overlay_strings_follow_p;
4809
4810 /* End of the game, except when overlay strings follow that
4811 haven't been returned yet. */
4812 if (it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p)
4813 overlay_strings_follow_p = 0;
4814 else
4815 {
4816 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
4817 overlay_strings_follow_p = get_overlay_strings (it, 0);
4818 }
4819
4820 if (overlay_strings_follow_p)
4821 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
4822 else
4823 {
4824 it->what = IT_EOB;
4825 it->position = it->current.pos;
4826 success_p = 0;
4827 }
4828 }
4829 else
4830 {
4831 handle_stop (it);
4832 return get_next_display_element (it);
4833 }
4834 }
4835 else
4836 {
4837 /* No face changes, overlays etc. in sight, so just return a
4838 character from current_buffer. */
4839 unsigned char *p;
4840
4841 /* Maybe run the redisplay end trigger hook. Performance note:
4842 This doesn't seem to cost measurable time. */
4843 if (it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
4844 && it->glyph_row
4845 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos)
4846 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it);
4847
4848 /* Get the next character, maybe multibyte. */
4849 p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
4850 if (it->multibyte_p && !ASCII_BYTE_P (*p))
4851 {
4852 int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT_BYTE ? ZV_BYTE : GPT_BYTE)
4853 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
4854 it->c = string_char_and_length (p, maxlen, &it->len);
4855 }
4856 else
4857 it->c = *p, it->len = 1;
4858
4859 /* Record what we have and where it came from. */
4860 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;;
4861 it->object = it->w->buffer;
4862 it->position = it->current.pos;
4863
4864 /* Normally we return the character found above, except when we
4865 really want to return an ellipsis for selective display. */
4866 if (it->selective)
4867 {
4868 if (it->c == '\n')
4869 {
4870 /* A value of selective > 0 means hide lines indented more
4871 than that number of columns. */
4872 if (it->selective > 0
4873 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1 < ZV
4874 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1,
4875 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) + 1,
4876 (float) it->selective)) /* iftc */
4877 {
4878 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
4879 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
4880 }
4881 }
4882 else if (it->c == '\r' && it->selective == -1)
4883 {
4884 /* A value of selective == -1 means that everything from the
4885 CR to the end of the line is invisible, with maybe an
4886 ellipsis displayed for it. */
4887 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
4888 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
4889 }
4890 }
4891 }
4892
4893 /* Value is zero if end of buffer reached. */
4894 xassert (!success_p || it->what != IT_CHARACTER || it->len > 0);
4895 return success_p;
4896 }
4897
4898
4899 /* Run the redisplay end trigger hook for IT. */
4900
4901 static void
4902 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it)
4903 struct it *it;
4904 {
4905 Lisp_Object args[3];
4906
4907 /* IT->glyph_row should be non-null, i.e. we should be actually
4908 displaying something, or otherwise we should not run the hook. */
4909 xassert (it->glyph_row);
4910
4911 /* Set up hook arguments. */
4912 args[0] = Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
4913 args[1] = it->window;
4914 XSETINT (args[2], it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos);
4915 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = 0;
4916
4917 /* Since we are *trying* to run these functions, don't try to run
4918 them again, even if they get an error. */
4919 it->w->redisplay_end_trigger = Qnil;
4920 Frun_hook_with_args (3, args);
4921
4922 /* Notice if it changed the face of the character we are on. */
4923 handle_face_prop (it);
4924 }
4925
4926
4927 /* Deliver a composition display element. The iterator IT is already
4928 filled with composition information (done in
4929 handle_composition_prop). Value is always 1. */
4930
4931 static int
4932 next_element_from_composition (it)
4933 struct it *it;
4934 {
4935 it->what = IT_COMPOSITION;
4936 it->position = (STRINGP (it->string)
4937 ? it->current.string_pos
4938 : it->current.pos);
4939 return 1;
4940 }
4941
4942
4943 \f
4944 /***********************************************************************
4945 Moving an iterator without producing glyphs
4946 ***********************************************************************/
4947
4948 /* Move iterator IT to a specified buffer or X position within one
4949 line on the display without producing glyphs.
4950
4951 OP should be a bit mask including some or all of these bits:
4952 MOVE_TO_X: Stop on reaching x-position TO_X.
4953 MOVE_TO_POS: Stop on reaching buffer or string position TO_CHARPOS.
4954 Regardless of OP's value, stop in reaching the end of the display line.
4955
4956 TO_X is normally a value 0 <= TO_X <= IT->last_visible_x.
4957 This means, in particular, that TO_X includes window's horizontal
4958 scroll amount.
4959
4960 The return value has several possible values that
4961 say what condition caused the scan to stop:
4962
4963 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
4964 - when TO_POS or ZV was reached.
4965
4966 MOVE_X_REACHED
4967 -when TO_X was reached before TO_POS or ZV were reached.
4968
4969 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
4970 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line must
4971 be continued.
4972
4973 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED
4974 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line is
4975 truncated.
4976
4977 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
4978 - when we stopped at a line end, i.e. a newline or a CR and selective
4979 display is on. */
4980
4981 static enum move_it_result
4982 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op)
4983 struct it *it;
4984 int to_charpos, to_x, op;
4985 {
4986 enum move_it_result result = MOVE_UNDEFINED;
4987 struct glyph_row *saved_glyph_row;
4988
4989 /* Don't produce glyphs in produce_glyphs. */
4990 saved_glyph_row = it->glyph_row;
4991 it->glyph_row = NULL;
4992
4993 while (1)
4994 {
4995 int x, i, ascent = 0, descent = 0;
4996
4997 /* Stop when ZV or TO_CHARPOS reached. */
4998 if (!get_next_display_element (it)
4999 || ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
5000 && BUFFERP (it->object)
5001 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= to_charpos))
5002 {
5003 result = MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV;
5004 break;
5005 }
5006
5007 /* The call to produce_glyphs will get the metrics of the
5008 display element IT is loaded with. We record in x the
5009 x-position before this display element in case it does not
5010 fit on the line. */
5011 x = it->current_x;
5012
5013 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
5014 fit on the line. */
5015 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
5016 {
5017 ascent = it->max_ascent;
5018 descent = it->max_descent;
5019 }
5020
5021 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
5022
5023 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
5024 {
5025 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
5026 continue;
5027 }
5028
5029 /* The number of glyphs we get back in IT->nglyphs will normally
5030 be 1 except when IT->c is (i) a TAB, or (ii) a multi-glyph
5031 character on a terminal frame, or (iii) a line end. For the
5032 second case, IT->nglyphs - 1 padding glyphs will be present
5033 (on X frames, there is only one glyph produced for a
5034 composite character.
5035
5036 The behavior implemented below means, for continuation lines,
5037 that as many spaces of a TAB as fit on the current line are
5038 displayed there. For terminal frames, as many glyphs of a
5039 multi-glyph character are displayed in the current line, too.
5040 This is what the old redisplay code did, and we keep it that
5041 way. Under X, the whole shape of a complex character must
5042 fit on the line or it will be completely displayed in the
5043 next line.
5044
5045 Note that both for tabs and padding glyphs, all glyphs have
5046 the same width. */
5047 if (it->nglyphs)
5048 {
5049 /* More than one glyph or glyph doesn't fit on line. All
5050 glyphs have the same width. */
5051 int single_glyph_width = it->pixel_width / it->nglyphs;
5052 int new_x;
5053
5054 for (i = 0; i < it->nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
5055 {
5056 new_x = x + single_glyph_width;
5057
5058 /* We want to leave anything reaching TO_X to the caller. */
5059 if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && new_x > to_x)
5060 {
5061 it->current_x = x;
5062 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
5063 break;
5064 }
5065 else if (/* Lines are continued. */
5066 !it->truncate_lines_p
5067 && (/* And glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
5068 new_x > it->last_visible_x
5069 /* Or it fits exactly and we're on a window
5070 system frame. */
5071 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
5072 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
5073 {
5074 if (/* IT->hpos == 0 means the very first glyph
5075 doesn't fit on the line, e.g. a wide image. */
5076 it->hpos == 0
5077 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
5078 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
5079 {
5080 ++it->hpos;
5081 it->current_x = new_x;
5082 if (i == it->nglyphs - 1)
5083 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
5084 }
5085 else
5086 {
5087 it->current_x = x;
5088 it->max_ascent = ascent;
5089 it->max_descent = descent;
5090 }
5091
5092 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_in: continued at %d\n",
5093 IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
5094 result = MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED;
5095 break;
5096 }
5097 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
5098 {
5099 /* Glyph is visible. Increment number of glyphs that
5100 would be displayed. */
5101 ++it->hpos;
5102 }
5103 else
5104 {
5105 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the display
5106 area. Nothing to do. */
5107 }
5108 }
5109
5110 if (result != MOVE_UNDEFINED)
5111 break;
5112 }
5113 else if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && it->current_x >= to_x)
5114 {
5115 /* Stop when TO_X specified and reached. This check is
5116 necessary here because of lines consisting of a line end,
5117 only. The line end will not produce any glyphs and we
5118 would never get MOVE_X_REACHED. */
5119 xassert (it->nglyphs == 0);
5120 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
5121 break;
5122 }
5123
5124 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're done. */
5125 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
5126 {
5127 result = MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR;
5128 break;
5129 }
5130
5131 /* The current display element has been consumed. Advance
5132 to the next. */
5133 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
5134
5135 /* Stop if lines are truncated and IT's current x-position is
5136 past the right edge of the window now. */
5137 if (it->truncate_lines_p
5138 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
5139 {
5140 result = MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED;
5141 break;
5142 }
5143 }
5144
5145 /* Restore the iterator settings altered at the beginning of this
5146 function. */
5147 it->glyph_row = saved_glyph_row;
5148 return result;
5149 }
5150
5151
5152 /* Move IT forward until it satisfies one or more of the criteria in
5153 TO_CHARPOS, TO_X, TO_Y, and TO_VPOS.
5154
5155 OP is a bit-mask that specifies where to stop, and in particular,
5156 which of those four position arguments makes a difference. See the
5157 description of enum move_operation_enum.
5158
5159 If TO_CHARPOS is in invisible text, e.g. a truncated part of a
5160 screen line, this function will set IT to the next position >
5161 TO_CHARPOS. */
5162
5163 void
5164 move_it_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos, op)
5165 struct it *it;
5166 int to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos;
5167 int op;
5168 {
5169 enum move_it_result skip, skip2 = MOVE_X_REACHED;
5170 int line_height;
5171 int reached = 0;
5172
5173 for (;;)
5174 {
5175 if (op & MOVE_TO_VPOS)
5176 {
5177 /* If no TO_CHARPOS and no TO_X specified, stop at the
5178 start of the line TO_VPOS. */
5179 if ((op & (MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_POS)) == 0)
5180 {
5181 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
5182 {
5183 reached = 1;
5184 break;
5185 }
5186 else
5187 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
5188 }
5189 else
5190 {
5191 /* TO_VPOS >= 0 means stop at TO_X in the line at
5192 TO_VPOS, or at TO_POS, whichever comes first. */
5193 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
5194 {
5195 reached = 2;
5196 break;
5197 }
5198
5199 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op);
5200
5201 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV || it->vpos == to_vpos)
5202 {
5203 reached = 3;
5204 break;
5205 }
5206 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED && it->vpos != to_vpos)
5207 {
5208 /* We have reached TO_X but not in the line we want. */
5209 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
5210 -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5211 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
5212 {
5213 reached = 4;
5214 break;
5215 }
5216 }
5217 }
5218 }
5219 else if (op & MOVE_TO_Y)
5220 {
5221 struct it it_backup;
5222
5223 /* TO_Y specified means stop at TO_X in the line containing
5224 TO_Y---or at TO_CHARPOS if this is reached first. The
5225 problem is that we can't really tell whether the line
5226 contains TO_Y before we have completely scanned it, and
5227 this may skip past TO_X. What we do is to first scan to
5228 TO_X.
5229
5230 If TO_X is not specified, use a TO_X of zero. The reason
5231 is to make the outcome of this function more predictable.
5232 If we didn't use TO_X == 0, we would stop at the end of
5233 the line which is probably not what a caller would expect
5234 to happen. */
5235 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
5236 ((op & MOVE_TO_X)
5237 ? to_x : 0),
5238 (MOVE_TO_X
5239 | (op & MOVE_TO_POS)));
5240
5241 /* If TO_CHARPOS is reached or ZV, we don't have to do more. */
5242 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
5243 {
5244 reached = 5;
5245 break;
5246 }
5247
5248 /* If TO_X was reached, we would like to know whether TO_Y
5249 is in the line. This can only be said if we know the
5250 total line height which requires us to scan the rest of
5251 the line. */
5252 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
5253 {
5254 it_backup = *it;
5255 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: from %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
5256 skip2 = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1,
5257 op & MOVE_TO_POS);
5258 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
5259 }
5260
5261 /* Now, decide whether TO_Y is in this line. */
5262 line_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
5263 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: line_height = %d\n", line_height));
5264
5265 if (to_y >= it->current_y
5266 && to_y < it->current_y + line_height)
5267 {
5268 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
5269 /* If TO_Y is in this line and TO_X was reached above,
5270 we scanned too far. We have to restore IT's settings
5271 to the ones before skipping. */
5272 *it = it_backup;
5273 reached = 6;
5274 }
5275 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
5276 {
5277 skip = skip2;
5278 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
5279 reached = 7;
5280 }
5281
5282 if (reached)
5283 break;
5284 }
5285 else
5286 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5287
5288 switch (skip)
5289 {
5290 case MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV:
5291 reached = 8;
5292 goto out;
5293
5294 case MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR:
5295 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
5296 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
5297 break;
5298
5299 case MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED:
5300 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
5301 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
5302 if ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
5303 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > to_charpos)
5304 {
5305 reached = 9;
5306 goto out;
5307 }
5308 break;
5309
5310 case MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED:
5311 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
5312 break;
5313
5314 default:
5315 abort ();
5316 }
5317
5318 /* Reset/increment for the next run. */
5319 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
5320 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5321 it->current_y += it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
5322 ++it->vpos;
5323 last_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
5324 last_max_ascent = it->max_ascent;
5325 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
5326 }
5327
5328 out:
5329
5330 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_to: reached %d\n", reached));
5331 }
5332
5333
5334 /* Move iterator IT backward by a specified y-distance DY, DY >= 0.
5335
5336 If DY > 0, move IT backward at least that many pixels. DY = 0
5337 means move IT backward to the preceding line start or BEGV. This
5338 function may move over more than DY pixels if IT->current_y - DY
5339 ends up in the middle of a line; in this case IT->current_y will be
5340 set to the top of the line moved to. */
5341
5342 void
5343 move_it_vertically_backward (it, dy)
5344 struct it *it;
5345 int dy;
5346 {
5347 int nlines, h;
5348 struct it it2, it3;
5349 int start_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
5350
5351 xassert (dy >= 0);
5352
5353 /* Estimate how many newlines we must move back. */
5354 nlines = max (1, dy / CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f));
5355
5356 /* Set the iterator's position that many lines back. */
5357 while (nlines-- && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
5358 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
5359
5360 /* Reseat the iterator here. When moving backward, we don't want
5361 reseat to skip forward over invisible text, set up the iterator
5362 to deliver from overlay strings at the new position etc. So,
5363 use reseat_1 here. */
5364 reseat_1 (it, it->current.pos, 1);
5365
5366 /* We are now surely at a line start. */
5367 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5368
5369 /* Move forward and see what y-distance we moved. First move to the
5370 start of the next line so that we get its height. We need this
5371 height to be able to tell whether we reached the specified
5372 y-distance. */
5373 it2 = *it;
5374 it2.max_ascent = it2.max_descent = 0;
5375 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, it2.vpos + 1,
5376 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5377 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5378 it3 = it2;
5379
5380 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5381 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5382 h = it2.current_y - it->current_y;
5383 nlines = it2.vpos - it->vpos;
5384
5385 /* Correct IT's y and vpos position. */
5386 it->vpos -= nlines;
5387 it->current_y -= h;
5388
5389 if (dy == 0)
5390 {
5391 /* DY == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. The
5392 value of nlines is > 0 if continuation lines were involved. */
5393 if (nlines > 0)
5394 move_it_by_lines (it, nlines, 1);
5395 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= start_pos);
5396 }
5397 else if (nlines)
5398 {
5399 /* The y-position we try to reach. Note that h has been
5400 subtracted in front of the if-statement. */
5401 int target_y = it->current_y + h - dy;
5402 int y0 = it3.current_y;
5403 int y1 = line_bottom_y (&it3);
5404 int line_height = y1 - y0;
5405
5406 /* If we did not reach target_y, try to move further backward if
5407 we can. If we moved too far backward, try to move forward. */
5408 if (target_y < it->current_y
5409 /* This is heuristic. In a window that's 3 lines high, with
5410 a line height of 13 pixels each, recentering with point
5411 on the bottom line will try to move -39/2 = 19 pixels
5412 backward. Try to avoid moving into the first line. */
5413 && it->current_y - target_y > line_height / 3 * 2
5414 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
5415 {
5416 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, " not far enough -> move_vert %d\n",
5417 target_y - it->current_y));
5418 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - it->current_y);
5419 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5420 }
5421 else if (target_y >= it->current_y + line_height
5422 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
5423 {
5424 /* Should move forward by at least one line, maybe more.
5425
5426 Note: Calling move_it_by_lines can be expensive on
5427 terminal frames, where compute_motion is used (via
5428 vmotion) to do the job, when there are very long lines
5429 and truncate-lines is nil. That's the reason for
5430 treating terminal frames specially here. */
5431
5432 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
5433 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - (it->current_y + line_height));
5434 else
5435 {
5436 do
5437 {
5438 move_it_by_lines (it, 1, 1);
5439 }
5440 while (target_y >= line_bottom_y (it) && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV);
5441 }
5442
5443 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5444 }
5445 }
5446 }
5447
5448
5449 /* Move IT by a specified amount of pixel lines DY. DY negative means
5450 move backwards. DY = 0 means move to start of screen line. At the
5451 end, IT will be on the start of a screen line. */
5452
5453 void
5454 move_it_vertically (it, dy)
5455 struct it *it;
5456 int dy;
5457 {
5458 if (dy <= 0)
5459 move_it_vertically_backward (it, -dy);
5460 else if (dy > 0)
5461 {
5462 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_v: from %d, %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it), dy));
5463 move_it_to (it, ZV, -1, it->current_y + dy, -1,
5464 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_Y);
5465 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_v: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
5466
5467 /* If buffer ends in ZV without a newline, move to the start of
5468 the line to satisfy the post-condition. */
5469 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == ZV
5470 && FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n')
5471 move_it_by_lines (it, 0, 0);
5472 }
5473 }
5474
5475
5476 /* Move iterator IT past the end of the text line it is in. */
5477
5478 void
5479 move_it_past_eol (it)
5480 struct it *it;
5481 {
5482 enum move_it_result rc;
5483
5484 rc = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, Z, 0, MOVE_TO_POS);
5485 if (rc == MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR)
5486 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
5487 }
5488
5489
5490 #if 0 /* Currently not used. */
5491
5492 /* Return non-zero if some text between buffer positions START_CHARPOS
5493 and END_CHARPOS is invisible. IT->window is the window for text
5494 property lookup. */
5495
5496 static int
5497 invisible_text_between_p (it, start_charpos, end_charpos)
5498 struct it *it;
5499 int start_charpos, end_charpos;
5500 {
5501 Lisp_Object prop, limit;
5502 int invisible_found_p;
5503
5504 xassert (it != NULL && start_charpos <= end_charpos);
5505
5506 /* Is text at START invisible? */
5507 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (start_charpos), Qinvisible,
5508 it->window);
5509 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
5510 invisible_found_p = 1;
5511 else
5512 {
5513 limit = Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (start_charpos),
5514 Qinvisible, Qnil,
5515 make_number (end_charpos));
5516 invisible_found_p = XFASTINT (limit) < end_charpos;
5517 }
5518
5519 return invisible_found_p;
5520 }
5521
5522 #endif /* 0 */
5523
5524
5525 /* Move IT by a specified number DVPOS of screen lines down. DVPOS
5526 negative means move up. DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the
5527 screen line. NEED_Y_P non-zero means calculate IT->current_y. If
5528 NEED_Y_P is zero, IT->current_y will be left unchanged.
5529
5530 Further optimization ideas: If we would know that IT->f doesn't use
5531 a face with proportional font, we could be faster for
5532 truncate-lines nil. */
5533
5534 void
5535 move_it_by_lines (it, dvpos, need_y_p)
5536 struct it *it;
5537 int dvpos, need_y_p;
5538 {
5539 struct position pos;
5540
5541 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
5542 {
5543 struct text_pos textpos;
5544
5545 /* We can use vmotion on frames without proportional fonts. */
5546 pos = *vmotion (IT_CHARPOS (*it), dvpos, it->w);
5547 SET_TEXT_POS (textpos, pos.bufpos, pos.bytepos);
5548 reseat (it, textpos, 1);
5549 it->vpos += pos.vpos;
5550 it->current_y += pos.vpos;
5551 }
5552 else if (dvpos == 0)
5553 {
5554 /* DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. */
5555 move_it_vertically_backward (it, 0);
5556 xassert (it->current_x == 0 && it->hpos == 0);
5557 }
5558 else if (dvpos > 0)
5559 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + dvpos, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5560 else
5561 {
5562 struct it it2;
5563 int start_charpos, i;
5564
5565 /* Start at the beginning of the screen line containing IT's
5566 position. */
5567 move_it_vertically_backward (it, 0);
5568
5569 /* Go back -DVPOS visible lines and reseat the iterator there. */
5570 start_charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
5571 for (i = -dvpos; i && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV; --i)
5572 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
5573 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
5574 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5575
5576 /* Above call may have moved too far if continuation lines
5577 are involved. Scan forward and see if it did. */
5578 it2 = *it;
5579 it2.vpos = it2.current_y = 0;
5580 move_it_to (&it2, start_charpos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5581 it->vpos -= it2.vpos;
5582 it->current_y -= it2.current_y;
5583 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5584
5585 /* If we moved too far, move IT some lines forward. */
5586 if (it2.vpos > -dvpos)
5587 {
5588 int delta = it2.vpos + dvpos;
5589 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + delta, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5590 }
5591 }
5592 }
5593
5594
5595 \f
5596 /***********************************************************************
5597 Messages
5598 ***********************************************************************/
5599
5600
5601 /* Add a message with format string FORMAT and arguments ARG1 and ARG2
5602 to *Messages*. */
5603
5604 void
5605 add_to_log (format, arg1, arg2)
5606 char *format;
5607 Lisp_Object arg1, arg2;
5608 {
5609 Lisp_Object args[3];
5610 Lisp_Object msg, fmt;
5611 char *buffer;
5612 int len;
5613 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
5614
5615 /* Do nothing if called asynchronously. Inserting text into
5616 a buffer may call after-change-functions and alike and
5617 that would means running Lisp asynchronously. */
5618 if (handling_signal)
5619 return;
5620
5621 fmt = msg = Qnil;
5622 GCPRO4 (fmt, msg, arg1, arg2);
5623
5624 args[0] = fmt = build_string (format);
5625 args[1] = arg1;
5626 args[2] = arg2;
5627 msg = Fformat (3, args);
5628
5629 len = SBYTES (msg) + 1;
5630 buffer = (char *) alloca (len);
5631 bcopy (SDATA (msg), buffer, len);
5632
5633 message_dolog (buffer, len - 1, 1, 0);
5634 UNGCPRO;
5635 }
5636
5637
5638 /* Output a newline in the *Messages* buffer if "needs" one. */
5639
5640 void
5641 message_log_maybe_newline ()
5642 {
5643 if (message_log_need_newline)
5644 message_dolog ("", 0, 1, 0);
5645 }
5646
5647
5648 /* Add a string M of length NBYTES to the message log, optionally
5649 terminated with a newline when NLFLAG is non-zero. MULTIBYTE, if
5650 nonzero, means interpret the contents of M as multibyte. This
5651 function calls low-level routines in order to bypass text property
5652 hooks, etc. which might not be safe to run. */
5653
5654 void
5655 message_dolog (m, nbytes, nlflag, multibyte)
5656 char *m;
5657 int nbytes, nlflag, multibyte;
5658 {
5659 if (!NILP (Vmessage_log_max))
5660 {
5661 struct buffer *oldbuf;
5662 Lisp_Object oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv;
5663 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed = windows_or_buffers_changed;
5664 int point_at_end = 0;
5665 int zv_at_end = 0;
5666 Lisp_Object old_deactivate_mark, tem;
5667 struct gcpro gcpro1;
5668
5669 old_deactivate_mark = Vdeactivate_mark;
5670 oldbuf = current_buffer;
5671 Fset_buffer (Fget_buffer_create (Vmessages_buffer_name));
5672 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
5673
5674 oldpoint = message_dolog_marker1;
5675 set_marker_restricted (oldpoint, make_number (PT), Qnil);
5676 oldbegv = message_dolog_marker2;
5677 set_marker_restricted (oldbegv, make_number (BEGV), Qnil);
5678 oldzv = message_dolog_marker3;
5679 set_marker_restricted (oldzv, make_number (ZV), Qnil);
5680 GCPRO1 (old_deactivate_mark);
5681
5682 if (PT == Z)
5683 point_at_end = 1;
5684 if (ZV == Z)
5685 zv_at_end = 1;
5686
5687 BEGV = BEG;
5688 BEGV_BYTE = BEG_BYTE;
5689 ZV = Z;
5690 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
5691 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
5692
5693 /* Insert the string--maybe converting multibyte to single byte
5694 or vice versa, so that all the text fits the buffer. */
5695 if (multibyte
5696 && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5697 {
5698 int i, c, char_bytes;
5699 unsigned char work[1];
5700
5701 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte
5702 for the *Message* buffer. */
5703 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += nbytes)
5704 {
5705 c = string_char_and_length (m + i, nbytes - i, &char_bytes);
5706 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
5707 ? c
5708 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
5709 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
5710 }
5711 }
5712 else if (! multibyte
5713 && ! NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5714 {
5715 int i, c, char_bytes;
5716 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) m;
5717 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
5718 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte
5719 for the *Message* buffer. */
5720 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++)
5721 {
5722 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
5723 char_bytes = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
5724 insert_1_both (str, 1, char_bytes, 1, 0, 0);
5725 }
5726 }
5727 else if (nbytes)
5728 insert_1 (m, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
5729
5730 if (nlflag)
5731 {
5732 int this_bol, this_bol_byte, prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, dup;
5733 insert_1 ("\n", 1, 1, 0, 0);
5734
5735 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
5736 this_bol = PT;
5737 this_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
5738
5739 /* See if this line duplicates the previous one.
5740 If so, combine duplicates. */
5741 if (this_bol > BEG)
5742 {
5743 scan_newline (PT, PT_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
5744 prev_bol = PT;
5745 prev_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
5746
5747 dup = message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
5748 this_bol, this_bol_byte);
5749 if (dup)
5750 {
5751 del_range_both (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
5752 this_bol, this_bol_byte, 0);
5753 if (dup > 1)
5754 {
5755 char dupstr[40];
5756 int duplen;
5757
5758 /* If you change this format, don't forget to also
5759 change message_log_check_duplicate. */
5760 sprintf (dupstr, " [%d times]", dup);
5761 duplen = strlen (dupstr);
5762 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z - 1, Z_BYTE - 1);
5763 insert_1 (dupstr, duplen, 1, 0, 1);
5764 }
5765 }
5766 }
5767
5768 /* If we have more than the desired maximum number of lines
5769 in the *Messages* buffer now, delete the oldest ones.
5770 This is safe because we don't have undo in this buffer. */
5771
5772 if (NATNUMP (Vmessage_log_max))
5773 {
5774 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE,
5775 -XFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max) - 1, 0);
5776 del_range_both (BEG, BEG_BYTE, PT, PT_BYTE, 0);
5777 }
5778 }
5779 BEGV = XMARKER (oldbegv)->charpos;
5780 BEGV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldbegv);
5781
5782 if (zv_at_end)
5783 {
5784 ZV = Z;
5785 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
5786 }
5787 else
5788 {
5789 ZV = XMARKER (oldzv)->charpos;
5790 ZV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldzv);
5791 }
5792
5793 if (point_at_end)
5794 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
5795 else
5796 /* We can't do Fgoto_char (oldpoint) because it will run some
5797 Lisp code. */
5798 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (XMARKER (oldpoint)->charpos,
5799 XMARKER (oldpoint)->bytepos);
5800
5801 UNGCPRO;
5802 unchain_marker (oldpoint);
5803 unchain_marker (oldbegv);
5804 unchain_marker (oldzv);
5805
5806 tem = Fget_buffer_window (Fcurrent_buffer (), Qt);
5807 set_buffer_internal (oldbuf);
5808 if (NILP (tem))
5809 windows_or_buffers_changed = old_windows_or_buffers_changed;
5810 message_log_need_newline = !nlflag;
5811 Vdeactivate_mark = old_deactivate_mark;
5812 }
5813 }
5814
5815
5816 /* We are at the end of the buffer after just having inserted a newline.
5817 (Note: We depend on the fact we won't be crossing the gap.)
5818 Check to see if the most recent message looks a lot like the previous one.
5819 Return 0 if different, 1 if the new one should just replace it, or a
5820 value N > 1 if we should also append " [N times]". */
5821
5822 static int
5823 message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, this_bol, this_bol_byte)
5824 int prev_bol, this_bol;
5825 int prev_bol_byte, this_bol_byte;
5826 {
5827 int i;
5828 int len = Z_BYTE - 1 - this_bol_byte;
5829 int seen_dots = 0;
5830 unsigned char *p1 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, prev_bol_byte);
5831 unsigned char *p2 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, this_bol_byte);
5832
5833 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
5834 {
5835 if (i >= 3 && p1[i-3] == '.' && p1[i-2] == '.' && p1[i-1] == '.')
5836 seen_dots = 1;
5837 if (p1[i] != p2[i])
5838 return seen_dots;
5839 }
5840 p1 += len;
5841 if (*p1 == '\n')
5842 return 2;
5843 if (*p1++ == ' ' && *p1++ == '[')
5844 {
5845 int n = 0;
5846 while (*p1 >= '0' && *p1 <= '9')
5847 n = n * 10 + *p1++ - '0';
5848 if (strncmp (p1, " times]\n", 8) == 0)
5849 return n+1;
5850 }
5851 return 0;
5852 }
5853
5854
5855 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
5856 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is 0, clear
5857 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show
5858 through.
5859
5860 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
5861 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. This means do
5862 not pass text that is stored in a Lisp string; do not pass text in
5863 a buffer that was alloca'd. */
5864
5865 void
5866 message2 (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5867 char *m;
5868 int nbytes;
5869 int multibyte;
5870 {
5871 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
5872 message_log_maybe_newline ();
5873 if (m)
5874 message_dolog (m, nbytes, 1, multibyte);
5875 message2_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte);
5876 }
5877
5878
5879 /* The non-logging counterpart of message2. */
5880
5881 void
5882 message2_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5883 char *m;
5884 int nbytes;
5885 {
5886 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5887 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
5888
5889 if (noninteractive)
5890 {
5891 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5892 putc ('\n', stderr);
5893 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5894 if (m)
5895 fwrite (m, nbytes, 1, stderr);
5896 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5897 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5898 fflush (stderr);
5899 }
5900 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5901 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5902 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5903 else if (INTERACTIVE
5904 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
5905 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5906 {
5907 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5908 struct frame *f;
5909
5910 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5911 that the selected frame is using. */
5912 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5913 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5914
5915 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
5916 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
5917 && ! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
5918 Fmake_frame_visible (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5919
5920 if (m)
5921 {
5922 set_message (m, Qnil, nbytes, multibyte);
5923 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5924 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5925 }
5926 else
5927 clear_message (1, 1);
5928
5929 do_pending_window_change (0);
5930 echo_area_display (1);
5931 do_pending_window_change (0);
5932 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
5933 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
5934 }
5935 }
5936
5937
5938 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
5939 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is not a
5940 string, clear out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer
5941 text show through. */
5942
5943 void
5944 message3 (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5945 Lisp_Object m;
5946 int nbytes;
5947 int multibyte;
5948 {
5949 struct gcpro gcpro1;
5950
5951 GCPRO1 (m);
5952
5953 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
5954 message_log_maybe_newline ();
5955 if (STRINGP (m))
5956 message_dolog (SDATA (m), nbytes, 1, multibyte);
5957 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte);
5958
5959 UNGCPRO;
5960 }
5961
5962
5963 /* The non-logging version of message3. */
5964
5965 void
5966 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5967 Lisp_Object m;
5968 int nbytes, multibyte;
5969 {
5970 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5971 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
5972
5973 if (noninteractive)
5974 {
5975 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5976 putc ('\n', stderr);
5977 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5978 if (STRINGP (m))
5979 fwrite (SDATA (m), nbytes, 1, stderr);
5980 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5981 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5982 fflush (stderr);
5983 }
5984 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5985 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5986 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5987 else if (INTERACTIVE
5988 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
5989 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5990 {
5991 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5992 Lisp_Object frame;
5993 struct frame *f;
5994
5995 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5996 that the selected frame is using. */
5997 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5998 frame = XWINDOW (mini_window)->frame;
5999 f = XFRAME (frame);
6000
6001 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
6002 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
6003 && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
6004 Fmake_frame_visible (frame);
6005
6006 if (STRINGP (m) && SCHARS (m) > 0)
6007 {
6008 set_message (NULL, m, nbytes, multibyte);
6009 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
6010 Fraise_frame (frame);
6011 }
6012 else
6013 clear_message (1, 1);
6014
6015 do_pending_window_change (0);
6016 echo_area_display (1);
6017 do_pending_window_change (0);
6018 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
6019 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
6020 }
6021 }
6022
6023
6024 /* Display a null-terminated echo area message M. If M is 0, clear
6025 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
6026
6027 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
6028 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. Do not pass
6029 text that is stored in a Lisp string. Do not pass text in a buffer
6030 that was alloca'd. */
6031
6032 void
6033 message1 (m)
6034 char *m;
6035 {
6036 message2 (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
6037 }
6038
6039
6040 /* The non-logging counterpart of message1. */
6041
6042 void
6043 message1_nolog (m)
6044 char *m;
6045 {
6046 message2_nolog (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
6047 }
6048
6049 /* Display a message M which contains a single %s
6050 which gets replaced with STRING. */
6051
6052 void
6053 message_with_string (m, string, log)
6054 char *m;
6055 Lisp_Object string;
6056 int log;
6057 {
6058 CHECK_STRING (string);
6059
6060 if (noninteractive)
6061 {
6062 if (m)
6063 {
6064 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
6065 putc ('\n', stderr);
6066 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
6067 fprintf (stderr, m, SDATA (string));
6068 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
6069 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
6070 fflush (stderr);
6071 }
6072 }
6073 else if (INTERACTIVE)
6074 {
6075 /* The frame whose minibuffer we're going to display the message on.
6076 It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need
6077 to use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
6078 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6079 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6080
6081 /* Get the frame containing the minibuffer
6082 that the selected frame is using. */
6083 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6084 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
6085
6086 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
6087 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
6088 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
6089 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
6090 {
6091 Lisp_Object args[2], message;
6092 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6093
6094 args[0] = build_string (m);
6095 args[1] = message = string;
6096 GCPRO2 (args[0], message);
6097 gcpro1.nvars = 2;
6098
6099 message = Fformat (2, args);
6100
6101 if (log)
6102 message3 (message, SBYTES (message), SMBP (message));
6103 else
6104 message3_nolog (message, SBYTES (message), SMBP (message));
6105
6106 UNGCPRO;
6107
6108 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
6109 buffer next time. */
6110 message_buf_print = 0;
6111 }
6112 }
6113 }
6114
6115
6116 /* Dump an informative message to the minibuf. If M is 0, clear out
6117 any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through. */
6118
6119 /* VARARGS 1 */
6120 void
6121 message (m, a1, a2, a3)
6122 char *m;
6123 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
6124 {
6125 if (noninteractive)
6126 {
6127 if (m)
6128 {
6129 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
6130 putc ('\n', stderr);
6131 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
6132 fprintf (stderr, m, a1, a2, a3);
6133 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
6134 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
6135 fflush (stderr);
6136 }
6137 }
6138 else if (INTERACTIVE)
6139 {
6140 /* The frame whose mini-buffer we're going to display the message
6141 on. It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need to
6142 use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
6143 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6144 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6145
6146 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
6147 that the selected frame is using. */
6148 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6149 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
6150
6151 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
6152 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
6153 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss
6154 it. */
6155 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
6156 {
6157 if (m)
6158 {
6159 int len;
6160 #ifdef NO_ARG_ARRAY
6161 char *a[3];
6162 a[0] = (char *) a1;
6163 a[1] = (char *) a2;
6164 a[2] = (char *) a3;
6165
6166 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
6167 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
6168 #else
6169 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
6170 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3,
6171 (char **) &a1);
6172 #endif /* NO_ARG_ARRAY */
6173
6174 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len, 0);
6175 }
6176 else
6177 message1 (0);
6178
6179 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
6180 buffer next time. */
6181 message_buf_print = 0;
6182 }
6183 }
6184 }
6185
6186
6187 /* The non-logging version of message. */
6188
6189 void
6190 message_nolog (m, a1, a2, a3)
6191 char *m;
6192 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
6193 {
6194 Lisp_Object old_log_max;
6195 old_log_max = Vmessage_log_max;
6196 Vmessage_log_max = Qnil;
6197 message (m, a1, a2, a3);
6198 Vmessage_log_max = old_log_max;
6199 }
6200
6201
6202 /* Display the current message in the current mini-buffer. This is
6203 only called from error handlers in process.c, and is not time
6204 critical. */
6205
6206 void
6207 update_echo_area ()
6208 {
6209 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6210 {
6211 Lisp_Object string;
6212 string = Fcurrent_message ();
6213 message3 (string, SBYTES (string),
6214 !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters));
6215 }
6216 }
6217
6218
6219 /* Make sure echo area buffers in echo_buffers[] are life. If they
6220 aren't, make new ones. */
6221
6222 static void
6223 ensure_echo_area_buffers ()
6224 {
6225 int i;
6226
6227 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
6228 if (!BUFFERP (echo_buffer[i])
6229 || NILP (XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->name))
6230 {
6231 char name[30];
6232 Lisp_Object old_buffer;
6233 int j;
6234
6235 old_buffer = echo_buffer[i];
6236 sprintf (name, " *Echo Area %d*", i);
6237 echo_buffer[i] = Fget_buffer_create (build_string (name));
6238 XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->truncate_lines = Qnil;
6239
6240 for (j = 0; j < 2; ++j)
6241 if (EQ (old_buffer, echo_area_buffer[j]))
6242 echo_area_buffer[j] = echo_buffer[i];
6243 }
6244 }
6245
6246
6247 /* Call FN with args A1..A4 with either the current or last displayed
6248 echo_area_buffer as current buffer.
6249
6250 WHICH zero means use the current message buffer
6251 echo_area_buffer[0]. If that is nil, choose a suitable buffer
6252 from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
6253
6254 WHICH > 0 means use echo_area_buffer[1]. If that is nil, choose a
6255 suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
6256
6257 If WHICH < 0, set echo_area_buffer[1] to echo_area_buffer[0], so
6258 that the current message becomes the last displayed one, make
6259 choose a suitable buffer for echo_area_buffer[0], and clear it.
6260
6261 Value is what FN returns. */
6262
6263 static int
6264 with_echo_area_buffer (w, which, fn, a1, a2, a3, a4)
6265 struct window *w;
6266 int which;
6267 int (*fn) P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
6268 EMACS_INT a1;
6269 Lisp_Object a2;
6270 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6271 {
6272 Lisp_Object buffer;
6273 int this_one, the_other, clear_buffer_p, rc;
6274 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6275
6276 /* If buffers aren't live, make new ones. */
6277 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
6278
6279 clear_buffer_p = 0;
6280
6281 if (which == 0)
6282 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
6283 else if (which > 0)
6284 this_one = 1, the_other = 0;
6285 else
6286 {
6287 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
6288 clear_buffer_p = 1;
6289
6290 /* We need a fresh one in case the current echo buffer equals
6291 the one containing the last displayed echo area message. */
6292 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one])
6293 && EQ (echo_area_buffer[this_one], echo_area_buffer[the_other]))
6294 echo_area_buffer[this_one] = Qnil;
6295 }
6296
6297 /* Choose a suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] is we don't
6298 have one. */
6299 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one]))
6300 {
6301 echo_area_buffer[this_one]
6302 = (EQ (echo_area_buffer[the_other], echo_buffer[this_one])
6303 ? echo_buffer[the_other]
6304 : echo_buffer[this_one]);
6305 clear_buffer_p = 1;
6306 }
6307
6308 buffer = echo_area_buffer[this_one];
6309
6310 /* Don't get confused by reusing the buffer used for echoing
6311 for a different purpose. */
6312 if (echo_kboard == NULL && EQ (buffer, echo_message_buffer))
6313 cancel_echoing ();
6314
6315 record_unwind_protect (unwind_with_echo_area_buffer,
6316 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w));
6317
6318 /* Make the echo area buffer current. Note that for display
6319 purposes, it is not necessary that the displayed window's buffer
6320 == current_buffer, except for text property lookup. So, let's
6321 only set that buffer temporarily here without doing a full
6322 Fset_window_buffer. We must also change w->pointm, though,
6323 because otherwise an assertions in unshow_buffer fails, and Emacs
6324 aborts. */
6325 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer));
6326 if (w)
6327 {
6328 w->buffer = buffer;
6329 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6330 }
6331
6332 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
6333 current_buffer->read_only = Qnil;
6334 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
6335 specbind (Qinhibit_modification_hooks, Qt);
6336
6337 if (clear_buffer_p && Z > BEG)
6338 del_range (BEG, Z);
6339
6340 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
6341 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
6342
6343 rc = fn (a1, a2, a3, a4);
6344
6345 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
6346 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
6347
6348 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6349 return rc;
6350 }
6351
6352
6353 /* Save state that should be preserved around the call to the function
6354 FN called in with_echo_area_buffer. */
6355
6356 static Lisp_Object
6357 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w)
6358 struct window *w;
6359 {
6360 int i = 0;
6361 Lisp_Object vector;
6362
6363 /* Reduce consing by keeping one vector in
6364 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector. */
6365 vector = Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
6366 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
6367
6368 if (NILP (vector))
6369 vector = Fmake_vector (make_number (7), Qnil);
6370
6371 XSETBUFFER (AREF (vector, i), current_buffer); ++i;
6372 AREF (vector, i) = Vdeactivate_mark, ++i;
6373 AREF (vector, i) = make_number (windows_or_buffers_changed), ++i;
6374
6375 if (w)
6376 {
6377 XSETWINDOW (AREF (vector, i), w); ++i;
6378 AREF (vector, i) = w->buffer; ++i;
6379 AREF (vector, i) = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos); ++i;
6380 AREF (vector, i) = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->bytepos); ++i;
6381 }
6382 else
6383 {
6384 int end = i + 4;
6385 for (; i < end; ++i)
6386 AREF (vector, i) = Qnil;
6387 }
6388
6389 xassert (i == ASIZE (vector));
6390 return vector;
6391 }
6392
6393
6394 /* Restore global state from VECTOR which was created by
6395 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data. */
6396
6397 static Lisp_Object
6398 unwind_with_echo_area_buffer (vector)
6399 Lisp_Object vector;
6400 {
6401 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (AREF (vector, 0)));
6402 Vdeactivate_mark = AREF (vector, 1);
6403 windows_or_buffers_changed = XFASTINT (AREF (vector, 2));
6404
6405 if (WINDOWP (AREF (vector, 3)))
6406 {
6407 struct window *w;
6408 Lisp_Object buffer, charpos, bytepos;
6409
6410 w = XWINDOW (AREF (vector, 3));
6411 buffer = AREF (vector, 4);
6412 charpos = AREF (vector, 5);
6413 bytepos = AREF (vector, 6);
6414
6415 w->buffer = buffer;
6416 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer,
6417 XFASTINT (charpos), XFASTINT (bytepos));
6418 }
6419
6420 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = vector;
6421 return Qnil;
6422 }
6423
6424
6425 /* Set up the echo area for use by print functions. MULTIBYTE_P
6426 non-zero means we will print multibyte. */
6427
6428 void
6429 setup_echo_area_for_printing (multibyte_p)
6430 int multibyte_p;
6431 {
6432 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
6433
6434 if (!message_buf_print)
6435 {
6436 /* A message has been output since the last time we printed.
6437 Choose a fresh echo area buffer. */
6438 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
6439 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
6440 else
6441 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
6442
6443 /* Switch to that buffer and clear it. */
6444 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
6445 current_buffer->truncate_lines = Qnil;
6446
6447 if (Z > BEG)
6448 {
6449 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6450 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
6451 del_range (BEG, Z);
6452 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6453 }
6454 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6455
6456 /* Set up the buffer for the multibyteness we need. */
6457 if (multibyte_p
6458 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6459 Fset_buffer_multibyte (multibyte_p ? Qt : Qnil);
6460
6461 /* Raise the frame containing the echo area. */
6462 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
6463 {
6464 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6465 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6466 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6467 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
6468 }
6469
6470 message_log_maybe_newline ();
6471 message_buf_print = 1;
6472 }
6473 else
6474 {
6475 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6476 {
6477 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
6478 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
6479 else
6480 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
6481 }
6482
6483 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6484 {
6485 /* Someone switched buffers between print requests. */
6486 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
6487 current_buffer->truncate_lines = Qnil;
6488 }
6489 }
6490 }
6491
6492
6493 /* Display an echo area message in window W. Value is non-zero if W's
6494 height is changed. If display_last_displayed_message_p is
6495 non-zero, display the message that was last displayed, otherwise
6496 display the current message. */
6497
6498 static int
6499 display_echo_area (w)
6500 struct window *w;
6501 {
6502 int i, no_message_p, window_height_changed_p, count;
6503
6504 /* Temporarily disable garbage collections while displaying the echo
6505 area. This is done because a GC can print a message itself.
6506 That message would modify the echo area buffer's contents while a
6507 redisplay of the buffer is going on, and seriously confuse
6508 redisplay. */
6509 count = inhibit_garbage_collection ();
6510
6511 /* If there is no message, we must call display_echo_area_1
6512 nevertheless because it resizes the window. But we will have to
6513 reset the echo_area_buffer in question to nil at the end because
6514 with_echo_area_buffer will sets it to an empty buffer. */
6515 i = display_last_displayed_message_p ? 1 : 0;
6516 no_message_p = NILP (echo_area_buffer[i]);
6517
6518 window_height_changed_p
6519 = with_echo_area_buffer (w, display_last_displayed_message_p,
6520 display_echo_area_1,
6521 (EMACS_INT) w, Qnil, 0, 0);
6522
6523 if (no_message_p)
6524 echo_area_buffer[i] = Qnil;
6525
6526 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6527 return window_height_changed_p;
6528 }
6529
6530
6531 /* Helper for display_echo_area. Display the current buffer which
6532 contains the current echo area message in window W, a mini-window,
6533 a pointer to which is passed in A1. A2..A4 are currently not used.
6534 Change the height of W so that all of the message is displayed.
6535 Value is non-zero if height of W was changed. */
6536
6537 static int
6538 display_echo_area_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6539 EMACS_INT a1;
6540 Lisp_Object a2;
6541 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6542 {
6543 struct window *w = (struct window *) a1;
6544 Lisp_Object window;
6545 struct text_pos start;
6546 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6547
6548 /* Do this before displaying, so that we have a large enough glyph
6549 matrix for the display. */
6550 window_height_changed_p = resize_mini_window (w, 0);
6551
6552 /* Display. */
6553 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6554 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
6555 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6556 try_window (window, start);
6557
6558 return window_height_changed_p;
6559 }
6560
6561
6562 /* Resize the echo area window to exactly the size needed for the
6563 currently displayed message, if there is one. If a mini-buffer
6564 is active, don't shrink it. */
6565
6566 void
6567 resize_echo_area_exactly ()
6568 {
6569 if (BUFFERP (echo_area_buffer[0])
6570 && WINDOWP (echo_area_window))
6571 {
6572 struct window *w = XWINDOW (echo_area_window);
6573 int resized_p;
6574 Lisp_Object resize_exactly;
6575
6576 if (minibuf_level == 0)
6577 resize_exactly = Qt;
6578 else
6579 resize_exactly = Qnil;
6580
6581 resized_p = with_echo_area_buffer (w, 0, resize_mini_window_1,
6582 (EMACS_INT) w, resize_exactly, 0, 0);
6583 if (resized_p)
6584 {
6585 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6586 ++update_mode_lines;
6587 redisplay_internal (0);
6588 }
6589 }
6590 }
6591
6592
6593 /* Callback function for with_echo_area_buffer, when used from
6594 resize_echo_area_exactly. A1 contains a pointer to the window to
6595 resize, EXACTLY non-nil means resize the mini-window exactly to the
6596 size of the text displayed. A3 and A4 are not used. Value is what
6597 resize_mini_window returns. */
6598
6599 static int
6600 resize_mini_window_1 (a1, exactly, a3, a4)
6601 EMACS_INT a1;
6602 Lisp_Object exactly;
6603 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6604 {
6605 return resize_mini_window ((struct window *) a1, !NILP (exactly));
6606 }
6607
6608
6609 /* Resize mini-window W to fit the size of its contents. EXACT:P
6610 means size the window exactly to the size needed. Otherwise, it's
6611 only enlarged until W's buffer is empty. Value is non-zero if
6612 the window height has been changed. */
6613
6614 int
6615 resize_mini_window (w, exact_p)
6616 struct window *w;
6617 int exact_p;
6618 {
6619 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
6620 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6621
6622 xassert (MINI_WINDOW_P (w));
6623
6624 /* Don't resize windows while redisplaying a window; it would
6625 confuse redisplay functions when the size of the window they are
6626 displaying changes from under them. Such a resizing can happen,
6627 for instance, when which-func prints a long message while
6628 we are running fontification-functions. We're running these
6629 functions with safe_call which binds inhibit-redisplay to t. */
6630 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay))
6631 return 0;
6632
6633 /* Nil means don't try to resize. */
6634 if (NILP (Vresize_mini_windows)
6635 || (FRAME_X_P (f) && f->output_data.x == NULL))
6636 return 0;
6637
6638 if (!FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
6639 {
6640 struct it it;
6641 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
6642 int total_height = XFASTINT (root->height) + XFASTINT (w->height);
6643 int height, max_height;
6644 int unit = CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
6645 struct text_pos start;
6646 struct buffer *old_current_buffer = NULL;
6647
6648 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6649 {
6650 old_current_buffer = current_buffer;
6651 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
6652 }
6653
6654 init_iterator (&it, w, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6655
6656 /* Compute the max. number of lines specified by the user. */
6657 if (FLOATP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
6658 max_height = XFLOATINT (Vmax_mini_window_height) * FRAME_HEIGHT (f);
6659 else if (INTEGERP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
6660 max_height = XINT (Vmax_mini_window_height);
6661 else
6662 max_height = total_height / 4;
6663
6664 /* Correct that max. height if it's bogus. */
6665 max_height = max (1, max_height);
6666 max_height = min (total_height, max_height);
6667
6668 /* Find out the height of the text in the window. */
6669 if (it.truncate_lines_p)
6670 height = 1;
6671 else
6672 {
6673 last_height = 0;
6674 move_it_to (&it, ZV, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
6675 if (it.max_ascent == 0 && it.max_descent == 0)
6676 height = it.current_y + last_height;
6677 else
6678 height = it.current_y + it.max_ascent + it.max_descent;
6679 height -= it.extra_line_spacing;
6680 height = (height + unit - 1) / unit;
6681 }
6682
6683 /* Compute a suitable window start. */
6684 if (height > max_height)
6685 {
6686 height = max_height;
6687 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6688 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, (height - 1) * unit);
6689 start = it.current.pos;
6690 }
6691 else
6692 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
6693 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, start);
6694
6695 if (EQ (Vresize_mini_windows, Qgrow_only))
6696 {
6697 /* Let it grow only, until we display an empty message, in which
6698 case the window shrinks again. */
6699 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
6700 {
6701 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6702 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6703 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6704 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6705 }
6706 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height)
6707 && (exact_p || BEGV == ZV))
6708 {
6709 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6710 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
6711 shrink_mini_window (w);
6712 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6713 }
6714 }
6715 else
6716 {
6717 /* Always resize to exact size needed. */
6718 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
6719 {
6720 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6721 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6722 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6723 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6724 }
6725 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height))
6726 {
6727 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6728 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
6729 shrink_mini_window (w);
6730
6731 if (height)
6732 {
6733 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6734 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6735 }
6736
6737 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6738 }
6739 }
6740
6741 if (old_current_buffer)
6742 set_buffer_internal (old_current_buffer);
6743 }
6744
6745 return window_height_changed_p;
6746 }
6747
6748
6749 /* Value is the current message, a string, or nil if there is no
6750 current message. */
6751
6752 Lisp_Object
6753 current_message ()
6754 {
6755 Lisp_Object msg;
6756
6757 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6758 msg = Qnil;
6759 else
6760 {
6761 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, current_message_1,
6762 (EMACS_INT) &msg, Qnil, 0, 0);
6763 if (NILP (msg))
6764 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6765 }
6766
6767 return msg;
6768 }
6769
6770
6771 static int
6772 current_message_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6773 EMACS_INT a1;
6774 Lisp_Object a2;
6775 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6776 {
6777 Lisp_Object *msg = (Lisp_Object *) a1;
6778
6779 if (Z > BEG)
6780 *msg = make_buffer_string (BEG, Z, 1);
6781 else
6782 *msg = Qnil;
6783 return 0;
6784 }
6785
6786
6787 /* Push the current message on Vmessage_stack for later restauration
6788 by restore_message. Value is non-zero if the current message isn't
6789 empty. This is a relatively infrequent operation, so it's not
6790 worth optimizing. */
6791
6792 int
6793 push_message ()
6794 {
6795 Lisp_Object msg;
6796 msg = current_message ();
6797 Vmessage_stack = Fcons (msg, Vmessage_stack);
6798 return STRINGP (msg);
6799 }
6800
6801
6802 /* Handler for record_unwind_protect calling pop_message. */
6803
6804 Lisp_Object
6805 push_message_unwind (dummy)
6806 Lisp_Object dummy;
6807 {
6808 pop_message ();
6809 return Qnil;
6810 }
6811
6812
6813 /* Restore message display from the top of Vmessage_stack. */
6814
6815 void
6816 restore_message ()
6817 {
6818 Lisp_Object msg;
6819
6820 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
6821 msg = XCAR (Vmessage_stack);
6822 if (STRINGP (msg))
6823 message3_nolog (msg, SBYTES (msg), SMBP (msg));
6824 else
6825 message3_nolog (msg, 0, 0);
6826 }
6827
6828
6829 /* Pop the top-most entry off Vmessage_stack. */
6830
6831 void
6832 pop_message ()
6833 {
6834 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
6835 Vmessage_stack = XCDR (Vmessage_stack);
6836 }
6837
6838
6839 /* Check that Vmessage_stack is nil. Called from emacs.c when Emacs
6840 exits. If the stack is not empty, we have a missing pop_message
6841 somewhere. */
6842
6843 void
6844 check_message_stack ()
6845 {
6846 if (!NILP (Vmessage_stack))
6847 abort ();
6848 }
6849
6850
6851 /* Truncate to NCHARS what will be displayed in the echo area the next
6852 time we display it---but don't redisplay it now. */
6853
6854 void
6855 truncate_echo_area (nchars)
6856 int nchars;
6857 {
6858 if (nchars == 0)
6859 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6860 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
6861 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
6862 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
6863 else if (!noninteractive
6864 && INTERACTIVE
6865 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6866 {
6867 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6868 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
6869 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, truncate_message_1, nchars, Qnil, 0, 0);
6870 }
6871 }
6872
6873
6874 /* Helper function for truncate_echo_area. Truncate the current
6875 message to at most NCHARS characters. */
6876
6877 static int
6878 truncate_message_1 (nchars, a2, a3, a4)
6879 EMACS_INT nchars;
6880 Lisp_Object a2;
6881 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6882 {
6883 if (BEG + nchars < Z)
6884 del_range (BEG + nchars, Z);
6885 if (Z == BEG)
6886 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6887 return 0;
6888 }
6889
6890
6891 /* Set the current message to a substring of S or STRING.
6892
6893 If STRING is a Lisp string, set the message to the first NBYTES
6894 bytes from STRING. NBYTES zero means use the whole string. If
6895 STRING is multibyte, the message will be displayed multibyte.
6896
6897 If S is not null, set the message to the first LEN bytes of S. LEN
6898 zero means use the whole string. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero means S is
6899 multibyte. Display the message multibyte in that case. */
6900
6901 void
6902 set_message (s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p)
6903 char *s;
6904 Lisp_Object string;
6905 int nbytes;
6906 {
6907 message_enable_multibyte
6908 = ((s && multibyte_p)
6909 || (STRINGP (string) && STRING_MULTIBYTE (string)));
6910
6911 with_echo_area_buffer (0, -1, set_message_1,
6912 (EMACS_INT) s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p);
6913 message_buf_print = 0;
6914 help_echo_showing_p = 0;
6915 }
6916
6917
6918 /* Helper function for set_message. Arguments have the same meaning
6919 as there, with A1 corresponding to S and A2 corresponding to STRING
6920 This function is called with the echo area buffer being
6921 current. */
6922
6923 static int
6924 set_message_1 (a1, a2, nbytes, multibyte_p)
6925 EMACS_INT a1;
6926 Lisp_Object a2;
6927 EMACS_INT nbytes, multibyte_p;
6928 {
6929 char *s = (char *) a1;
6930 Lisp_Object string = a2;
6931
6932 xassert (BEG == Z);
6933
6934 /* Change multibyteness of the echo buffer appropriately. */
6935 if (message_enable_multibyte
6936 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6937 Fset_buffer_multibyte (message_enable_multibyte ? Qt : Qnil);
6938
6939 current_buffer->truncate_lines = message_truncate_lines ? Qt : Qnil;
6940
6941 /* Insert new message at BEG. */
6942 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6943
6944 if (STRINGP (string))
6945 {
6946 int nchars;
6947
6948 if (nbytes == 0)
6949 nbytes = SBYTES (string);
6950 nchars = string_byte_to_char (string, nbytes);
6951
6952 /* This function takes care of single/multibyte conversion. We
6953 just have to ensure that the echo area buffer has the right
6954 setting of enable_multibyte_characters. */
6955 insert_from_string (string, 0, 0, nchars, nbytes, 1);
6956 }
6957 else if (s)
6958 {
6959 if (nbytes == 0)
6960 nbytes = strlen (s);
6961
6962 if (multibyte_p && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6963 {
6964 /* Convert from multi-byte to single-byte. */
6965 int i, c, n;
6966 unsigned char work[1];
6967
6968 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte. */
6969 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += n)
6970 {
6971 c = string_char_and_length (s + i, nbytes - i, &n);
6972 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
6973 ? c
6974 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
6975 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
6976 }
6977 }
6978 else if (!multibyte_p
6979 && !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6980 {
6981 /* Convert from single-byte to multi-byte. */
6982 int i, c, n;
6983 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) s;
6984 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
6985
6986 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte. */
6987 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++)
6988 {
6989 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
6990 n = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
6991 insert_1_both (str, 1, n, 1, 0, 0);
6992 }
6993 }
6994 else
6995 insert_1 (s, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
6996 }
6997
6998 return 0;
6999 }
7000
7001
7002 /* Clear messages. CURRENT_P non-zero means clear the current
7003 message. LAST_DISPLAYED_P non-zero means clear the message
7004 last displayed. */
7005
7006 void
7007 clear_message (current_p, last_displayed_p)
7008 int current_p, last_displayed_p;
7009 {
7010 if (current_p)
7011 {
7012 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
7013 message_cleared_p = 1;
7014 }
7015
7016 if (last_displayed_p)
7017 echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
7018
7019 message_buf_print = 0;
7020 }
7021
7022 /* Clear garbaged frames.
7023
7024 This function is used where the old redisplay called
7025 redraw_garbaged_frames which in turn called redraw_frame which in
7026 turn called clear_frame. The call to clear_frame was a source of
7027 flickering. I believe a clear_frame is not necessary. It should
7028 suffice in the new redisplay to invalidate all current matrices,
7029 and ensure a complete redisplay of all windows. */
7030
7031 static void
7032 clear_garbaged_frames ()
7033 {
7034 if (frame_garbaged)
7035 {
7036 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7037 int changed_count = 0;
7038
7039 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7040 {
7041 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
7042
7043 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
7044 {
7045 if (f->resized_p)
7046 Fredraw_frame (frame);
7047 clear_current_matrices (f);
7048 changed_count++;
7049 f->garbaged = 0;
7050 f->resized_p = 0;
7051 }
7052 }
7053
7054 frame_garbaged = 0;
7055 if (changed_count)
7056 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7057 }
7058 }
7059
7060
7061 /* Redisplay the echo area of the selected frame. If UPDATE_FRAME_P
7062 is non-zero update selected_frame. Value is non-zero if the
7063 mini-windows height has been changed. */
7064
7065 static int
7066 echo_area_display (update_frame_p)
7067 int update_frame_p;
7068 {
7069 Lisp_Object mini_window;
7070 struct window *w;
7071 struct frame *f;
7072 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
7073 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
7074
7075 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
7076 w = XWINDOW (mini_window);
7077 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
7078
7079 /* Don't display if frame is invisible or not yet initialized. */
7080 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
7081 return 0;
7082
7083 /* The terminal frame is used as the first Emacs frame on the Mac OS. */
7084 #ifndef MAC_OS8
7085 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7086 /* When Emacs starts, selected_frame may be a visible terminal
7087 frame, even if we run under a window system. If we let this
7088 through, a message would be displayed on the terminal. */
7089 if (EQ (selected_frame, Vterminal_frame)
7090 && !NILP (Vwindow_system))
7091 return 0;
7092 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
7093 #endif
7094
7095 /* Redraw garbaged frames. */
7096 if (frame_garbaged)
7097 clear_garbaged_frames ();
7098
7099 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || minibuf_level == 0)
7100 {
7101 echo_area_window = mini_window;
7102 window_height_changed_p = display_echo_area (w);
7103 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
7104
7105 /* Update the display, unless called from redisplay_internal.
7106 Also don't update the screen during redisplay itself. The
7107 update will happen at the end of redisplay, and an update
7108 here could cause confusion. */
7109 if (update_frame_p && !redisplaying_p)
7110 {
7111 int n = 0;
7112
7113 /* If the display update has been interrupted by pending
7114 input, update mode lines in the frame. Due to the
7115 pending input, it might have been that redisplay hasn't
7116 been called, so that mode lines above the echo area are
7117 garbaged. This looks odd, so we prevent it here. */
7118 if (!display_completed)
7119 n = redisplay_mode_lines (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0);
7120
7121 if (window_height_changed_p
7122 /* Don't do this if Emacs is shutting down. Redisplay
7123 needs to run hooks. */
7124 && !NILP (Vrun_hooks))
7125 {
7126 /* Must update other windows. Likewise as in other
7127 cases, don't let this update be interrupted by
7128 pending input. */
7129 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7130 specbind (Qredisplay_dont_pause, Qt);
7131 windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
7132 redisplay_internal (0);
7133 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7134 }
7135 else if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && n == 0)
7136 {
7137 /* Window configuration is the same as before.
7138 Can do with a display update of the echo area,
7139 unless we displayed some mode lines. */
7140 update_single_window (w, 1);
7141 rif->flush_display (f);
7142 }
7143 else
7144 update_frame (f, 1, 1);
7145
7146 /* If cursor is in the echo area, make sure that the next
7147 redisplay displays the minibuffer, so that the cursor will
7148 be replaced with what the minibuffer wants. */
7149 if (cursor_in_echo_area)
7150 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7151 }
7152 }
7153 else if (!EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
7154 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
7155
7156 /* Last displayed message is now the current message. */
7157 echo_area_buffer[1] = echo_area_buffer[0];
7158
7159 /* Prevent redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal by resetting
7160 this_line_start_pos. This is done because the mini-buffer now
7161 displays the message instead of its buffer text. */
7162 if (EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
7163 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
7164
7165 return window_height_changed_p;
7166 }
7167
7168
7169 \f
7170 /***********************************************************************
7171 Frame Titles
7172 ***********************************************************************/
7173
7174
7175 /* The frame title buffering code is also used by Fformat_mode_line.
7176 So it is not conditioned by HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM. */
7177
7178 /* A buffer for constructing frame titles in it; allocated from the
7179 heap in init_xdisp and resized as needed in store_frame_title_char. */
7180
7181 static char *frame_title_buf;
7182
7183 /* The buffer's end, and a current output position in it. */
7184
7185 static char *frame_title_buf_end;
7186 static char *frame_title_ptr;
7187
7188
7189 /* Store a single character C for the frame title in frame_title_buf.
7190 Re-allocate frame_title_buf if necessary. */
7191
7192 static void
7193 store_frame_title_char (c)
7194 char c;
7195 {
7196 /* If output position has reached the end of the allocated buffer,
7197 double the buffer's size. */
7198 if (frame_title_ptr == frame_title_buf_end)
7199 {
7200 int len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
7201 int new_size = 2 * len * sizeof *frame_title_buf;
7202 frame_title_buf = (char *) xrealloc (frame_title_buf, new_size);
7203 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + new_size;
7204 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf + len;
7205 }
7206
7207 *frame_title_ptr++ = c;
7208 }
7209
7210
7211 /* Store part of a frame title in frame_title_buf, beginning at
7212 frame_title_ptr. STR is the string to store. Do not copy
7213 characters that yield more columns than PRECISION; PRECISION <= 0
7214 means copy the whole string. Pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
7215 number of characters have been copied; FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't
7216 pad. Called from display_mode_element when it is used to build a
7217 frame title. */
7218
7219 static int
7220 store_frame_title (str, field_width, precision)
7221 unsigned char *str;
7222 int field_width, precision;
7223 {
7224 int n = 0;
7225 int dummy, nbytes;
7226
7227 /* Copy at most PRECISION chars from STR. */
7228 nbytes = strlen (str);
7229 n+= c_string_width (str, nbytes, precision, &dummy, &nbytes);
7230 while (nbytes--)
7231 store_frame_title_char (*str++);
7232
7233 /* Fill up with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH reached. */
7234 while (field_width > 0
7235 && n < field_width)
7236 {
7237 store_frame_title_char (' ');
7238 ++n;
7239 }
7240
7241 return n;
7242 }
7243
7244 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7245
7246 /* Set the title of FRAME, if it has changed. The title format is
7247 Vicon_title_format if FRAME is iconified, otherwise it is
7248 frame_title_format. */
7249
7250 static void
7251 x_consider_frame_title (frame)
7252 Lisp_Object frame;
7253 {
7254 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
7255
7256 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
7257 || FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)
7258 || f->explicit_name)
7259 {
7260 /* Do we have more than one visible frame on this X display? */
7261 Lisp_Object tail;
7262 Lisp_Object fmt;
7263 struct buffer *obuf;
7264 int len;
7265 struct it it;
7266
7267 for (tail = Vframe_list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
7268 {
7269 Lisp_Object other_frame = XCAR (tail);
7270 struct frame *tf = XFRAME (other_frame);
7271
7272 if (tf != f
7273 && FRAME_KBOARD (tf) == FRAME_KBOARD (f)
7274 && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (tf)
7275 && !EQ (other_frame, tip_frame)
7276 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (tf) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (tf)))
7277 break;
7278 }
7279
7280 /* Set global variable indicating that multiple frames exist. */
7281 multiple_frames = CONSP (tail);
7282
7283 /* Switch to the buffer of selected window of the frame. Set up
7284 frame_title_ptr so that display_mode_element will output into it;
7285 then display the title. */
7286 obuf = current_buffer;
7287 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (XWINDOW (f->selected_window)->buffer));
7288 fmt = FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) ? Vicon_title_format : Vframe_title_format;
7289 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf;
7290 init_iterator (&it, XWINDOW (f->selected_window), -1, -1,
7291 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
7292 display_mode_element (&it, 0, -1, -1, fmt, Qnil, 0);
7293 len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
7294 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
7295 set_buffer_internal_1 (obuf);
7296
7297 /* Set the title only if it's changed. This avoids consing in
7298 the common case where it hasn't. (If it turns out that we've
7299 already wasted too much time by walking through the list with
7300 display_mode_element, then we might need to optimize at a
7301 higher level than this.) */
7302 if (! STRINGP (f->name)
7303 || SBYTES (f->name) != len
7304 || bcmp (frame_title_buf, SDATA (f->name), len) != 0)
7305 x_implicitly_set_name (f, make_string (frame_title_buf, len), Qnil);
7306 }
7307 }
7308
7309 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
7310
7311
7312
7313 \f
7314 /***********************************************************************
7315 Menu Bars
7316 ***********************************************************************/
7317
7318
7319 /* Prepare for redisplay by updating menu-bar item lists when
7320 appropriate. This can call eval. */
7321
7322 void
7323 prepare_menu_bars ()
7324 {
7325 int all_windows;
7326 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
7327 struct frame *f;
7328 Lisp_Object tooltip_frame;
7329
7330 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7331 tooltip_frame = tip_frame;
7332 #else
7333 tooltip_frame = Qnil;
7334 #endif
7335
7336 /* Update all frame titles based on their buffer names, etc. We do
7337 this before the menu bars so that the buffer-menu will show the
7338 up-to-date frame titles. */
7339 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7340 if (windows_or_buffers_changed || update_mode_lines)
7341 {
7342 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7343
7344 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7345 {
7346 f = XFRAME (frame);
7347 if (!EQ (frame, tooltip_frame)
7348 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)))
7349 x_consider_frame_title (frame);
7350 }
7351 }
7352 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
7353
7354 /* Update the menu bar item lists, if appropriate. This has to be
7355 done before any actual redisplay or generation of display lines. */
7356 all_windows = (update_mode_lines
7357 || buffer_shared > 1
7358 || windows_or_buffers_changed);
7359 if (all_windows)
7360 {
7361 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7362 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7363
7364 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
7365
7366 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7367 {
7368 f = XFRAME (frame);
7369
7370 /* Ignore tooltip frame. */
7371 if (EQ (frame, tooltip_frame))
7372 continue;
7373
7374 /* If a window on this frame changed size, report that to
7375 the user and clear the size-change flag. */
7376 if (FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f))
7377 {
7378 Lisp_Object functions;
7379
7380 /* Clear flag first in case we get an error below. */
7381 FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f) = 0;
7382 functions = Vwindow_size_change_functions;
7383 GCPRO2 (tail, functions);
7384
7385 while (CONSP (functions))
7386 {
7387 call1 (XCAR (functions), frame);
7388 functions = XCDR (functions);
7389 }
7390 UNGCPRO;
7391 }
7392
7393 GCPRO1 (tail);
7394 update_menu_bar (f, 0);
7395 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7396 update_tool_bar (f, 0);
7397 #endif
7398 UNGCPRO;
7399 }
7400
7401 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7402 }
7403 else
7404 {
7405 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
7406 update_menu_bar (sf, 1);
7407 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7408 update_tool_bar (sf, 1);
7409 #endif
7410 }
7411
7412 /* Motif needs this. See comment in xmenu.c. Turn it off when
7413 pending_menu_activation is not defined. */
7414 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7415 pending_menu_activation = 0;
7416 #endif
7417 }
7418
7419
7420 /* Update the menu bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
7421 before we start to fill in any display lines, because it can call
7422 eval.
7423
7424 If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save and restore it here. */
7425
7426 static void
7427 update_menu_bar (f, save_match_data)
7428 struct frame *f;
7429 int save_match_data;
7430 {
7431 Lisp_Object window;
7432 register struct window *w;
7433
7434 /* If called recursively during a menu update, do nothing. This can
7435 happen when, for instance, an activate-menubar-hook causes a
7436 redisplay. */
7437 if (inhibit_menubar_update)
7438 return;
7439
7440 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
7441 w = XWINDOW (window);
7442
7443 #if 0 /* The if statement below this if statement used to include the
7444 condition !NILP (w->update_mode_line), rather than using
7445 update_mode_lines directly, and this if statement may have
7446 been added to make that condition work. Now the if
7447 statement below matches its comment, this isn't needed. */
7448 if (update_mode_lines)
7449 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7450 #endif
7451
7452 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
7453 ?
7454 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (MAC_OS)
7455 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f)
7456 #else
7457 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
7458 #endif
7459 : FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0)
7460 {
7461 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
7462 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
7463 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
7464 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
7465 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
7466 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
7467 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
7468 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
7469 /* This used to test w->update_mode_line, but we believe
7470 there is no need to recompute the menu in that case. */
7471 || update_mode_lines
7472 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7473 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
7474 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7475 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7476 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7477 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
7478 {
7479 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
7480 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7481
7482 specbind (Qinhibit_menubar_update, Qt);
7483
7484 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
7485 if (save_match_data)
7486 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
7487 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
7488 {
7489 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
7490 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
7491 }
7492
7493 /* Run the Lucid hook. */
7494 safe_run_hooks (Qactivate_menubar_hook);
7495
7496 /* If it has changed current-menubar from previous value,
7497 really recompute the menu-bar from the value. */
7498 if (! NILP (Vlucid_menu_bar_dirty_flag))
7499 call0 (Qrecompute_lucid_menubar);
7500
7501 safe_run_hooks (Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
7502 FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f) = menu_bar_items (FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f));
7503
7504 /* Redisplay the menu bar in case we changed it. */
7505 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (MAC_OS)
7506 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
7507 #if defined (MAC_OS)
7508 /* All frames on Mac OS share the same menubar. So only the
7509 selected frame should be allowed to set it. */
7510 && f == SELECTED_FRAME ()
7511 #endif
7512 )
7513 set_frame_menubar (f, 0, 0);
7514 else
7515 /* On a terminal screen, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
7516 line, and this makes it get updated. */
7517 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7518 #else /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
7519 /* In the non-toolkit version, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
7520 line, and this makes it get updated. */
7521 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7522 #endif /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
7523
7524 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7525 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
7526 }
7527 }
7528 }
7529
7530
7531 \f
7532 /***********************************************************************
7533 Tool-bars
7534 ***********************************************************************/
7535
7536 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7537
7538 /* Update the tool-bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
7539 before we start to fill in any display lines. Called from
7540 prepare_menu_bars. If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save
7541 and restore it here. */
7542
7543 static void
7544 update_tool_bar (f, save_match_data)
7545 struct frame *f;
7546 int save_match_data;
7547 {
7548 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7549 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->height) > 0)
7550 {
7551 Lisp_Object window;
7552 struct window *w;
7553
7554 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
7555 w = XWINDOW (window);
7556
7557 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
7558 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
7559 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
7560 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
7561 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
7562 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
7563 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
7564 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
7565 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
7566 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7567 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
7568 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7569 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7570 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7571 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
7572 {
7573 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
7574 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7575
7576 /* Set current_buffer to the buffer of the selected
7577 window of the frame, so that we get the right local
7578 keymaps. */
7579 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
7580
7581 /* Save match data, if we must. */
7582 if (save_match_data)
7583 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
7584
7585 /* Make sure that we don't accidentally use bogus keymaps. */
7586 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
7587 {
7588 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
7589 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
7590 }
7591
7592 /* Build desired tool-bar items from keymaps. */
7593 f->tool_bar_items
7594 = tool_bar_items (f->tool_bar_items, &f->n_tool_bar_items);
7595
7596 /* Redisplay the tool-bar in case we changed it. */
7597 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7598
7599 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7600 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
7601 }
7602 }
7603 }
7604
7605
7606 /* Set F->desired_tool_bar_string to a Lisp string representing frame
7607 F's desired tool-bar contents. F->tool_bar_items must have
7608 been set up previously by calling prepare_menu_bars. */
7609
7610 static void
7611 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f)
7612 struct frame *f;
7613 {
7614 int i, size, size_needed;
7615 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
7616 Lisp_Object image, plist, props;
7617
7618 image = plist = props = Qnil;
7619 GCPRO3 (image, plist, props);
7620
7621 /* Prepare F->desired_tool_bar_string. If we can reuse it, do so.
7622 Otherwise, make a new string. */
7623
7624 /* The size of the string we might be able to reuse. */
7625 size = (STRINGP (f->desired_tool_bar_string)
7626 ? SCHARS (f->desired_tool_bar_string)
7627 : 0);
7628
7629 /* We need one space in the string for each image. */
7630 size_needed = f->n_tool_bar_items;
7631
7632 /* Reuse f->desired_tool_bar_string, if possible. */
7633 if (size < size_needed || NILP (f->desired_tool_bar_string))
7634 f->desired_tool_bar_string = Fmake_string (make_number (size_needed),
7635 make_number (' '));
7636 else
7637 {
7638 props = list4 (Qdisplay, Qnil, Qmenu_item, Qnil);
7639 Fremove_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (size),
7640 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
7641 }
7642
7643 /* Put a `display' property on the string for the images to display,
7644 put a `menu_item' property on tool-bar items with a value that
7645 is the index of the item in F's tool-bar item vector. */
7646 for (i = 0; i < f->n_tool_bar_items; ++i)
7647 {
7648 #define PROP(IDX) AREF (f->tool_bar_items, i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX))
7649
7650 int enabled_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P));
7651 int selected_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P));
7652 int hmargin, vmargin, relief, idx, end;
7653 extern Lisp_Object QCrelief, QCmargin, QCconversion, Qimage;
7654
7655 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the
7656 button state. */
7657 image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES);
7658 if (VECTORP (image))
7659 {
7660 if (enabled_p)
7661 idx = (selected_p
7662 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED
7663 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED);
7664 else
7665 idx = (selected_p
7666 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED
7667 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED);
7668
7669 xassert (ASIZE (image) >= idx);
7670 image = AREF (image, idx);
7671 }
7672 else
7673 idx = -1;
7674
7675 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */
7676 if (!valid_image_p (image))
7677 continue;
7678
7679 /* Display the tool-bar button pressed, or depressed. */
7680 plist = Fcopy_sequence (XCDR (image));
7681
7682 /* Compute margin and relief to draw. */
7683 relief = (tool_bar_button_relief >= 0
7684 ? tool_bar_button_relief
7685 : DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF);
7686 hmargin = vmargin = relief;
7687
7688 if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin)
7689 && XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin) > 0)
7690 {
7691 hmargin += XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin);
7692 vmargin += XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin);
7693 }
7694 else if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin))
7695 {
7696 if (INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin))
7697 && XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0)
7698 hmargin += XFASTINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin));
7699
7700 if (INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin))
7701 && XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0)
7702 vmargin += XFASTINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin));
7703 }
7704
7705 if (auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p)
7706 {
7707 /* Add a `:relief' property to the image spec if the item is
7708 selected. */
7709 if (selected_p)
7710 {
7711 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief, make_number (-relief));
7712 hmargin -= relief;
7713 vmargin -= relief;
7714 }
7715 }
7716 else
7717 {
7718 /* If image is selected, display it pressed, i.e. with a
7719 negative relief. If it's not selected, display it with a
7720 raised relief. */
7721 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief,
7722 (selected_p
7723 ? make_number (-relief)
7724 : make_number (relief)));
7725 hmargin -= relief;
7726 vmargin -= relief;
7727 }
7728
7729 /* Put a margin around the image. */
7730 if (hmargin || vmargin)
7731 {
7732 if (hmargin == vmargin)
7733 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCmargin, make_number (hmargin));
7734 else
7735 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCmargin,
7736 Fcons (make_number (hmargin),
7737 make_number (vmargin)));
7738 }
7739
7740 /* If button is not enabled, and we don't have special images
7741 for the disabled state, make the image appear disabled by
7742 applying an appropriate algorithm to it. */
7743 if (!enabled_p && idx < 0)
7744 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCconversion, Qdisabled);
7745
7746 /* Put a `display' text property on the string for the image to
7747 display. Put a `menu-item' property on the string that gives
7748 the start of this item's properties in the tool-bar items
7749 vector. */
7750 image = Fcons (Qimage, plist);
7751 props = list4 (Qdisplay, image,
7752 Qmenu_item, make_number (i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS));
7753
7754 /* Let the last image hide all remaining spaces in the tool bar
7755 string. The string can be longer than needed when we reuse a
7756 previous string. */
7757 if (i + 1 == f->n_tool_bar_items)
7758 end = SCHARS (f->desired_tool_bar_string);
7759 else
7760 end = i + 1;
7761 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (i), make_number (end),
7762 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
7763 #undef PROP
7764 }
7765
7766 UNGCPRO;
7767 }
7768
7769
7770 /* Display one line of the tool-bar of frame IT->f. */
7771
7772 static void
7773 display_tool_bar_line (it)
7774 struct it *it;
7775 {
7776 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
7777 int max_x = it->last_visible_x;
7778 struct glyph *last;
7779
7780 prepare_desired_row (row);
7781 row->y = it->current_y;
7782
7783 /* Note that this isn't made use of if the face hasn't a box,
7784 so there's no need to check the face here. */
7785 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
7786
7787 while (it->current_x < max_x)
7788 {
7789 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
7790
7791 /* Get the next display element. */
7792 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
7793 break;
7794
7795 /* Produce glyphs. */
7796 x_before = it->current_x;
7797 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
7798 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
7799
7800 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
7801 i = 0;
7802 x = x_before;
7803 while (i < nglyphs)
7804 {
7805 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
7806
7807 if (x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
7808 {
7809 /* Glyph doesn't fit on line. */
7810 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
7811 it->current_x = x;
7812 goto out;
7813 }
7814
7815 ++it->hpos;
7816 x += glyph->pixel_width;
7817 ++i;
7818 }
7819
7820 /* Stop at line ends. */
7821 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
7822 break;
7823
7824 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
7825 }
7826
7827 out:;
7828
7829 row->displays_text_p = row->used[TEXT_AREA] != 0;
7830 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
7831 last = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1;
7832 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
7833 if (last == row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA])
7834 last->left_box_line_p = 1;
7835 compute_line_metrics (it);
7836
7837 /* If line is empty, make it occupy the rest of the tool-bar. */
7838 if (!row->displays_text_p)
7839 {
7840 row->height = row->phys_height = it->last_visible_y - row->y;
7841 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
7842 }
7843
7844 row->full_width_p = 1;
7845 row->continued_p = 0;
7846 row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
7847 row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
7848
7849 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
7850 it->current_y += row->height;
7851 ++it->vpos;
7852 ++it->glyph_row;
7853 }
7854
7855
7856 /* Value is the number of screen lines needed to make all tool-bar
7857 items of frame F visible. */
7858
7859 static int
7860 tool_bar_lines_needed (f)
7861 struct frame *f;
7862 {
7863 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
7864 struct it it;
7865
7866 /* Initialize an iterator for iteration over
7867 F->desired_tool_bar_string in the tool-bar window of frame F. */
7868 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
7869 it.first_visible_x = 0;
7870 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7871 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
7872
7873 while (!ITERATOR_AT_END_P (&it))
7874 {
7875 it.glyph_row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
7876 clear_glyph_row (it.glyph_row);
7877 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
7878 }
7879
7880 return (it.current_y + CANON_Y_UNIT (f) - 1) / CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
7881 }
7882
7883
7884 DEFUN ("tool-bar-lines-needed", Ftool_bar_lines_needed, Stool_bar_lines_needed,
7885 0, 1, 0,
7886 doc: /* Return the number of lines occupied by the tool bar of FRAME. */)
7887 (frame)
7888 Lisp_Object frame;
7889 {
7890 struct frame *f;
7891 struct window *w;
7892 int nlines = 0;
7893
7894 if (NILP (frame))
7895 frame = selected_frame;
7896 else
7897 CHECK_FRAME (frame);
7898 f = XFRAME (frame);
7899
7900 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7901 || (w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window),
7902 XFASTINT (w->height) > 0))
7903 {
7904 update_tool_bar (f, 1);
7905 if (f->n_tool_bar_items)
7906 {
7907 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f);
7908 nlines = tool_bar_lines_needed (f);
7909 }
7910 }
7911
7912 return make_number (nlines);
7913 }
7914
7915
7916 /* Display the tool-bar of frame F. Value is non-zero if tool-bar's
7917 height should be changed. */
7918
7919 static int
7920 redisplay_tool_bar (f)
7921 struct frame *f;
7922 {
7923 struct window *w;
7924 struct it it;
7925 struct glyph_row *row;
7926 int change_height_p = 0;
7927
7928 /* If frame hasn't a tool-bar window or if it is zero-height, don't
7929 do anything. This means you must start with tool-bar-lines
7930 non-zero to get the auto-sizing effect. Or in other words, you
7931 can turn off tool-bars by specifying tool-bar-lines zero. */
7932 if (!WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7933 || (w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window),
7934 XFASTINT (w->height) == 0))
7935 return 0;
7936
7937 /* Set up an iterator for the tool-bar window. */
7938 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
7939 it.first_visible_x = 0;
7940 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7941 row = it.glyph_row;
7942
7943 /* Build a string that represents the contents of the tool-bar. */
7944 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f);
7945 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
7946
7947 /* Display as many lines as needed to display all tool-bar items. */
7948 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
7949 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
7950
7951 /* It doesn't make much sense to try scrolling in the tool-bar
7952 window, so don't do it. */
7953 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
7954 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
7955
7956 if (auto_resize_tool_bars_p)
7957 {
7958 int nlines;
7959
7960 /* If we couldn't display everything, change the tool-bar's
7961 height. */
7962 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (it) < it.end_charpos)
7963 change_height_p = 1;
7964
7965 /* If there are blank lines at the end, except for a partially
7966 visible blank line at the end that is smaller than
7967 CANON_Y_UNIT, change the tool-bar's height. */
7968 row = it.glyph_row - 1;
7969 if (!row->displays_text_p
7970 && row->height >= CANON_Y_UNIT (f))
7971 change_height_p = 1;
7972
7973 /* If row displays tool-bar items, but is partially visible,
7974 change the tool-bar's height. */
7975 if (row->displays_text_p
7976 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > it.last_visible_y)
7977 change_height_p = 1;
7978
7979 /* Resize windows as needed by changing the `tool-bar-lines'
7980 frame parameter. */
7981 if (change_height_p
7982 && (nlines = tool_bar_lines_needed (f),
7983 nlines != XFASTINT (w->height)))
7984 {
7985 extern Lisp_Object Qtool_bar_lines;
7986 Lisp_Object frame;
7987 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
7988
7989 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
7990 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
7991 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame,
7992 Fcons (Fcons (Qtool_bar_lines,
7993 make_number (nlines)),
7994 Qnil));
7995 if (XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height)
7996 fonts_changed_p = 1;
7997 }
7998 }
7999
8000 return change_height_p;
8001 }
8002
8003
8004 /* Get information about the tool-bar item which is displayed in GLYPH
8005 on frame F. Return in *PROP_IDX the index where tool-bar item
8006 properties start in F->tool_bar_items. Value is zero if
8007 GLYPH doesn't display a tool-bar item. */
8008
8009 int
8010 tool_bar_item_info (f, glyph, prop_idx)
8011 struct frame *f;
8012 struct glyph *glyph;
8013 int *prop_idx;
8014 {
8015 Lisp_Object prop;
8016 int success_p;
8017 int charpos;
8018
8019 /* This function can be called asynchronously, which means we must
8020 exclude any possibility that Fget_text_property signals an
8021 error. */
8022 charpos = min (SCHARS (f->current_tool_bar_string), glyph->charpos);
8023 charpos = max (0, charpos);
8024
8025 /* Get the text property `menu-item' at pos. The value of that
8026 property is the start index of this item's properties in
8027 F->tool_bar_items. */
8028 prop = Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos),
8029 Qmenu_item, f->current_tool_bar_string);
8030 if (INTEGERP (prop))
8031 {
8032 *prop_idx = XINT (prop);
8033 success_p = 1;
8034 }
8035 else
8036 success_p = 0;
8037
8038 return success_p;
8039 }
8040
8041 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
8042
8043
8044 \f
8045 /************************************************************************
8046 Horizontal scrolling
8047 ************************************************************************/
8048
8049 static int hscroll_window_tree P_ ((Lisp_Object));
8050 static int hscroll_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
8051
8052 /* For all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW, set their
8053 hscroll value so that PT is (i) visible in the window, and (ii) so
8054 that it is not within a certain margin at the window's left and
8055 right border. Value is non-zero if any window's hscroll has been
8056 changed. */
8057
8058 static int
8059 hscroll_window_tree (window)
8060 Lisp_Object window;
8061 {
8062 int hscrolled_p = 0;
8063 int hscroll_relative_p = FLOATP (Vhscroll_step);
8064 int hscroll_step_abs = 0;
8065 double hscroll_step_rel = 0;
8066
8067 if (hscroll_relative_p)
8068 {
8069 hscroll_step_rel = XFLOAT_DATA (Vhscroll_step);
8070 if (hscroll_step_rel < 0)
8071 {
8072 hscroll_relative_p = 0;
8073 hscroll_step_abs = 0;
8074 }
8075 }
8076 else if (INTEGERP (Vhscroll_step))
8077 {
8078 hscroll_step_abs = XINT (Vhscroll_step);
8079 if (hscroll_step_abs < 0)
8080 hscroll_step_abs = 0;
8081 }
8082 else
8083 hscroll_step_abs = 0;
8084
8085 while (WINDOWP (window))
8086 {
8087 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8088
8089 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
8090 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->hchild);
8091 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
8092 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->vchild);
8093 else if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
8094 {
8095 int h_margin, text_area_x, text_area_y;
8096 int text_area_width, text_area_height;
8097 struct glyph_row *current_cursor_row
8098 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
8099 struct glyph_row *desired_cursor_row
8100 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
8101 struct glyph_row *cursor_row
8102 = (desired_cursor_row->enabled_p
8103 ? desired_cursor_row
8104 : current_cursor_row);
8105
8106 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y,
8107 &text_area_width, &text_area_height);
8108
8109 /* Scroll when cursor is inside this scroll margin. */
8110 h_margin = hscroll_margin * CANON_X_UNIT (XFRAME (w->frame));
8111
8112 if ((XFASTINT (w->hscroll)
8113 && w->cursor.x <= h_margin)
8114 || (cursor_row->enabled_p
8115 && cursor_row->truncated_on_right_p
8116 && (w->cursor.x >= text_area_width - h_margin)))
8117 {
8118 struct it it;
8119 int hscroll;
8120 struct buffer *saved_current_buffer;
8121 int pt;
8122 int wanted_x;
8123
8124 /* Find point in a display of infinite width. */
8125 saved_current_buffer = current_buffer;
8126 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8127
8128 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8129 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
8130 else
8131 {
8132 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
8133 pt = max (BEGV, pt);
8134 pt = min (ZV, pt);
8135 }
8136
8137 /* Move iterator to pt starting at cursor_row->start in
8138 a line with infinite width. */
8139 init_to_row_start (&it, w, cursor_row);
8140 it.last_visible_x = INFINITY;
8141 move_it_in_display_line_to (&it, pt, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
8142 current_buffer = saved_current_buffer;
8143
8144 /* Position cursor in window. */
8145 if (!hscroll_relative_p && hscroll_step_abs == 0)
8146 hscroll = max (0, it.current_x - text_area_width / 2)
8147 / CANON_X_UNIT (it.f);
8148 else if (w->cursor.x >= text_area_width - h_margin)
8149 {
8150 if (hscroll_relative_p)
8151 wanted_x = text_area_width * (1 - hscroll_step_rel)
8152 - h_margin;
8153 else
8154 wanted_x = text_area_width
8155 - hscroll_step_abs * CANON_X_UNIT (it.f)
8156 - h_margin;
8157 hscroll
8158 = max (0, it.current_x - wanted_x) / CANON_X_UNIT (it.f);
8159 }
8160 else
8161 {
8162 if (hscroll_relative_p)
8163 wanted_x = text_area_width * hscroll_step_rel
8164 + h_margin;
8165 else
8166 wanted_x = hscroll_step_abs * CANON_X_UNIT (it.f)
8167 + h_margin;
8168 hscroll
8169 = max (0, it.current_x - wanted_x) / CANON_X_UNIT (it.f);
8170 }
8171 hscroll = max (hscroll, XFASTINT (w->min_hscroll));
8172
8173 /* Don't call Fset_window_hscroll if value hasn't
8174 changed because it will prevent redisplay
8175 optimizations. */
8176 if (XFASTINT (w->hscroll) != hscroll)
8177 {
8178 XBUFFER (w->buffer)->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 1;
8179 w->hscroll = make_number (hscroll);
8180 hscrolled_p = 1;
8181 }
8182 }
8183 }
8184
8185 window = w->next;
8186 }
8187
8188 /* Value is non-zero if hscroll of any leaf window has been changed. */
8189 return hscrolled_p;
8190 }
8191
8192
8193 /* Set hscroll so that cursor is visible and not inside horizontal
8194 scroll margins for all windows in the tree rooted at WINDOW. See
8195 also hscroll_window_tree above. Value is non-zero if any window's
8196 hscroll has been changed. If it has, desired matrices on the frame
8197 of WINDOW are cleared. */
8198
8199 static int
8200 hscroll_windows (window)
8201 Lisp_Object window;
8202 {
8203 int hscrolled_p;
8204
8205 if (automatic_hscrolling_p)
8206 {
8207 hscrolled_p = hscroll_window_tree (window);
8208 if (hscrolled_p)
8209 clear_desired_matrices (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))));
8210 }
8211 else
8212 hscrolled_p = 0;
8213 return hscrolled_p;
8214 }
8215
8216
8217 \f
8218 /************************************************************************
8219 Redisplay
8220 ************************************************************************/
8221
8222 /* Variables holding some state of redisplay if GLYPH_DEBUG is defined
8223 to a non-zero value. This is sometimes handy to have in a debugger
8224 session. */
8225
8226 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8227
8228 /* First and last unchanged row for try_window_id. */
8229
8230 int debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
8231 int debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos;
8232
8233 /* Delta vpos and y. */
8234
8235 int debug_dvpos, debug_dy;
8236
8237 /* Delta in characters and bytes for try_window_id. */
8238
8239 int debug_delta, debug_delta_bytes;
8240
8241 /* Values of window_end_pos and window_end_vpos at the end of
8242 try_window_id. */
8243
8244 EMACS_INT debug_end_pos, debug_end_vpos;
8245
8246 /* Append a string to W->desired_matrix->method. FMT is a printf
8247 format string. A1...A9 are a supplement for a variable-length
8248 argument list. If trace_redisplay_p is non-zero also printf the
8249 resulting string to stderr. */
8250
8251 static void
8252 debug_method_add (w, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9)
8253 struct window *w;
8254 char *fmt;
8255 int a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9;
8256 {
8257 char buffer[512];
8258 char *method = w->desired_matrix->method;
8259 int len = strlen (method);
8260 int size = sizeof w->desired_matrix->method;
8261 int remaining = size - len - 1;
8262
8263 sprintf (buffer, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9);
8264 if (len && remaining)
8265 {
8266 method[len] = '|';
8267 --remaining, ++len;
8268 }
8269
8270 strncpy (method + len, buffer, remaining);
8271
8272 if (trace_redisplay_p)
8273 fprintf (stderr, "%p (%s): %s\n",
8274 w,
8275 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer)
8276 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name))
8277 ? (char *) SDATA (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)
8278 : "no buffer"),
8279 buffer);
8280 }
8281
8282 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
8283
8284
8285 /* This counter is used to clear the face cache every once in a while
8286 in redisplay_internal. It is incremented for each redisplay.
8287 Every CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT full redisplays, the face cache is
8288 cleared. */
8289
8290 #define CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT 500
8291 static int clear_face_cache_count;
8292
8293 /* Record the previous terminal frame we displayed. */
8294
8295 static struct frame *previous_terminal_frame;
8296
8297 /* Non-zero while redisplay_internal is in progress. */
8298
8299 int redisplaying_p;
8300
8301
8302 /* Value is non-zero if all changes in window W, which displays
8303 current_buffer, are in the text between START and END. START is a
8304 buffer position, END is given as a distance from Z. Used in
8305 redisplay_internal for display optimization. */
8306
8307 static INLINE int
8308 text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, start, end)
8309 struct window *w;
8310 int start, end;
8311 {
8312 int unchanged_p = 1;
8313
8314 /* If text or overlays have changed, see where. */
8315 if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
8316 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8317 {
8318 /* Gap in the line? */
8319 if (GPT < start || Z - GPT < end)
8320 unchanged_p = 0;
8321
8322 /* Changes start in front of the line, or end after it? */
8323 if (unchanged_p
8324 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start - 1
8325 || END_UNCHANGED < end))
8326 unchanged_p = 0;
8327
8328 /* If selective display, can't optimize if changes start at the
8329 beginning of the line. */
8330 if (unchanged_p
8331 && INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
8332 && XINT (current_buffer->selective_display) > 0
8333 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start || GPT <= start))
8334 unchanged_p = 0;
8335
8336 /* If there are overlays at the start or end of the line, these
8337 may have overlay strings with newlines in them. A change at
8338 START, for instance, may actually concern the display of such
8339 overlay strings as well, and they are displayed on different
8340 lines. So, quickly rule out this case. (For the future, it
8341 might be desirable to implement something more telling than
8342 just BEG/END_UNCHANGED.) */
8343 if (unchanged_p)
8344 {
8345 if (BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED == start
8346 && overlay_touches_p (start))
8347 unchanged_p = 0;
8348 if (END_UNCHANGED == end
8349 && overlay_touches_p (Z - end))
8350 unchanged_p = 0;
8351 }
8352 }
8353
8354 return unchanged_p;
8355 }
8356
8357
8358 /* Do a frame update, taking possible shortcuts into account. This is
8359 the main external entry point for redisplay.
8360
8361 If the last redisplay displayed an echo area message and that message
8362 is no longer requested, we clear the echo area or bring back the
8363 mini-buffer if that is in use. */
8364
8365 void
8366 redisplay ()
8367 {
8368 redisplay_internal (0);
8369 }
8370
8371
8372 /* Return 1 if point moved out of or into a composition. Otherwise
8373 return 0. PREV_BUF and PREV_PT are the last point buffer and
8374 position. BUF and PT are the current point buffer and position. */
8375
8376 int
8377 check_point_in_composition (prev_buf, prev_pt, buf, pt)
8378 struct buffer *prev_buf, *buf;
8379 int prev_pt, pt;
8380 {
8381 int start, end;
8382 Lisp_Object prop;
8383 Lisp_Object buffer;
8384
8385 XSETBUFFER (buffer, buf);
8386 /* Check a composition at the last point if point moved within the
8387 same buffer. */
8388 if (prev_buf == buf)
8389 {
8390 if (prev_pt == pt)
8391 /* Point didn't move. */
8392 return 0;
8393
8394 if (prev_pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && prev_pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
8395 && find_composition (prev_pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
8396 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
8397 && start < prev_pt && end > prev_pt)
8398 /* The last point was within the composition. Return 1 iff
8399 point moved out of the composition. */
8400 return (pt <= start || pt >= end);
8401 }
8402
8403 /* Check a composition at the current point. */
8404 return (pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
8405 && find_composition (pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
8406 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
8407 && start < pt && end > pt);
8408 }
8409
8410
8411 /* Reconsider the setting of B->clip_changed which is displayed
8412 in window W. */
8413
8414 static INLINE void
8415 reconsider_clip_changes (w, b)
8416 struct window *w;
8417 struct buffer *b;
8418 {
8419 if (b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p)
8420 b->clip_changed = 1;
8421 else if (b->clip_changed
8422 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
8423 && w->current_matrix->buffer == b
8424 && w->current_matrix->zv == BUF_ZV (b)
8425 && w->current_matrix->begv == BUF_BEGV (b))
8426 b->clip_changed = 0;
8427
8428 /* If display wasn't paused, and W is not a tool bar window, see if
8429 point has been moved into or out of a composition. In that case,
8430 we set b->clip_changed to 1 to force updating the screen. If
8431 b->clip_changed has already been set to 1, we can skip this
8432 check. */
8433 if (!b->clip_changed
8434 && BUFFERP (w->buffer) && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
8435 {
8436 int pt;
8437
8438 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8439 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
8440 else
8441 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
8442
8443 if ((w->current_matrix->buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer)
8444 || pt != XINT (w->last_point))
8445 && check_point_in_composition (w->current_matrix->buffer,
8446 XINT (w->last_point),
8447 XBUFFER (w->buffer), pt))
8448 b->clip_changed = 1;
8449 }
8450 }
8451
8452
8453 /* If PRESERVE_ECHO_AREA is nonzero, it means this redisplay is not in
8454 response to any user action; therefore, we should preserve the echo
8455 area. (Actually, our caller does that job.) Perhaps in the future
8456 avoid recentering windows if it is not necessary; currently that
8457 causes some problems. */
8458
8459 static void
8460 redisplay_internal (preserve_echo_area)
8461 int preserve_echo_area;
8462 {
8463 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
8464 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8465 int pause;
8466 int must_finish = 0;
8467 struct text_pos tlbufpos, tlendpos;
8468 int number_of_visible_frames;
8469 int count;
8470 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
8471
8472 /* Non-zero means redisplay has to consider all windows on all
8473 frames. Zero means, only selected_window is considered. */
8474 int consider_all_windows_p;
8475
8476 TRACE ((stderr, "redisplay_internal %d\n", redisplaying_p));
8477
8478 /* No redisplay if running in batch mode or frame is not yet fully
8479 initialized, or redisplay is explicitly turned off by setting
8480 Vinhibit_redisplay. */
8481 if (noninteractive
8482 || !NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay)
8483 || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
8484 return;
8485
8486 /* The flag redisplay_performed_directly_p is set by
8487 direct_output_for_insert when it already did the whole screen
8488 update necessary. */
8489 if (redisplay_performed_directly_p)
8490 {
8491 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0;
8492 if (!hscroll_windows (selected_window))
8493 return;
8494 }
8495
8496 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8497 if (popup_activated ())
8498 return;
8499 #endif
8500
8501 /* I don't think this happens but let's be paranoid. */
8502 if (redisplaying_p)
8503 return;
8504
8505 /* Record a function that resets redisplaying_p to its old value
8506 when we leave this function. */
8507 count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
8508 record_unwind_protect (unwind_redisplay, make_number (redisplaying_p));
8509 ++redisplaying_p;
8510
8511 retry:
8512 pause = 0;
8513 reconsider_clip_changes (w, current_buffer);
8514
8515 /* If new fonts have been loaded that make a glyph matrix adjustment
8516 necessary, do it. */
8517 if (fonts_changed_p)
8518 {
8519 adjust_glyphs (NULL);
8520 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8521 fonts_changed_p = 0;
8522 }
8523
8524 /* If face_change_count is non-zero, init_iterator will free all
8525 realized faces, which includes the faces referenced from current
8526 matrices. So, we can't reuse current matrices in this case. */
8527 if (face_change_count)
8528 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8529
8530 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (sf)
8531 && previous_terminal_frame != sf)
8532 {
8533 /* Since frames on an ASCII terminal share the same display
8534 area, displaying a different frame means redisplay the whole
8535 thing. */
8536 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
8537 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (sf);
8538 XSETFRAME (Vterminal_frame, sf);
8539 }
8540 previous_terminal_frame = sf;
8541
8542 /* Set the visible flags for all frames. Do this before checking
8543 for resized or garbaged frames; they want to know if their frames
8544 are visible. See the comment in frame.h for
8545 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY. */
8546 {
8547 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8548
8549 number_of_visible_frames = 0;
8550
8551 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8552 {
8553 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
8554
8555 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
8556 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
8557 ++number_of_visible_frames;
8558 clear_desired_matrices (f);
8559 }
8560 }
8561
8562 /* Notice any pending interrupt request to change frame size. */
8563 do_pending_window_change (1);
8564
8565 /* Clear frames marked as garbaged. */
8566 if (frame_garbaged)
8567 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8568
8569 /* Build menubar and tool-bar items. */
8570 prepare_menu_bars ();
8571
8572 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
8573 update_mode_lines++;
8574
8575 /* Detect case that we need to write or remove a star in the mode line. */
8576 if ((SAVE_MODIFF < MODIFF) != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
8577 {
8578 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
8579 if (buffer_shared > 1)
8580 update_mode_lines++;
8581 }
8582
8583 /* If %c is in the mode line, update it if needed. */
8584 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
8585 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
8586 where no change is needed. */
8587 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
8588 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
8589 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8590 && (XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed)
8591 != (int) current_column ())) /* iftc */
8592 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
8593
8594 FRAME_SCROLL_BOTTOM_VPOS (XFRAME (w->frame)) = -1;
8595
8596 /* The variable buffer_shared is set in redisplay_window and
8597 indicates that we redisplay a buffer in different windows. See
8598 there. */
8599 consider_all_windows_p = (update_mode_lines || buffer_shared > 1
8600 || cursor_type_changed);
8601
8602 /* If specs for an arrow have changed, do thorough redisplay
8603 to ensure we remove any arrow that should no longer exist. */
8604 if (! EQ (COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position), last_arrow_position)
8605 || ! EQ (Voverlay_arrow_string, last_arrow_string))
8606 consider_all_windows_p = windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
8607
8608 /* Normally the message* functions will have already displayed and
8609 updated the echo area, but the frame may have been trashed, or
8610 the update may have been preempted, so display the echo area
8611 again here. Checking message_cleared_p captures the case that
8612 the echo area should be cleared. */
8613 if ((!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) && !display_last_displayed_message_p)
8614 || (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]) && display_last_displayed_message_p)
8615 || (message_cleared_p
8616 && minibuf_level == 0
8617 /* If the mini-window is currently selected, this means the
8618 echo-area doesn't show through. */
8619 && !MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window))))
8620 {
8621 int window_height_changed_p = echo_area_display (0);
8622 must_finish = 1;
8623
8624 /* If we don't display the current message, don't clear the
8625 message_cleared_p flag, because, if we did, we wouldn't clear
8626 the echo area in the next redisplay which doesn't preserve
8627 the echo area. */
8628 if (!display_last_displayed_message_p)
8629 message_cleared_p = 0;
8630
8631 if (fonts_changed_p)
8632 goto retry;
8633 else if (window_height_changed_p)
8634 {
8635 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
8636 ++update_mode_lines;
8637 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8638
8639 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
8640 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
8641 surprises wrt scrolling. */
8642 if (frame_garbaged)
8643 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8644 }
8645 }
8646 else if (EQ (selected_window, minibuf_window)
8647 && (current_buffer->clip_changed
8648 || XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
8649 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8650 && resize_mini_window (w, 0))
8651 {
8652 /* Resized active mini-window to fit the size of what it is
8653 showing if its contents might have changed. */
8654 must_finish = 1;
8655 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
8656 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8657 ++update_mode_lines;
8658
8659 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
8660 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
8661 surprises wrt scrolling. */
8662 if (frame_garbaged)
8663 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8664 }
8665
8666
8667 /* If showing the region, and mark has changed, we must redisplay
8668 the whole window. The assignment to this_line_start_pos prevents
8669 the optimization directly below this if-statement. */
8670 if (((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8671 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
8672 != !NILP (w->region_showing))
8673 || (!NILP (w->region_showing)
8674 && !EQ (w->region_showing,
8675 Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark))))
8676 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8677
8678 /* Optimize the case that only the line containing the cursor in the
8679 selected window has changed. Variables starting with this_ are
8680 set in display_line and record information about the line
8681 containing the cursor. */
8682 tlbufpos = this_line_start_pos;
8683 tlendpos = this_line_end_pos;
8684 if (!consider_all_windows_p
8685 && CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > 0
8686 && NILP (w->update_mode_line)
8687 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8688 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
8689 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
8690 /* Make sure recorded data applies to current buffer, etc. */
8691 && this_line_buffer == current_buffer
8692 && current_buffer == XBUFFER (w->buffer)
8693 && NILP (w->force_start)
8694 && NILP (w->optional_new_start)
8695 /* Point must be on the line that we have info recorded about. */
8696 && PT >= CHARPOS (tlbufpos)
8697 && PT <= Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8698 /* All text outside that line, including its final newline,
8699 must be unchanged */
8700 && text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos),
8701 CHARPOS (tlendpos)))
8702 {
8703 if (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > BEGV
8704 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos) - 1) != '\n'
8705 && (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) == ZV
8706 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos)) == '\n'))
8707 /* Former continuation line has disappeared by becoming empty */
8708 goto cancel;
8709 else if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
8710 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
8711 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
8712 {
8713 /* We have to handle the case of continuation around a
8714 wide-column character (See the comment in indent.c around
8715 line 885).
8716
8717 For instance, in the following case:
8718
8719 -------- Insert --------
8720 K_A_N_\\ `a' K_A_N_a\ `X_' are wide-column chars.
8721 J_I_ ==> J_I_ `^^' are cursors.
8722 ^^ ^^
8723 -------- --------
8724
8725 As we have to redraw the line above, we should goto cancel. */
8726
8727 struct it it;
8728 int line_height_before = this_line_pixel_height;
8729
8730 /* Note that start_display will handle the case that the
8731 line starting at tlbufpos is a continuation lines. */
8732 start_display (&it, w, tlbufpos);
8733
8734 /* Implementation note: It this still necessary? */
8735 if (it.current_x != this_line_start_x)
8736 goto cancel;
8737
8738 TRACE ((stderr, "trying display optimization 1\n"));
8739 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
8740 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
8741 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
8742 it.current_y = this_line_y;
8743 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos);
8744 display_line (&it);
8745
8746 /* If line contains point, is not continued,
8747 and ends at same distance from eob as before, we win */
8748 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0
8749 /* Line is not continued, otherwise this_line_start_pos
8750 would have been set to 0 in display_line. */
8751 && CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8752 /* Line ends as before. */
8753 && CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos) == CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8754 /* Line has same height as before. Otherwise other lines
8755 would have to be shifted up or down. */
8756 && this_line_pixel_height == line_height_before)
8757 {
8758 /* If this is not the window's last line, we must adjust
8759 the charstarts of the lines below. */
8760 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
8761 {
8762 struct glyph_row *row
8763 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos + 1);
8764 int delta, delta_bytes;
8765
8766 if (Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos) == ZV)
8767 {
8768 /* This line ends at end of (accessible part of)
8769 buffer. There is no newline to count. */
8770 delta = (Z
8771 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8772 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
8773 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
8774 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
8775 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8776 }
8777 else
8778 {
8779 /* This line ends in a newline. Must take
8780 account of the newline and the rest of the
8781 text that follows. */
8782 delta = (Z
8783 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8784 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
8785 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
8786 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
8787 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8788 }
8789
8790 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix,
8791 this_line_vpos + 1,
8792 w->current_matrix->nrows,
8793 delta, delta_bytes);
8794 }
8795
8796 /* If this row displays text now but previously didn't,
8797 or vice versa, w->window_end_vpos may have to be
8798 adjusted. */
8799 if ((it.glyph_row - 1)->displays_text_p)
8800 {
8801 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < this_line_vpos)
8802 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos);
8803 }
8804 else if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) == this_line_vpos
8805 && this_line_vpos > 0)
8806 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos - 1);
8807 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
8808
8809 /* Update hint: No need to try to scroll in update_window. */
8810 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
8811
8812 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8813 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
8814 debug_method_add (w, "optimization 1");
8815 #endif
8816 goto update;
8817 }
8818 else
8819 goto cancel;
8820 }
8821 else if (/* Cursor position hasn't changed. */
8822 PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
8823 /* Make sure the cursor was last displayed
8824 in this window. Otherwise we have to reposition it. */
8825 && 0 <= w->cursor.vpos
8826 && XINT (w->height) > w->cursor.vpos)
8827 {
8828 if (!must_finish)
8829 {
8830 do_pending_window_change (1);
8831
8832 /* We used to always goto end_of_redisplay here, but this
8833 isn't enough if we have a blinking cursor. */
8834 if (w->cursor_off_p == w->last_cursor_off_p)
8835 goto end_of_redisplay;
8836 }
8837 goto update;
8838 }
8839 /* If highlighting the region, or if the cursor is in the echo area,
8840 then we can't just move the cursor. */
8841 else if (! (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8842 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
8843 && (EQ (selected_window, current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8844 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8845 && NILP (w->region_showing)
8846 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
8847 && !cursor_in_echo_area)
8848 {
8849 struct it it;
8850 struct glyph_row *row;
8851
8852 /* Skip from tlbufpos to PT and see where it is. Note that
8853 PT may be in invisible text. If so, we will end at the
8854 next visible position. */
8855 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos), BYTEPOS (tlbufpos),
8856 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
8857 it.current_x = this_line_start_x;
8858 it.current_y = this_line_y;
8859 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
8860
8861 /* The call to move_it_to stops in front of PT, but
8862 moves over before-strings. */
8863 move_it_to (&it, PT, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
8864
8865 if (it.vpos == this_line_vpos
8866 && (row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos),
8867 row->enabled_p))
8868 {
8869 xassert (this_line_vpos == it.vpos);
8870 xassert (this_line_y == it.current_y);
8871 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8872 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8873 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
8874 debug_method_add (w, "optimization 3");
8875 #endif
8876 goto update;
8877 }
8878 else
8879 goto cancel;
8880 }
8881
8882 cancel:
8883 /* Text changed drastically or point moved off of line. */
8884 SET_MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos, 0);
8885 }
8886
8887 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8888 consider_all_windows_p |= buffer_shared > 1;
8889 ++clear_face_cache_count;
8890
8891
8892 /* Build desired matrices, and update the display. If
8893 consider_all_windows_p is non-zero, do it for all windows on all
8894 frames. Otherwise do it for selected_window, only. */
8895
8896 if (consider_all_windows_p)
8897 {
8898 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8899 int i, n = 0, size = 50;
8900 struct frame **updated
8901 = (struct frame **) alloca (size * sizeof *updated);
8902
8903 /* Clear the face cache eventually. */
8904 if (clear_face_cache_count > CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT)
8905 {
8906 clear_face_cache (0);
8907 clear_face_cache_count = 0;
8908 }
8909
8910 /* Recompute # windows showing selected buffer. This will be
8911 incremented each time such a window is displayed. */
8912 buffer_shared = 0;
8913
8914 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8915 {
8916 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
8917
8918 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) || f == sf)
8919 {
8920 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
8921 if (clear_face_cache_count % 50 == 0
8922 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
8923 clear_image_cache (f, 0);
8924 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
8925
8926 /* Mark all the scroll bars to be removed; we'll redeem
8927 the ones we want when we redisplay their windows. */
8928 if (condemn_scroll_bars_hook)
8929 condemn_scroll_bars_hook (f);
8930
8931 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
8932 redisplay_windows (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
8933
8934 /* Any scroll bars which redisplay_windows should have
8935 nuked should now go away. */
8936 if (judge_scroll_bars_hook)
8937 judge_scroll_bars_hook (f);
8938
8939 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
8940 if (fonts_changed_p)
8941 goto retry;
8942
8943 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
8944 {
8945 /* See if we have to hscroll. */
8946 if (hscroll_windows (f->root_window))
8947 goto retry;
8948
8949 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display
8950 update. stdio is not robust about handling
8951 signals, which can cause an apparent I/O
8952 error. */
8953 if (interrupt_input)
8954 unrequest_sigio ();
8955 stop_polling ();
8956
8957 /* Update the display. */
8958 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (f->root_window), 1);
8959 pause |= update_frame (f, 0, 0);
8960 if (pause)
8961 break;
8962
8963 if (n == size)
8964 {
8965 int nbytes = size * sizeof *updated;
8966 struct frame **p = (struct frame **) alloca (2 * nbytes);
8967 bcopy (updated, p, nbytes);
8968 size *= 2;
8969 }
8970
8971 updated[n++] = f;
8972 }
8973 }
8974 }
8975
8976 /* Do the mark_window_display_accurate after all windows have
8977 been redisplayed because this call resets flags in buffers
8978 which are needed for proper redisplay. */
8979 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
8980 {
8981 struct frame *f = updated[i];
8982 mark_window_display_accurate (f->root_window, 1);
8983 if (frame_up_to_date_hook)
8984 frame_up_to_date_hook (f);
8985 }
8986 }
8987 else if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
8988 {
8989 Lisp_Object mini_window;
8990 struct frame *mini_frame;
8991
8992 displayed_buffer = XBUFFER (XWINDOW (selected_window)->buffer);
8993 /* Use list_of_error, not Qerror, so that
8994 we catch only errors and don't run the debugger. */
8995 internal_condition_case_1 (redisplay_window_1, selected_window,
8996 list_of_error,
8997 redisplay_window_error);
8998
8999 /* Compare desired and current matrices, perform output. */
9000 update:
9001
9002 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
9003 if (fonts_changed_p)
9004 goto retry;
9005
9006 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display update.
9007 stdio is not robust about handling signals,
9008 which can cause an apparent I/O error. */
9009 if (interrupt_input)
9010 unrequest_sigio ();
9011 stop_polling ();
9012
9013 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
9014 {
9015 if (hscroll_windows (selected_window))
9016 goto retry;
9017
9018 XWINDOW (selected_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
9019 pause = update_frame (sf, 0, 0);
9020 }
9021
9022 /* We may have called echo_area_display at the top of this
9023 function. If the echo area is on another frame, that may
9024 have put text on a frame other than the selected one, so the
9025 above call to update_frame would not have caught it. Catch
9026 it here. */
9027 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
9028 mini_frame = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
9029
9030 if (mini_frame != sf && FRAME_WINDOW_P (mini_frame))
9031 {
9032 XWINDOW (mini_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
9033 pause |= update_frame (mini_frame, 0, 0);
9034 if (!pause && hscroll_windows (mini_window))
9035 goto retry;
9036 }
9037 }
9038
9039 /* If display was paused because of pending input, make sure we do a
9040 thorough update the next time. */
9041 if (pause)
9042 {
9043 /* Prevent the optimization at the beginning of
9044 redisplay_internal that tries a single-line update of the
9045 line containing the cursor in the selected window. */
9046 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
9047
9048 /* Let the overlay arrow be updated the next time. */
9049 if (!NILP (last_arrow_position))
9050 {
9051 last_arrow_position = Qt;
9052 last_arrow_string = Qt;
9053 }
9054
9055 /* If we pause after scrolling, some rows in the current
9056 matrices of some windows are not valid. */
9057 if (!WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)
9058 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame)))
9059 update_mode_lines = 1;
9060 }
9061 else
9062 {
9063 if (!consider_all_windows_p)
9064 {
9065 /* This has already been done above if
9066 consider_all_windows_p is set. */
9067 mark_window_display_accurate_1 (w, 1);
9068
9069 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
9070 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
9071
9072 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0)
9073 frame_up_to_date_hook (sf);
9074 }
9075
9076 update_mode_lines = 0;
9077 windows_or_buffers_changed = 0;
9078 cursor_type_changed = 0;
9079 }
9080
9081 /* Start SIGIO interrupts coming again. Having them off during the
9082 code above makes it less likely one will discard output, but not
9083 impossible, since there might be stuff in the system buffer here.
9084 But it is much hairier to try to do anything about that. */
9085 if (interrupt_input)
9086 request_sigio ();
9087 start_polling ();
9088
9089 /* If a frame has become visible which was not before, redisplay
9090 again, so that we display it. Expose events for such a frame
9091 (which it gets when becoming visible) don't call the parts of
9092 redisplay constructing glyphs, so simply exposing a frame won't
9093 display anything in this case. So, we have to display these
9094 frames here explicitly. */
9095 if (!pause)
9096 {
9097 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
9098 int new_count = 0;
9099
9100 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
9101 {
9102 int this_is_visible = 0;
9103
9104 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
9105 this_is_visible = 1;
9106 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (XFRAME (frame));
9107 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
9108 this_is_visible = 1;
9109
9110 if (this_is_visible)
9111 new_count++;
9112 }
9113
9114 if (new_count != number_of_visible_frames)
9115 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
9116 }
9117
9118 /* Change frame size now if a change is pending. */
9119 do_pending_window_change (1);
9120
9121 /* If we just did a pending size change, or have additional
9122 visible frames, redisplay again. */
9123 if (windows_or_buffers_changed && !pause)
9124 goto retry;
9125
9126 end_of_redisplay:;
9127
9128 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
9129 }
9130
9131
9132 /* Redisplay, but leave alone any recent echo area message unless
9133 another message has been requested in its place.
9134
9135 This is useful in situations where you need to redisplay but no
9136 user action has occurred, making it inappropriate for the message
9137 area to be cleared. See tracking_off and
9138 wait_reading_process_input for examples of these situations.
9139
9140 FROM_WHERE is an integer saying from where this function was
9141 called. This is useful for debugging. */
9142
9143 void
9144 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (from_where)
9145 int from_where;
9146 {
9147 TRACE ((stderr, "redisplay_preserve_echo_area (%d)\n", from_where));
9148
9149 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
9150 {
9151 /* We have a previously displayed message, but no current
9152 message. Redisplay the previous message. */
9153 display_last_displayed_message_p = 1;
9154 redisplay_internal (1);
9155 display_last_displayed_message_p = 0;
9156 }
9157 else
9158 redisplay_internal (1);
9159 }
9160
9161
9162 /* Function registered with record_unwind_protect in
9163 redisplay_internal. Clears the flag indicating that a redisplay is
9164 in progress. */
9165
9166 static Lisp_Object
9167 unwind_redisplay (old_redisplaying_p)
9168 Lisp_Object old_redisplaying_p;
9169 {
9170 redisplaying_p = XFASTINT (old_redisplaying_p);
9171 return Qnil;
9172 }
9173
9174
9175 /* Mark the display of window W as accurate or inaccurate. If
9176 ACCURATE_P is non-zero mark display of W as accurate. If
9177 ACCURATE_P is zero, arrange for W to be redisplayed the next time
9178 redisplay_internal is called. */
9179
9180 static void
9181 mark_window_display_accurate_1 (w, accurate_p)
9182 struct window *w;
9183 int accurate_p;
9184 {
9185 if (BUFFERP (w->buffer))
9186 {
9187 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
9188
9189 w->last_modified
9190 = make_number (accurate_p ? BUF_MODIFF (b) : 0);
9191 w->last_overlay_modified
9192 = make_number (accurate_p ? BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b) : 0);
9193 w->last_had_star
9194 = BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b) ? Qt : Qnil;
9195
9196 if (accurate_p)
9197 {
9198 b->clip_changed = 0;
9199 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
9200
9201 BUF_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_MODIFF (b);
9202 BUF_OVERLAY_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b);
9203 BUF_BEG_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_GPT (b) - BUF_BEG (b);
9204 BUF_END_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_Z (b) - BUF_GPT (b);
9205
9206 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
9207 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
9208 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
9209
9210 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
9211 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
9212
9213 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
9214 w->last_point = make_number (BUF_PT (b));
9215 else
9216 w->last_point = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos);
9217 }
9218 }
9219
9220 if (accurate_p)
9221 {
9222 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
9223 #if 0 /* This is incorrect with variable-height lines. */
9224 xassert (XINT (w->window_end_vpos)
9225 < (XINT (w->height)
9226 - (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0)));
9227 #endif
9228 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
9229 }
9230 }
9231
9232
9233 /* Mark the display of windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW as
9234 accurate or inaccurate. If ACCURATE_P is non-zero mark display of
9235 windows as accurate. If ACCURATE_P is zero, arrange for windows to
9236 be redisplayed the next time redisplay_internal is called. */
9237
9238 void
9239 mark_window_display_accurate (window, accurate_p)
9240 Lisp_Object window;
9241 int accurate_p;
9242 {
9243 struct window *w;
9244
9245 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next)
9246 {
9247 w = XWINDOW (window);
9248 mark_window_display_accurate_1 (w, accurate_p);
9249
9250 if (!NILP (w->vchild))
9251 mark_window_display_accurate (w->vchild, accurate_p);
9252 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
9253 mark_window_display_accurate (w->hchild, accurate_p);
9254 }
9255
9256 if (accurate_p)
9257 {
9258 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
9259 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
9260 }
9261 else
9262 {
9263 /* Force a thorough redisplay the next time by setting
9264 last_arrow_position and last_arrow_string to t, which is
9265 unequal to any useful value of Voverlay_arrow_... */
9266 last_arrow_position = Qt;
9267 last_arrow_string = Qt;
9268 }
9269 }
9270
9271
9272 /* Return value in display table DP (Lisp_Char_Table *) for character
9273 C. Since a display table doesn't have any parent, we don't have to
9274 follow parent. Do not call this function directly but use the
9275 macro DISP_CHAR_VECTOR. */
9276
9277 Lisp_Object
9278 disp_char_vector (dp, c)
9279 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp;
9280 int c;
9281 {
9282 int code[4], i;
9283 Lisp_Object val;
9284
9285 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c))
9286 return (dp->contents[c]);
9287
9288 SPLIT_CHAR (c, code[0], code[1], code[2]);
9289 if (code[1] < 32)
9290 code[1] = -1;
9291 else if (code[2] < 32)
9292 code[2] = -1;
9293
9294 /* Here, the possible range of code[0] (== charset ID) is
9295 128..max_charset. Since the top level char table contains data
9296 for multibyte characters after 256th element, we must increment
9297 code[0] by 128 to get a correct index. */
9298 code[0] += 128;
9299 code[3] = -1; /* anchor */
9300
9301 for (i = 0; code[i] >= 0; i++, dp = XCHAR_TABLE (val))
9302 {
9303 val = dp->contents[code[i]];
9304 if (!SUB_CHAR_TABLE_P (val))
9305 return (NILP (val) ? dp->defalt : val);
9306 }
9307
9308 /* Here, val is a sub char table. We return the default value of
9309 it. */
9310 return (dp->defalt);
9311 }
9312
9313
9314 \f
9315 /***********************************************************************
9316 Window Redisplay
9317 ***********************************************************************/
9318
9319 /* Redisplay all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW. */
9320
9321 static void
9322 redisplay_windows (window)
9323 Lisp_Object window;
9324 {
9325 while (!NILP (window))
9326 {
9327 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9328
9329 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
9330 redisplay_windows (w->hchild);
9331 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
9332 redisplay_windows (w->vchild);
9333 else
9334 {
9335 displayed_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
9336 /* Use list_of_error, not Qerror, so that
9337 we catch only errors and don't run the debugger. */
9338 internal_condition_case_1 (redisplay_window_0, window,
9339 list_of_error,
9340 redisplay_window_error);
9341 }
9342
9343 window = w->next;
9344 }
9345 }
9346
9347 static Lisp_Object
9348 redisplay_window_error ()
9349 {
9350 displayed_buffer->display_error_modiff = BUF_MODIFF (displayed_buffer);
9351 return Qnil;
9352 }
9353
9354 static Lisp_Object
9355 redisplay_window_0 (window)
9356 Lisp_Object window;
9357 {
9358 if (displayed_buffer->display_error_modiff < BUF_MODIFF (displayed_buffer))
9359 redisplay_window (window, 0);
9360 return Qnil;
9361 }
9362
9363 static Lisp_Object
9364 redisplay_window_1 (window)
9365 Lisp_Object window;
9366 {
9367 if (displayed_buffer->display_error_modiff < BUF_MODIFF (displayed_buffer))
9368 redisplay_window (window, 1);
9369 return Qnil;
9370 }
9371 \f
9372 /* Set cursor position of W. PT is assumed to be displayed in ROW.
9373 DELTA is the number of bytes by which positions recorded in ROW
9374 differ from current buffer positions. */
9375
9376 void
9377 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, matrix, delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos)
9378 struct window *w;
9379 struct glyph_row *row;
9380 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
9381 int delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos;
9382 {
9383 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
9384 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
9385 int x = row->x;
9386 int pt_old = PT - delta;
9387
9388 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row.
9389 These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal
9390 frames. */
9391 if (row->displays_text_p)
9392 while (glyph < end
9393 && INTEGERP (glyph->object)
9394 && glyph->charpos < 0)
9395 {
9396 x += glyph->pixel_width;
9397 ++glyph;
9398 }
9399
9400 while (glyph < end
9401 && !INTEGERP (glyph->object)
9402 && (!BUFFERP (glyph->object)
9403 || glyph->charpos < pt_old))
9404 {
9405 x += glyph->pixel_width;
9406 ++glyph;
9407 }
9408
9409 w->cursor.hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
9410 w->cursor.x = x;
9411 w->cursor.vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, matrix) + dvpos;
9412 w->cursor.y = row->y + dy;
9413
9414 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
9415 {
9416 if (!row->continued_p
9417 && !MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row)
9418 && row->x == 0)
9419 {
9420 this_line_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
9421
9422 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
9423 = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) + delta;
9424 BYTEPOS (this_line_start_pos)
9425 = MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes;
9426
9427 CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos)
9428 = Z - (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + delta);
9429 BYTEPOS (this_line_end_pos)
9430 = Z_BYTE - (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes);
9431
9432 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
9433 this_line_pixel_height = row->height;
9434 this_line_vpos = w->cursor.vpos;
9435 this_line_start_x = row->x;
9436 }
9437 else
9438 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
9439 }
9440 }
9441
9442
9443 /* Run window scroll functions, if any, for WINDOW with new window
9444 start STARTP. Sets the window start of WINDOW to that position.
9445
9446 We assume that the window's buffer is really current. */
9447
9448 static INLINE struct text_pos
9449 run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp)
9450 Lisp_Object window;
9451 struct text_pos startp;
9452 {
9453 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9454 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, startp);
9455
9456 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
9457 abort ();
9458
9459 if (!NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
9460 {
9461 run_hook_with_args_2 (Qwindow_scroll_functions, window,
9462 make_number (CHARPOS (startp)));
9463 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9464 /* In case the hook functions switch buffers. */
9465 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
9466 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
9467 }
9468
9469 return startp;
9470 }
9471
9472
9473 /* Make sure the line containing the cursor is fully visible.
9474 A value of 1 means there is nothing to be done.
9475 (Either the line is fully visible, or it cannot be made so,
9476 or we cannot tell.)
9477 A value of 0 means the caller should do scrolling
9478 as if point had gone off the screen. */
9479
9480 static int
9481 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w)
9482 struct window *w;
9483 {
9484 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
9485 struct glyph_row *row;
9486 int window_height;
9487
9488 /* It's not always possible to find the cursor, e.g, when a window
9489 is full of overlay strings. Don't do anything in that case. */
9490 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9491 return 1;
9492
9493 matrix = w->desired_matrix;
9494 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
9495
9496 /* If the cursor row is not partially visible, there's nothing to do. */
9497 if (!MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
9498 return 1;
9499
9500 /* If the row the cursor is in is taller than the window's height,
9501 it's not clear what to do, so do nothing. */
9502 window_height = window_box_height (w);
9503 if (row->height >= window_height)
9504 return 1;
9505
9506 return 0;
9507
9508 #if 0
9509 /* This code used to try to scroll the window just enough to make
9510 the line visible. It returned 0 to say that the caller should
9511 allocate larger glyph matrices. */
9512
9513 if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (w, row))
9514 {
9515 int dy = row->height - row->visible_height;
9516 w->vscroll = 0;
9517 w->cursor.y += dy;
9518 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
9519 }
9520 else /* MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_BOTTOM_P (w, row)) */
9521 {
9522 int dy = - (row->height - row->visible_height);
9523 w->vscroll = dy;
9524 w->cursor.y += dy;
9525 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
9526 }
9527
9528 /* When we change the cursor y-position of the selected window,
9529 change this_line_y as well so that the display optimization for
9530 the cursor line of the selected window in redisplay_internal uses
9531 the correct y-position. */
9532 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
9533 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
9534
9535 /* If vscrolling requires a larger glyph matrix, arrange for a fresh
9536 redisplay with larger matrices. */
9537 if (matrix->nrows < required_matrix_height (w))
9538 {
9539 fonts_changed_p = 1;
9540 return 0;
9541 }
9542
9543 return 1;
9544 #endif /* 0 */
9545 }
9546
9547
9548 /* Try scrolling PT into view in window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P
9549 non-zero means only WINDOW is redisplayed in redisplay_internal.
9550 TEMP_SCROLL_STEP has the same meaning as scroll_step, and is used
9551 in redisplay_window to bring a partially visible line into view in
9552 the case that only the cursor has moved.
9553
9554 Value is
9555
9556 1 if scrolling succeeded
9557
9558 0 if scrolling didn't find point.
9559
9560 -1 if new fonts have been loaded so that we must interrupt
9561 redisplay, adjust glyph matrices, and try again. */
9562
9563 enum
9564 {
9565 SCROLLING_SUCCESS,
9566 SCROLLING_FAILED,
9567 SCROLLING_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES
9568 };
9569
9570 static int
9571 try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p, scroll_conservatively,
9572 scroll_step, temp_scroll_step)
9573 Lisp_Object window;
9574 int just_this_one_p;
9575 EMACS_INT scroll_conservatively, scroll_step;
9576 int temp_scroll_step;
9577 {
9578 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9579 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9580 struct text_pos scroll_margin_pos;
9581 struct text_pos pos;
9582 struct text_pos startp;
9583 struct it it;
9584 Lisp_Object window_end;
9585 int this_scroll_margin;
9586 int dy = 0;
9587 int scroll_max;
9588 int rc;
9589 int amount_to_scroll = 0;
9590 Lisp_Object aggressive;
9591 int height;
9592
9593 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9594 debug_method_add (w, "try_scrolling");
9595 #endif
9596
9597 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9598
9599 /* Compute scroll margin height in pixels. We scroll when point is
9600 within this distance from the top or bottom of the window. */
9601 if (scroll_margin > 0)
9602 {
9603 this_scroll_margin = min (scroll_margin, XINT (w->height) / 4);
9604 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
9605 }
9606 else
9607 this_scroll_margin = 0;
9608
9609 /* Compute how much we should try to scroll maximally to bring point
9610 into view. */
9611 if (scroll_step || scroll_conservatively || temp_scroll_step)
9612 scroll_max = max (scroll_step,
9613 max (scroll_conservatively, temp_scroll_step));
9614 else if (NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively)
9615 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively))
9616 /* We're trying to scroll because of aggressive scrolling
9617 but no scroll_step is set. Choose an arbitrary one. Maybe
9618 there should be a variable for this. */
9619 scroll_max = 10;
9620 else
9621 scroll_max = 0;
9622 scroll_max *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
9623
9624 /* Decide whether we have to scroll down. Start at the window end
9625 and move this_scroll_margin up to find the position of the scroll
9626 margin. */
9627 window_end = Fwindow_end (window, Qt);
9628 CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = XINT (window_end);
9629 BYTEPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos));
9630 if (this_scroll_margin)
9631 {
9632 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
9633 move_it_vertically (&it, - this_scroll_margin);
9634 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
9635 }
9636
9637 if (PT >= CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
9638 {
9639 int y0;
9640
9641 too_near_end:
9642 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the bottom of the window, or
9643 below. Compute a new window start that makes point visible. */
9644
9645 /* Compute the distance from the scroll margin to PT.
9646 Give up if the distance is greater than scroll_max. */
9647 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
9648 y0 = it.current_y;
9649 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
9650 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9651
9652 /* To make point visible, we have to move the window start
9653 down so that the line the cursor is in is visible, which
9654 means we have to add in the height of the cursor line. */
9655 dy = line_bottom_y (&it) - y0;
9656
9657 if (dy > scroll_max)
9658 return SCROLLING_FAILED;
9659
9660 /* Move the window start down. If scrolling conservatively,
9661 move it just enough down to make point visible. If
9662 scroll_step is set, move it down by scroll_step. */
9663 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9664
9665 if (scroll_conservatively)
9666 amount_to_scroll
9667 = max (max (dy, CANON_Y_UNIT (f)),
9668 CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * max (scroll_step, temp_scroll_step));
9669 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
9670 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
9671 else
9672 {
9673 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively;
9674 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
9675 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
9676 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
9677 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
9678 }
9679
9680 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
9681 return SCROLLING_FAILED;
9682
9683 move_it_vertically (&it, amount_to_scroll);
9684 startp = it.current.pos;
9685 }
9686 else
9687 {
9688 /* See if point is inside the scroll margin at the top of the
9689 window. */
9690 scroll_margin_pos = startp;
9691 if (this_scroll_margin)
9692 {
9693 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9694 move_it_vertically (&it, this_scroll_margin);
9695 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
9696 }
9697
9698 if (PT < CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
9699 {
9700 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the top of the window or
9701 above what is displayed in the window. */
9702 int y0;
9703
9704 /* Compute the vertical distance from PT to the scroll
9705 margin position. Give up if distance is greater than
9706 scroll_max. */
9707 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE);
9708 start_display (&it, w, pos);
9709 y0 = it.current_y;
9710 move_it_to (&it, CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos), 0,
9711 it.last_visible_y, -1,
9712 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9713 dy = it.current_y - y0;
9714 if (dy > scroll_max)
9715 return SCROLLING_FAILED;
9716
9717 /* Compute new window start. */
9718 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9719
9720 if (scroll_conservatively)
9721 amount_to_scroll =
9722 max (dy, CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * max (scroll_step, temp_scroll_step));
9723 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
9724 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
9725 else
9726 {
9727 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively;
9728 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
9729 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
9730 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
9731 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
9732 }
9733
9734 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
9735 return SCROLLING_FAILED;
9736
9737 move_it_vertically (&it, - amount_to_scroll);
9738 startp = it.current.pos;
9739 }
9740 }
9741
9742 /* Run window scroll functions. */
9743 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
9744
9745 /* Display the window. Give up if new fonts are loaded, or if point
9746 doesn't appear. */
9747 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9748 rc = SCROLLING_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES;
9749 else if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9750 {
9751 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9752 rc = SCROLLING_FAILED;
9753 }
9754 else
9755 {
9756 /* Maybe forget recorded base line for line number display. */
9757 if (!just_this_one_p
9758 || current_buffer->clip_changed
9759 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
9760 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9761
9762 /* If cursor ends up on a partially visible line,
9763 treat that as being off the bottom of the screen. */
9764 if (! make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w))
9765 goto too_near_end;
9766 rc = SCROLLING_SUCCESS;
9767 }
9768
9769 return rc;
9770 }
9771
9772
9773 /* Compute a suitable window start for window W if display of W starts
9774 on a continuation line. Value is non-zero if a new window start
9775 was computed.
9776
9777 The new window start will be computed, based on W's width, starting
9778 from the start of the continued line. It is the start of the
9779 screen line with the minimum distance from the old start W->start. */
9780
9781 static int
9782 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w)
9783 struct window *w;
9784 {
9785 struct text_pos pos, start_pos;
9786 int window_start_changed_p = 0;
9787
9788 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start_pos, w->start);
9789
9790 /* If window start is on a continuation line... Window start may be
9791 < BEGV in case there's invisible text at the start of the
9792 buffer (M-x rmail, for example). */
9793 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > BEGV
9794 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start_pos) - 1) != '\n')
9795 {
9796 struct it it;
9797 struct glyph_row *row;
9798
9799 /* Handle the case that the window start is out of range. */
9800 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) < BEGV)
9801 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9802 else if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > ZV)
9803 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9804
9805 /* Find the start of the continued line. This should be fast
9806 because scan_buffer is fast (newline cache). */
9807 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0);
9808 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (start_pos), BYTEPOS (start_pos),
9809 row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9810 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (&it);
9811
9812 /* If the line start is "too far" away from the window start,
9813 say it takes too much time to compute a new window start. */
9814 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it)
9815 < XFASTINT (w->height) * XFASTINT (w->width))
9816 {
9817 int min_distance, distance;
9818
9819 /* Move forward by display lines to find the new window
9820 start. If window width was enlarged, the new start can
9821 be expected to be > the old start. If window width was
9822 decreased, the new window start will be < the old start.
9823 So, we're looking for the display line start with the
9824 minimum distance from the old window start. */
9825 pos = it.current.pos;
9826 min_distance = INFINITY;
9827 while ((distance = abs (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it))),
9828 distance < min_distance)
9829 {
9830 min_distance = distance;
9831 pos = it.current.pos;
9832 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
9833 }
9834
9835 /* Set the window start there. */
9836 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, pos);
9837 window_start_changed_p = 1;
9838 }
9839 }
9840
9841 return window_start_changed_p;
9842 }
9843
9844
9845 /* Try cursor movement in case text has not changed in window WINDOW,
9846 with window start STARTP. Value is
9847
9848 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS if successful
9849
9850 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED if this method cannot be used
9851
9852 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL if we know we have to scroll the
9853 display. *SCROLL_STEP is set to 1, under certain circumstances, if
9854 we want to scroll as if scroll-step were set to 1. See the code.
9855
9856 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES if we need larger matrices, in
9857 which case we have to abort this redisplay, and adjust matrices
9858 first. */
9859
9860 enum
9861 {
9862 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS,
9863 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED,
9864 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL,
9865 CURSOR_MOVEMENT_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES
9866 };
9867
9868 static int
9869 try_cursor_movement (window, startp, scroll_step)
9870 Lisp_Object window;
9871 struct text_pos startp;
9872 int *scroll_step;
9873 {
9874 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9875 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9876 int rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED;
9877
9878 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9879 if (inhibit_try_cursor_movement)
9880 return rc;
9881 #endif
9882
9883 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
9884 not moved off the frame. */
9885 if (/* Point may be in this window. */
9886 PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9887 /* Selective display hasn't changed. */
9888 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9889 /* Function force-mode-line-update is used to force a thorough
9890 redisplay. It sets either windows_or_buffers_changed or
9891 update_mode_lines. So don't take a shortcut here for these
9892 cases. */
9893 && !update_mode_lines
9894 && !windows_or_buffers_changed
9895 && !cursor_type_changed
9896 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region. When a
9897 region exists, cursor movement has to do more than just
9898 set the cursor. */
9899 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9900 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9901 && NILP (w->region_showing)
9902 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
9903 /* Right after splitting windows, last_point may be nil. */
9904 && INTEGERP (w->last_point)
9905 /* This code is not used for mini-buffer for the sake of the case
9906 of redisplaying to replace an echo area message; since in
9907 that case the mini-buffer contents per se are usually
9908 unchanged. This code is of no real use in the mini-buffer
9909 since the handling of this_line_start_pos, etc., in redisplay
9910 handles the same cases. */
9911 && !EQ (window, minibuf_window)
9912 /* When splitting windows or for new windows, it happens that
9913 redisplay is called with a nil window_end_vpos or one being
9914 larger than the window. This should really be fixed in
9915 window.c. I don't have this on my list, now, so we do
9916 approximately the same as the old redisplay code. --gerd. */
9917 && INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos)
9918 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < w->current_matrix->nrows
9919 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9920 || !MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
9921 || current_buffer != XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer))
9922 {
9923 int this_scroll_margin;
9924 struct glyph_row *row = NULL;
9925
9926 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9927 debug_method_add (w, "cursor movement");
9928 #endif
9929
9930 /* Scroll if point within this distance from the top or bottom
9931 of the window. This is a pixel value. */
9932 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
9933 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin, XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
9934 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
9935
9936 /* Start with the row the cursor was displayed during the last
9937 not paused redisplay. Give up if that row is not valid. */
9938 if (w->last_cursor.vpos < 0
9939 || w->last_cursor.vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows)
9940 rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL;
9941 else
9942 {
9943 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->last_cursor.vpos);
9944 if (row->mode_line_p)
9945 ++row;
9946 if (!row->enabled_p)
9947 rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL;
9948 }
9949
9950 if (rc == CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED)
9951 {
9952 int scroll_p = 0;
9953 int last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w) - this_scroll_margin;
9954
9955 if (PT > XFASTINT (w->last_point))
9956 {
9957 /* Point has moved forward. */
9958 while (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < PT
9959 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
9960 {
9961 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9962 ++row;
9963 }
9964
9965 /* The end position of a row equals the start position
9966 of the next row. If PT is there, we would rather
9967 display it in the next line. */
9968 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y
9969 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9970 && !cursor_row_p (w, row))
9971 ++row;
9972
9973 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. Note that
9974 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y gives the pixel position at which
9975 the next line would be drawn, and that
9976 this_scroll_margin can be zero. */
9977 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > last_y
9978 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9979 /* Line is completely visible last line in window
9980 and PT is to be set in the next line. */
9981 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) == last_y
9982 && PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9983 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
9984 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
9985 scroll_p = 1;
9986 }
9987 else if (PT < XFASTINT (w->last_point))
9988 {
9989 /* Cursor has to be moved backward. Note that PT >=
9990 CHARPOS (startp) because of the outer
9991 if-statement. */
9992 while (!row->mode_line_p
9993 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) > PT
9994 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9995 && MATRIX_ROW_STARTS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
9996 && (row->y > this_scroll_margin
9997 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV))
9998 {
9999 xassert (row->enabled_p);
10000 --row;
10001 }
10002
10003 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV,
10004 there is invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that
10005 display starts at some point START > BEGV. It can
10006 happen that we are called with PT somewhere between
10007 BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
10008 if (row < w->current_matrix->rows
10009 || row->mode_line_p)
10010 {
10011 row = w->current_matrix->rows;
10012 if (row->mode_line_p)
10013 ++row;
10014 }
10015
10016 /* Due to newlines in overlay strings, we may have to
10017 skip forward over overlay strings. */
10018 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y
10019 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
10020 && !cursor_row_p (w, row))
10021 ++row;
10022
10023 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. */
10024 if (row->y < this_scroll_margin
10025 && CHARPOS (startp) != BEGV)
10026 scroll_p = 1;
10027 }
10028
10029 if (PT < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
10030 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10031 {
10032 /* if PT is not in the glyph row, give up. */
10033 rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL;
10034 }
10035 else if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
10036 {
10037 if (PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
10038 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
10039 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row))
10040 rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL;
10041 else if (row->height > window_box_height (w))
10042 {
10043 /* If we end up in a partially visible line, let's
10044 make it fully visible, except when it's taller
10045 than the window, in which case we can't do much
10046 about it. */
10047 *scroll_step = 1;
10048 rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL;
10049 }
10050 else
10051 {
10052 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10053 try_window (window, startp);
10054 if (!make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w))
10055 rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL;
10056 else
10057 rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS;
10058 }
10059 }
10060 else if (scroll_p)
10061 rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL;
10062 else
10063 {
10064 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10065 rc = CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS;
10066 }
10067 }
10068 }
10069
10070 return rc;
10071 }
10072
10073
10074 /* Redisplay leaf window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P non-zero means only
10075 selected_window is redisplayed. */
10076
10077 static void
10078 redisplay_window (window, just_this_one_p)
10079 Lisp_Object window;
10080 int just_this_one_p;
10081 {
10082 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
10083 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10084 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
10085 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
10086 struct text_pos lpoint, opoint, startp;
10087 int update_mode_line;
10088 int tem;
10089 struct it it;
10090 /* Record it now because it's overwritten. */
10091 int current_matrix_up_to_date_p = 0;
10092 int temp_scroll_step = 0;
10093 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
10094 int rc;
10095 int centering_position;
10096
10097 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
10098 opoint = lpoint;
10099
10100 /* W must be a leaf window here. */
10101 xassert (!NILP (w->buffer));
10102 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10103 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
10104 #endif
10105
10106 specbind (Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks, Qt);
10107
10108 reconsider_clip_changes (w, buffer);
10109
10110 /* Has the mode line to be updated? */
10111 update_mode_line = (!NILP (w->update_mode_line)
10112 || update_mode_lines
10113 || buffer->clip_changed);
10114
10115 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
10116 {
10117 if (w == XWINDOW (echo_area_window)
10118 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
10119 {
10120 if (update_mode_line)
10121 /* We may have to update a tty frame's menu bar or a
10122 tool-bar. Example `M-x C-h C-h C-g'. */
10123 goto finish_menu_bars;
10124 else
10125 /* We've already displayed the echo area glyphs in this window. */
10126 goto finish_scroll_bars;
10127 }
10128 else if (w != XWINDOW (minibuf_window))
10129 {
10130 /* W is a mini-buffer window, but it's not the currently
10131 active one, so clear it. */
10132 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10133 struct glyph_row *row;
10134 int y;
10135
10136 for (y = 0, row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
10137 y < yb;
10138 y += row->height, ++row)
10139 blank_row (w, row, y);
10140 goto finish_scroll_bars;
10141 }
10142
10143 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10144 }
10145
10146 /* Otherwise set up data on this window; select its buffer and point
10147 value. */
10148 /* Really select the buffer, for the sake of buffer-local
10149 variables. */
10150 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
10151 SET_TEXT_POS (opoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
10152
10153 current_matrix_up_to_date_p
10154 = (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
10155 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
10156 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
10157 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF);
10158
10159 /* When windows_or_buffers_changed is non-zero, we can't rely on
10160 the window end being valid, so set it to nil there. */
10161 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
10162 {
10163 /* If window starts on a continuation line, maybe adjust the
10164 window start in case the window's width changed. */
10165 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer == current_buffer)
10166 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w);
10167
10168 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10169 }
10170
10171 /* Some sanity checks. */
10172 CHECK_WINDOW_END (w);
10173 if (Z == Z_BYTE && CHARPOS (opoint) != BYTEPOS (opoint))
10174 abort ();
10175 if (BYTEPOS (opoint) < CHARPOS (opoint))
10176 abort ();
10177
10178 /* If %c is in mode line, update it if needed. */
10179 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
10180 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
10181 where no change is needed. */
10182 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
10183 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
10184 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
10185 && (XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed)
10186 != (int) current_column ())) /* iftc */
10187 update_mode_line = 1;
10188
10189 /* Count number of windows showing the selected buffer. An indirect
10190 buffer counts as its base buffer. */
10191 if (!just_this_one_p)
10192 {
10193 struct buffer *current_base, *window_base;
10194 current_base = current_buffer;
10195 window_base = XBUFFER (XWINDOW (selected_window)->buffer);
10196 if (current_base->base_buffer)
10197 current_base = current_base->base_buffer;
10198 if (window_base->base_buffer)
10199 window_base = window_base->base_buffer;
10200 if (current_base == window_base)
10201 buffer_shared++;
10202 }
10203
10204 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any other
10205 window, set up appropriate value. */
10206 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
10207 {
10208 int new_pt = XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos;
10209 int new_pt_byte = marker_byte_position (w->pointm);
10210 if (new_pt < BEGV)
10211 {
10212 new_pt = BEGV;
10213 new_pt_byte = BEGV_BYTE;
10214 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
10215 }
10216 else if (new_pt > (ZV - 1))
10217 {
10218 new_pt = ZV;
10219 new_pt_byte = ZV_BYTE;
10220 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
10221 }
10222
10223 /* We don't use SET_PT so that the point-motion hooks don't run. */
10224 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (new_pt, new_pt_byte);
10225 }
10226
10227 /* If any of the character widths specified in the display table
10228 have changed, invalidate the width run cache. It's true that
10229 this may be a bit late to catch such changes, but the rest of
10230 redisplay goes (non-fatally) haywire when the display table is
10231 changed, so why should we worry about doing any better? */
10232 if (current_buffer->width_run_cache)
10233 {
10234 struct Lisp_Char_Table *disptab = buffer_display_table ();
10235
10236 if (! disptab_matches_widthtab (disptab,
10237 XVECTOR (current_buffer->width_table)))
10238 {
10239 invalidate_region_cache (current_buffer,
10240 current_buffer->width_run_cache,
10241 BEG, Z);
10242 recompute_width_table (current_buffer, disptab);
10243 }
10244 }
10245
10246 /* If window-start is screwed up, choose a new one. */
10247 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer != current_buffer)
10248 goto recenter;
10249
10250 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
10251
10252 /* If someone specified a new starting point but did not insist,
10253 check whether it can be used. */
10254 if (!NILP (w->optional_new_start)
10255 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
10256 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
10257 {
10258 w->optional_new_start = Qnil;
10259 start_display (&it, w, startp);
10260 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
10261 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
10262 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) == PT)
10263 w->force_start = Qt;
10264 }
10265
10266 /* Handle case where place to start displaying has been specified,
10267 unless the specified location is outside the accessible range. */
10268 if (!NILP (w->force_start)
10269 || w->frozen_window_start_p)
10270 {
10271 w->force_start = Qnil;
10272 w->vscroll = 0;
10273 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10274
10275 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
10276 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
10277 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
10278 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
10279
10280 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that.
10281 Also, run the hook window-scroll-functions
10282 because we have scrolled. */
10283 /* Note, we do this after clearing force_start because
10284 if there's an error, it is better to forget about force_start
10285 than to get into an infinite loop calling the hook functions
10286 and having them get more errors. */
10287 if (!update_mode_line
10288 || ! NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
10289 {
10290 update_mode_line = 1;
10291 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
10292 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
10293 }
10294
10295 w->last_modified = make_number (0);
10296 w->last_overlay_modified = make_number (0);
10297 if (CHARPOS (startp) < BEGV)
10298 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
10299 else if (CHARPOS (startp) > ZV)
10300 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
10301
10302 /* Redisplay, then check if cursor has been set during the
10303 redisplay. Give up if new fonts were loaded. */
10304 if (!try_window (window, startp))
10305 {
10306 w->force_start = Qt;
10307 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10308 goto finish_scroll_bars;
10309 }
10310
10311 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0 && !w->frozen_window_start_p)
10312 {
10313 /* If point does not appear, try to move point so it does
10314 appear. The desired matrix has been built above, so we
10315 can use it here. */
10316 int window_height;
10317 struct glyph_row *row;
10318
10319 window_height = window_box_height (w) / 2;
10320 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
10321 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < window_height)
10322 ++row;
10323
10324 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
10325 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
10326
10327 if (w != XWINDOW (selected_window))
10328 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, PT, PT_BYTE);
10329 else if (current_buffer == old)
10330 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
10331
10332 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10333
10334 /* If we are highlighting the region, then we just changed
10335 the region, so redisplay to show it. */
10336 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
10337 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
10338 {
10339 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10340 if (!try_window (window, startp))
10341 goto need_larger_matrices;
10342 }
10343 }
10344
10345 if (!make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w))
10346 goto try_to_scroll;
10347 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10348 debug_method_add (w, "forced window start");
10349 #endif
10350 goto done;
10351 }
10352
10353 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
10354 not moved off the frame. */
10355 if (current_matrix_up_to_date_p
10356 && (rc = try_cursor_movement (window, startp, &temp_scroll_step),
10357 rc != CURSOR_MOVEMENT_CANNOT_BE_USED))
10358 {
10359 switch (rc)
10360 {
10361 case CURSOR_MOVEMENT_SUCCESS:
10362 goto done;
10363
10364 case CURSOR_MOVEMENT_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES:
10365 goto need_larger_matrices;
10366
10367 case CURSOR_MOVEMENT_MUST_SCROLL:
10368 goto try_to_scroll;
10369
10370 default:
10371 abort ();
10372 }
10373 }
10374 /* If current starting point was originally the beginning of a line
10375 but no longer is, find a new starting point. */
10376 else if (!NILP (w->start_at_line_beg)
10377 && !(CHARPOS (startp) <= BEGV
10378 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n'))
10379 {
10380 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10381 debug_method_add (w, "recenter 1");
10382 #endif
10383 goto recenter;
10384 }
10385
10386 /* Try scrolling with try_window_id. Value is > 0 if update has
10387 been done, it is -1 if we know that the same window start will
10388 not work. It is 0 if unsuccessful for some other reason. */
10389 else if ((tem = try_window_id (w)) != 0)
10390 {
10391 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10392 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_id %d", tem);
10393 #endif
10394
10395 if (fonts_changed_p)
10396 goto need_larger_matrices;
10397 if (tem > 0)
10398 goto done;
10399
10400 /* Otherwise try_window_id has returned -1 which means that we
10401 don't want the alternative below this comment to execute. */
10402 }
10403 else if (CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
10404 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV
10405 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
10406 && (CHARPOS (startp) < ZV
10407 /* Avoid starting at end of buffer. */
10408 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
10409 || (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
10410 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)))
10411 {
10412 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10413 debug_method_add (w, "same window start");
10414 #endif
10415
10416 /* Try to redisplay starting at same place as before.
10417 If point has not moved off frame, accept the results. */
10418 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
10419 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
10420 because a window scroll function can have changed the
10421 buffer. */
10422 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
10423 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
10424 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
10425 {
10426 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "1"));
10427 try_window (window, startp);
10428 }
10429
10430 if (fonts_changed_p)
10431 goto need_larger_matrices;
10432
10433 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
10434 {
10435 if (!just_this_one_p
10436 || current_buffer->clip_changed
10437 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
10438 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
10439 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
10440
10441 if (!make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w))
10442 /* Drop through and scroll. */
10443 ;
10444 goto done;
10445 }
10446 else
10447 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10448 }
10449
10450 try_to_scroll:
10451
10452 w->last_modified = make_number (0);
10453 w->last_overlay_modified = make_number (0);
10454
10455 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that. */
10456 if (!update_mode_line)
10457 {
10458 update_mode_line = 1;
10459 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
10460 }
10461
10462 /* Try to scroll by specified few lines. */
10463 if ((scroll_conservatively
10464 || scroll_step
10465 || temp_scroll_step
10466 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively)
10467 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively))
10468 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
10469 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
10470 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
10471 {
10472 /* The function returns -1 if new fonts were loaded, 1 if
10473 successful, 0 if not successful. */
10474 int rc = try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p,
10475 scroll_conservatively,
10476 scroll_step,
10477 temp_scroll_step);
10478 switch (rc)
10479 {
10480 case SCROLLING_SUCCESS:
10481 goto done;
10482
10483 case SCROLLING_NEED_LARGER_MATRICES:
10484 goto need_larger_matrices;
10485
10486 case SCROLLING_FAILED:
10487 break;
10488
10489 default:
10490 abort ();
10491 }
10492 }
10493
10494 /* Finally, just choose place to start which centers point */
10495
10496 recenter:
10497 centering_position = window_box_height (w) / 2;
10498
10499 point_at_top:
10500 /* Jump here with centering_position already set to 0. */
10501
10502 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10503 debug_method_add (w, "recenter");
10504 #endif
10505
10506 /* w->vscroll = 0; */
10507
10508 /* Forget any previously recorded base line for line number display. */
10509 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
10510 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
10511 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
10512
10513 /* Move backward half the height of the window. */
10514 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
10515 it.current_y = it.last_visible_y;
10516 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, centering_position);
10517 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= BEGV);
10518
10519 /* The function move_it_vertically_backward may move over more
10520 than the specified y-distance. If it->w is small, e.g. a
10521 mini-buffer window, we may end up in front of the window's
10522 display area. Start displaying at the start of the line
10523 containing PT in this case. */
10524 if (it.current_y <= 0)
10525 {
10526 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
10527 move_it_vertically (&it, 0);
10528 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) <= PT);
10529 it.current_y = 0;
10530 }
10531
10532 it.current_x = it.hpos = 0;
10533
10534 /* Set startp here explicitly in case that helps avoid an infinite loop
10535 in case the window-scroll-functions functions get errors. */
10536 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, IT_CHARPOS (it), IT_BYTEPOS (it));
10537
10538 /* Run scroll hooks. */
10539 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, it.current.pos);
10540
10541 /* Redisplay the window. */
10542 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
10543 || windows_or_buffers_changed
10544 || cursor_type_changed
10545 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
10546 because it can have changed the buffer. */
10547 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
10548 || !just_this_one_p
10549 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
10550 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
10551 try_window (window, startp);
10552
10553 /* If new fonts have been loaded (due to fontsets), give up. We
10554 have to start a new redisplay since we need to re-adjust glyph
10555 matrices. */
10556 if (fonts_changed_p)
10557 goto need_larger_matrices;
10558
10559 /* If cursor did not appear assume that the middle of the window is
10560 in the first line of the window. Do it again with the next line.
10561 (Imagine a window of height 100, displaying two lines of height
10562 60. Moving back 50 from it->last_visible_y will end in the first
10563 line.) */
10564 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10565 {
10566 if (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
10567 && PT >= Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos))
10568 {
10569 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10570 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
10571 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
10572 }
10573 else if (PT < IT_CHARPOS (it))
10574 {
10575 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10576 move_it_by_lines (&it, -1, 0);
10577 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
10578 }
10579 else
10580 {
10581 /* Not much we can do about it. */
10582 }
10583 }
10584
10585 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV, there is
10586 invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that display starts at
10587 some point START > BEGV. It can happen that we are called with
10588 PT somewhere between BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
10589 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10590 {
10591 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows;
10592 if (row->mode_line_p)
10593 ++row;
10594 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10595 }
10596
10597 if (!make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w))
10598 {
10599 /* If centering point failed to make the whole line visible,
10600 put point at the top instead. That has to make the whole line
10601 visible, if it can be done. */
10602 centering_position = 0;
10603 goto point_at_top;
10604 }
10605
10606 done:
10607
10608 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
10609 w->start_at_line_beg = ((CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
10610 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n')
10611 ? Qt : Qnil);
10612
10613 /* Display the mode line, if we must. */
10614 if ((update_mode_line
10615 /* If window not full width, must redo its mode line
10616 if (a) the window to its side is being redone and
10617 (b) we do a frame-based redisplay. This is a consequence
10618 of how inverted lines are drawn in frame-based redisplay. */
10619 || (!just_this_one_p
10620 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
10621 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))
10622 /* Line number to display. */
10623 || INTEGERP (w->base_line_pos)
10624 /* Column number is displayed and different from the one displayed. */
10625 || (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
10626 && (XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed)
10627 != (int) current_column ()))) /* iftc */
10628 /* This means that the window has a mode line. */
10629 && (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
10630 || WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)))
10631 {
10632 display_mode_lines (w);
10633
10634 /* If mode line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
10635 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
10636 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
10637 && CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
10638 {
10639 fonts_changed_p = 1;
10640 MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
10641 = DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10642 }
10643
10644 /* If top line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
10645 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
10646 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
10647 && CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
10648 {
10649 fonts_changed_p = 1;
10650 MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
10651 = DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10652 }
10653
10654 if (fonts_changed_p)
10655 goto need_larger_matrices;
10656 }
10657
10658 if (!line_number_displayed
10659 && !BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
10660 {
10661 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
10662 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
10663 }
10664
10665 finish_menu_bars:
10666
10667 /* When we reach a frame's selected window, redo the frame's menu bar. */
10668 if (update_mode_line
10669 && EQ (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), window))
10670 {
10671 int redisplay_menu_p = 0;
10672
10673 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
10674 {
10675 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (MAC_OS)
10676 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f);
10677 #else
10678 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
10679 #endif
10680 }
10681 else
10682 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
10683
10684 if (redisplay_menu_p)
10685 display_menu_bar (w);
10686
10687 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
10688 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
10689 && (FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
10690 || auto_resize_tool_bars_p))
10691 redisplay_tool_bar (f);
10692 #endif
10693 }
10694
10695 need_larger_matrices:
10696 ;
10697 finish_scroll_bars:
10698
10699 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
10700 {
10701 int start, end, whole;
10702
10703 /* Calculate the start and end positions for the current window.
10704 At some point, it would be nice to choose between scrollbars
10705 which reflect the whole buffer size, with special markers
10706 indicating narrowing, and scrollbars which reflect only the
10707 visible region.
10708
10709 Note that mini-buffers sometimes aren't displaying any text. */
10710 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
10711 || (w == XWINDOW (minibuf_window)
10712 && NILP (echo_area_buffer[0])))
10713 {
10714 whole = ZV - BEGV;
10715 start = marker_position (w->start) - BEGV;
10716 /* I don't think this is guaranteed to be right. For the
10717 moment, we'll pretend it is. */
10718 end = (Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)) - BEGV;
10719
10720 if (end < start)
10721 end = start;
10722 if (whole < (end - start))
10723 whole = end - start;
10724 }
10725 else
10726 start = end = whole = 0;
10727
10728 /* Indicate what this scroll bar ought to be displaying now. */
10729 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook (w, end - start, whole, start);
10730
10731 /* Note that we actually used the scroll bar attached to this
10732 window, so it shouldn't be deleted at the end of redisplay. */
10733 redeem_scroll_bar_hook (w);
10734 }
10735
10736 /* Restore current_buffer and value of point in it. */
10737 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (opoint), BYTEPOS (opoint));
10738 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
10739 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
10740
10741 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
10742 }
10743
10744
10745 /* Build the complete desired matrix of WINDOW with a window start
10746 buffer position POS. Value is non-zero if successful. It is zero
10747 if fonts were loaded during redisplay which makes re-adjusting
10748 glyph matrices necessary. */
10749
10750 int
10751 try_window (window, pos)
10752 Lisp_Object window;
10753 struct text_pos pos;
10754 {
10755 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
10756 struct it it;
10757 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL;
10758
10759 /* Make POS the new window start. */
10760 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos));
10761
10762 /* Mark cursor position as unknown. No overlay arrow seen. */
10763 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10764 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
10765
10766 /* Initialize iterator and info to start at POS. */
10767 start_display (&it, w, pos);
10768
10769 /* Display all lines of W. */
10770 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10771 {
10772 if (display_line (&it))
10773 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10774 if (fonts_changed_p)
10775 return 0;
10776 }
10777
10778 /* If bottom moved off end of frame, change mode line percentage. */
10779 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= 0
10780 && Z != IT_CHARPOS (it))
10781 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
10782
10783 /* Set window_end_pos to the offset of the last character displayed
10784 on the window from the end of current_buffer. Set
10785 window_end_vpos to its row number. */
10786 if (last_text_row)
10787 {
10788 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (last_text_row));
10789 w->window_end_bytepos
10790 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10791 w->window_end_pos
10792 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10793 w->window_end_vpos
10794 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10795 xassert (MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))
10796 ->displays_text_p);
10797 }
10798 else
10799 {
10800 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
10801 w->window_end_pos = w->window_end_vpos = make_number (0);
10802 }
10803
10804 /* But that is not valid info until redisplay finishes. */
10805 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10806 return 1;
10807 }
10808
10809
10810 \f
10811 /************************************************************************
10812 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has not changed
10813 ************************************************************************/
10814
10815 /* Try redisplay of window W showing an unchanged buffer with a
10816 different window start than the last time it was displayed by
10817 reusing its current matrix. Value is non-zero if successful.
10818 W->start is the new window start. */
10819
10820 static int
10821 try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w)
10822 struct window *w;
10823 {
10824 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10825 struct glyph_row *row, *bottom_row;
10826 struct it it;
10827 struct run run;
10828 struct text_pos start, new_start;
10829 int nrows_scrolled, i;
10830 struct glyph_row *last_text_row;
10831 struct glyph_row *last_reused_text_row;
10832 struct glyph_row *start_row;
10833 int start_vpos, min_y, max_y;
10834
10835 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10836 if (inhibit_try_window_reusing)
10837 return 0;
10838 #endif
10839
10840 if (/* This function doesn't handle terminal frames. */
10841 !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
10842 /* Don't try to reuse the display if windows have been split
10843 or such. */
10844 || windows_or_buffers_changed
10845 || cursor_type_changed)
10846 return 0;
10847
10848 /* Can't do this if region may have changed. */
10849 if ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
10850 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
10851 || !NILP (w->region_showing)
10852 || !NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
10853 return 0;
10854
10855 /* If top-line visibility has changed, give up. */
10856 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
10857 != MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->mode_line_p)
10858 return 0;
10859
10860 /* Give up if old or new display is scrolled vertically. We could
10861 make this function handle this, but right now it doesn't. */
10862 start_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10863 if (w->vscroll || MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (start_row))
10864 return 0;
10865
10866 /* The variable new_start now holds the new window start. The old
10867 start `start' can be determined from the current matrix. */
10868 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (new_start, w->start);
10869 start = start_row->start.pos;
10870 start_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (start_row, w->current_matrix);
10871
10872 /* Clear the desired matrix for the display below. */
10873 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10874
10875 if (CHARPOS (new_start) <= CHARPOS (start))
10876 {
10877 int first_row_y;
10878
10879 /* Don't use this method if the display starts with an ellipsis
10880 displayed for invisible text. It's not easy to handle that case
10881 below, and it's certainly not worth the effort since this is
10882 not a frequent case. */
10883 if (in_ellipses_for_invisible_text_p (&start_row->start, w))
10884 return 0;
10885
10886 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu1"));
10887
10888 /* Display up to a row that can be reused. The variable
10889 last_text_row is set to the last row displayed that displays
10890 text. Note that it.vpos == 0 if or if not there is a
10891 header-line; it's not the same as the MATRIX_ROW_VPOS! */
10892 start_display (&it, w, new_start);
10893 first_row_y = it.current_y;
10894 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10895 last_text_row = last_reused_text_row = NULL;
10896
10897 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
10898 && IT_CHARPOS (it) < CHARPOS (start)
10899 && !fonts_changed_p)
10900 if (display_line (&it))
10901 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10902
10903 /* A value of current_y < last_visible_y means that we stopped
10904 at the previous window start, which in turn means that we
10905 have at least one reusable row. */
10906 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10907 {
10908 /* IT.vpos always starts from 0; it counts text lines. */
10909 nrows_scrolled = it.vpos;
10910
10911 /* Find PT if not already found in the lines displayed. */
10912 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10913 {
10914 int dy = it.current_y - first_row_y;
10915
10916 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10917 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, row, NULL, dy);
10918 if (row)
10919 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0,
10920 dy, nrows_scrolled);
10921 else
10922 {
10923 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10924 return 0;
10925 }
10926 }
10927
10928 /* Scroll the display. Do it before the current matrix is
10929 changed. The problem here is that update has not yet
10930 run, i.e. part of the current matrix is not up to date.
10931 scroll_run_hook will clear the cursor, and use the
10932 current matrix to get the height of the row the cursor is
10933 in. */
10934 run.current_y = first_row_y;
10935 run.desired_y = it.current_y;
10936 run.height = it.last_visible_y - it.current_y;
10937
10938 if (run.height > 0 && run.current_y != run.desired_y)
10939 {
10940 update_begin (f);
10941 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
10942 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
10943 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
10944 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
10945 update_end (f);
10946 }
10947
10948 /* Shift current matrix down by nrows_scrolled lines. */
10949 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
10950 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
10951 start_vpos,
10952 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
10953 nrows_scrolled);
10954
10955 /* Disable lines that must be updated. */
10956 for (i = 0; i < it.vpos; ++i)
10957 (start_row + i)->enabled_p = 0;
10958
10959 /* Re-compute Y positions. */
10960 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10961 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
10962 for (row = start_row + nrows_scrolled;
10963 row < bottom_row;
10964 ++row)
10965 {
10966 row->y = it.current_y;
10967 row->visible_height = row->height;
10968
10969 if (row->y < min_y)
10970 row->visible_height -= min_y - row->y;
10971 if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
10972 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y;
10973
10974 it.current_y += row->height;
10975
10976 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10977 last_reused_text_row = row;
10978 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it.last_visible_y)
10979 break;
10980 }
10981
10982 /* Disable lines in the current matrix which are now
10983 below the window. */
10984 for (++row; row < bottom_row; ++row)
10985 row->enabled_p = 0;
10986 }
10987
10988 /* Update window_end_pos etc.; last_reused_text_row is the last
10989 reused row from the current matrix containing text, if any.
10990 The value of last_text_row is the last displayed line
10991 containing text. */
10992 if (last_reused_text_row)
10993 {
10994 w->window_end_bytepos
10995 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_reused_text_row);
10996 w->window_end_pos
10997 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_reused_text_row));
10998 w->window_end_vpos
10999 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_reused_text_row,
11000 w->current_matrix));
11001 }
11002 else if (last_text_row)
11003 {
11004 w->window_end_bytepos
11005 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
11006 w->window_end_pos
11007 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
11008 w->window_end_vpos
11009 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
11010 }
11011 else
11012 {
11013 /* This window must be completely empty. */
11014 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
11015 w->window_end_pos = w->window_end_vpos = make_number (0);
11016 }
11017 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
11018
11019 /* Update hint: don't try scrolling again in update_window. */
11020 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
11021
11022 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
11023 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 1");
11024 #endif
11025 return 1;
11026 }
11027 else if (CHARPOS (new_start) > CHARPOS (start))
11028 {
11029 struct glyph_row *pt_row, *row;
11030 struct glyph_row *first_reusable_row;
11031 struct glyph_row *first_row_to_display;
11032 int dy;
11033 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
11034
11035 /* Find the row starting at new_start, if there is one. Don't
11036 reuse a partially visible line at the end. */
11037 first_reusable_row = start_row;
11038 while (first_reusable_row->enabled_p
11039 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) < yb
11040 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
11041 < CHARPOS (new_start)))
11042 ++first_reusable_row;
11043
11044 /* Give up if there is no row to reuse. */
11045 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) >= yb
11046 || !first_reusable_row->enabled_p
11047 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
11048 != CHARPOS (new_start)))
11049 return 0;
11050
11051 /* We can reuse fully visible rows beginning with
11052 first_reusable_row to the end of the window. Set
11053 first_row_to_display to the first row that cannot be reused.
11054 Set pt_row to the row containing point, if there is any. */
11055 pt_row = NULL;
11056 for (first_row_to_display = first_reusable_row;
11057 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_row_to_display) < yb;
11058 ++first_row_to_display)
11059 {
11060 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display)
11061 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display))
11062 pt_row = first_row_to_display;
11063 }
11064
11065 /* Start displaying at the start of first_row_to_display. */
11066 xassert (first_row_to_display->y < yb);
11067 init_to_row_start (&it, w, first_row_to_display);
11068
11069 nrows_scrolled = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row, w->current_matrix)
11070 - start_vpos);
11071 it.vpos = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_row_to_display, w->current_matrix)
11072 - nrows_scrolled);
11073 it.current_y = (first_row_to_display->y - first_reusable_row->y
11074 + WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
11075
11076 /* Display lines beginning with first_row_to_display in the
11077 desired matrix. Set last_text_row to the last row displayed
11078 that displays text. */
11079 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, it.vpos);
11080 if (pt_row == NULL)
11081 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
11082 last_text_row = NULL;
11083 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y && !fonts_changed_p)
11084 if (display_line (&it))
11085 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
11086
11087 /* Give up If point isn't in a row displayed or reused. */
11088 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
11089 {
11090 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
11091 return 0;
11092 }
11093
11094 /* If point is in a reused row, adjust y and vpos of the cursor
11095 position. */
11096 if (pt_row)
11097 {
11098 w->cursor.vpos -= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row,
11099 w->current_matrix);
11100 w->cursor.y -= first_reusable_row->y;
11101 }
11102
11103 /* Scroll the display. */
11104 run.current_y = first_reusable_row->y;
11105 run.desired_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
11106 run.height = it.last_visible_y - run.current_y;
11107 dy = run.current_y - run.desired_y;
11108
11109 if (run.height)
11110 {
11111 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
11112 update_begin (f);
11113 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
11114 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
11115 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
11116 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
11117 update_end (f);
11118 }
11119
11120 /* Adjust Y positions of reused rows. */
11121 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
11122 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
11123 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
11124 for (row = first_reusable_row; row < first_row_to_display; ++row)
11125 {
11126 row->y -= dy;
11127 row->visible_height = row->height;
11128 if (row->y < min_y)
11129 row->visible_height -= min_y - row->y;
11130 if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
11131 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y;
11132 }
11133
11134 /* Scroll the current matrix. */
11135 xassert (nrows_scrolled > 0);
11136 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
11137 start_vpos,
11138 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
11139 -nrows_scrolled);
11140
11141 /* Disable rows not reused. */
11142 for (row -= nrows_scrolled; row < bottom_row; ++row)
11143 row->enabled_p = 0;
11144
11145 /* Adjust window end. A null value of last_text_row means that
11146 the window end is in reused rows which in turn means that
11147 only its vpos can have changed. */
11148 if (last_text_row)
11149 {
11150 w->window_end_bytepos
11151 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
11152 w->window_end_pos
11153 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
11154 w->window_end_vpos
11155 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
11156 }
11157 else
11158 {
11159 w->window_end_vpos
11160 = make_number (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) - nrows_scrolled);
11161 }
11162
11163 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
11164 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
11165
11166 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
11167 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 2");
11168 #endif
11169 return 1;
11170 }
11171
11172 return 0;
11173 }
11174
11175
11176 \f
11177 /************************************************************************
11178 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has changed
11179 ************************************************************************/
11180
11181 static struct glyph_row *find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row P_ ((struct window *));
11182 static struct glyph_row *find_first_unchanged_at_end_row P_ ((struct window *,
11183 int *, int *));
11184 static struct glyph_row *
11185 find_last_row_displaying_text P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct it *,
11186 struct glyph_row *));
11187
11188
11189 /* Return the last row in MATRIX displaying text. If row START is
11190 non-null, start searching with that row. IT gives the dimensions
11191 of the display. Value is null if matrix is empty; otherwise it is
11192 a pointer to the row found. */
11193
11194 static struct glyph_row *
11195 find_last_row_displaying_text (matrix, it, start)
11196 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
11197 struct it *it;
11198 struct glyph_row *start;
11199 {
11200 struct glyph_row *row, *row_found;
11201
11202 /* Set row_found to the last row in IT->w's current matrix
11203 displaying text. The loop looks funny but think of partially
11204 visible lines. */
11205 row_found = NULL;
11206 row = start ? start : MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (matrix);
11207 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
11208 {
11209 xassert (row->enabled_p);
11210 row_found = row;
11211 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it->last_visible_y)
11212 break;
11213 ++row;
11214 }
11215
11216 return row_found;
11217 }
11218
11219
11220 /* Return the last row in the current matrix of W that is not affected
11221 by changes at the start of current_buffer that occurred since W's
11222 current matrix was built. Value is null if no such row exists.
11223
11224 BEG_UNCHANGED us the number of characters unchanged at the start of
11225 current_buffer. BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED is the buffer position of the
11226 first changed character in current_buffer. Characters at positions <
11227 BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED are at the same buffer positions as they were
11228 when the current matrix was built. */
11229
11230 static struct glyph_row *
11231 find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w)
11232 struct window *w;
11233 {
11234 int first_changed_pos = BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED;
11235 struct glyph_row *row;
11236 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
11237 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
11238
11239 /* Find the last row displaying unchanged text. */
11240 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
11241 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
11242 && MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) < first_changed_pos)
11243 {
11244 if (/* If row ends before first_changed_pos, it is unchanged,
11245 except in some case. */
11246 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) <= first_changed_pos
11247 /* When row ends in ZV and we write at ZV it is not
11248 unchanged. */
11249 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
11250 /* When first_changed_pos is the end of a continued line,
11251 row is not unchanged because it may be no longer
11252 continued. */
11253 && !(MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == first_changed_pos
11254 && row->continued_p))
11255 row_found = row;
11256
11257 /* Stop if last visible row. */
11258 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb)
11259 break;
11260
11261 ++row;
11262 }
11263
11264 return row_found;
11265 }
11266
11267
11268 /* Find the first glyph row in the current matrix of W that is not
11269 affected by changes at the end of current_buffer since the
11270 time W's current matrix was built.
11271
11272 Return in *DELTA the number of chars by which buffer positions in
11273 unchanged text at the end of current_buffer must be adjusted.
11274
11275 Return in *DELTA_BYTES the corresponding number of bytes.
11276
11277 Value is null if no such row exists, i.e. all rows are affected by
11278 changes. */
11279
11280 static struct glyph_row *
11281 find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, delta, delta_bytes)
11282 struct window *w;
11283 int *delta, *delta_bytes;
11284 {
11285 struct glyph_row *row;
11286 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
11287
11288 *delta = *delta_bytes = 0;
11289
11290 /* Display must not have been paused, otherwise the current matrix
11291 is not up to date. */
11292 if (NILP (w->window_end_valid))
11293 abort ();
11294
11295 /* A value of window_end_pos >= END_UNCHANGED means that the window
11296 end is in the range of changed text. If so, there is no
11297 unchanged row at the end of W's current matrix. */
11298 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) >= END_UNCHANGED)
11299 return NULL;
11300
11301 /* Set row to the last row in W's current matrix displaying text. */
11302 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
11303
11304 /* If matrix is entirely empty, no unchanged row exists. */
11305 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
11306 {
11307 /* The value of row is the last glyph row in the matrix having a
11308 meaningful buffer position in it. The end position of row
11309 corresponds to window_end_pos. This allows us to translate
11310 buffer positions in the current matrix to current buffer
11311 positions for characters not in changed text. */
11312 int Z_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
11313 int Z_BYTE_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + w->window_end_bytepos;
11314 int last_unchanged_pos, last_unchanged_pos_old;
11315 struct glyph_row *first_text_row
11316 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
11317
11318 *delta = Z - Z_old;
11319 *delta_bytes = Z_BYTE - Z_BYTE_old;
11320
11321 /* Set last_unchanged_pos to the buffer position of the last
11322 character in the buffer that has not been changed. Z is the
11323 index + 1 of the last character in current_buffer, i.e. by
11324 subtracting END_UNCHANGED we get the index of the last
11325 unchanged character, and we have to add BEG to get its buffer
11326 position. */
11327 last_unchanged_pos = Z - END_UNCHANGED + BEG;
11328 last_unchanged_pos_old = last_unchanged_pos - *delta;
11329
11330 /* Search backward from ROW for a row displaying a line that
11331 starts at a minimum position >= last_unchanged_pos_old. */
11332 for (; row > first_text_row; --row)
11333 {
11334 if (!row->enabled_p || !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
11335 abort ();
11336
11337 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) >= last_unchanged_pos_old)
11338 row_found = row;
11339 }
11340 }
11341
11342 if (row_found && !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row_found))
11343 abort ();
11344
11345 return row_found;
11346 }
11347
11348
11349 /* Make sure that glyph rows in the current matrix of window W
11350 reference the same glyph memory as corresponding rows in the
11351 frame's frame matrix. This function is called after scrolling W's
11352 current matrix on a terminal frame in try_window_id and
11353 try_window_reusing_current_matrix. */
11354
11355 static void
11356 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w)
11357 struct window *w;
11358 {
11359 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
11360 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row;
11361
11362 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window and full-width. Its frame
11363 must have a frame matrix. */
11364 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild));
11365 xassert (WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w));
11366 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
11367
11368 /* If W is a full-width window, glyph pointers in W's current matrix
11369 have, by definition, to be the same as glyph pointers in the
11370 corresponding frame matrix. Note that frame matrices have no
11371 marginal areas (see build_frame_matrix). */
11372 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows;
11373 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows;
11374 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + XFASTINT (w->top);
11375 while (window_row < window_row_end)
11376 {
11377 struct glyph *start = window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA];
11378 struct glyph *end = window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA];
11379
11380 frame_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = start;
11381 frame_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = start;
11382 frame_row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = end;
11383 frame_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] = end;
11384
11385 /* Disable frame rows whose corresponding window rows have
11386 been disabled in try_window_id. */
11387 if (!window_row->enabled_p)
11388 frame_row->enabled_p = 0;
11389
11390 ++window_row, ++frame_row;
11391 }
11392 }
11393
11394
11395 /* Find the glyph row in window W containing CHARPOS. Consider all
11396 rows between START and END (not inclusive). END null means search
11397 all rows to the end of the display area of W. Value is the row
11398 containing CHARPOS or null. */
11399
11400 struct glyph_row *
11401 row_containing_pos (w, charpos, start, end, dy)
11402 struct window *w;
11403 int charpos;
11404 struct glyph_row *start, *end;
11405 int dy;
11406 {
11407 struct glyph_row *row = start;
11408 int last_y;
11409
11410 /* If we happen to start on a header-line, skip that. */
11411 if (row->mode_line_p)
11412 ++row;
11413
11414 if ((end && row >= end) || !row->enabled_p)
11415 return NULL;
11416
11417 last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w) - dy;
11418
11419 while ((end == NULL || row < end)
11420 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y
11421 && (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < charpos
11422 || (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == charpos
11423 /* The end position of a row equals the start
11424 position of the next row. If CHARPOS is there, we
11425 would rather display it in the next line, except
11426 when this line ends in ZV. */
11427 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
11428 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row))))
11429 ++row;
11430
11431 /* Give up if CHARPOS not found. */
11432 if ((end && row >= end)
11433 || charpos < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
11434 || charpos > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
11435 row = NULL;
11436
11437 return row;
11438 }
11439
11440
11441 /* Try to redisplay window W by reusing its existing display. W's
11442 current matrix must be up to date when this function is called,
11443 i.e. window_end_valid must not be nil.
11444
11445 Value is
11446
11447 1 if display has been updated
11448 0 if otherwise unsuccessful
11449 -1 if redisplay with same window start is known not to succeed
11450
11451 The following steps are performed:
11452
11453 1. Find the last row in the current matrix of W that is not
11454 affected by changes at the start of current_buffer. If no such row
11455 is found, give up.
11456
11457 2. Find the first row in W's current matrix that is not affected by
11458 changes at the end of current_buffer. Maybe there is no such row.
11459
11460 3. Display lines beginning with the row + 1 found in step 1 to the
11461 row found in step 2 or, if step 2 didn't find a row, to the end of
11462 the window.
11463
11464 4. If cursor is not known to appear on the window, give up.
11465
11466 5. If display stopped at the row found in step 2, scroll the
11467 display and current matrix as needed.
11468
11469 6. Maybe display some lines at the end of W, if we must. This can
11470 happen under various circumstances, like a partially visible line
11471 becoming fully visible, or because newly displayed lines are displayed
11472 in smaller font sizes.
11473
11474 7. Update W's window end information. */
11475
11476 static int
11477 try_window_id (w)
11478 struct window *w;
11479 {
11480 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
11481 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix;
11482 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix;
11483 struct glyph_row *last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
11484 struct glyph_row *first_unchanged_at_end_row;
11485 struct glyph_row *row;
11486 struct glyph_row *bottom_row;
11487 int bottom_vpos;
11488 struct it it;
11489 int delta = 0, delta_bytes = 0, stop_pos, dvpos, dy;
11490 struct text_pos start_pos;
11491 struct run run;
11492 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = 0;
11493 struct glyph_row *last_text_row, *last_text_row_at_end;
11494 struct text_pos start;
11495 int first_changed_charpos, last_changed_charpos;
11496
11497 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
11498 if (inhibit_try_window_id)
11499 return 0;
11500 #endif
11501
11502 /* This is handy for debugging. */
11503 #if 0
11504 #define GIVE_UP(X) \
11505 do { \
11506 fprintf (stderr, "try_window_id give up %d\n", (X)); \
11507 return 0; \
11508 } while (0)
11509 #else
11510 #define GIVE_UP(X) return 0
11511 #endif
11512
11513 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start, w->start);
11514
11515 /* Don't use this for mini-windows because these can show
11516 messages and mini-buffers, and we don't handle that here. */
11517 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
11518 GIVE_UP (1);
11519
11520 /* This flag is used to prevent redisplay optimizations. */
11521 if (windows_or_buffers_changed || cursor_type_changed)
11522 GIVE_UP (2);
11523
11524 /* Verify that narrowing has not changed. This flag is also set to prevent
11525 redisplay optimizations. It would be nice to further
11526 reduce the number of cases where this prevents try_window_id. */
11527 if (current_buffer->clip_changed)
11528 GIVE_UP (3);
11529
11530 /* Window must either use window-based redisplay or be full width. */
11531 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
11532 && (!line_ins_del_ok
11533 || !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)))
11534 GIVE_UP (4);
11535
11536 /* Give up if point is not known NOT to appear in W. */
11537 if (PT < CHARPOS (start))
11538 GIVE_UP (5);
11539
11540 /* Another way to prevent redisplay optimizations. */
11541 if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) == 0)
11542 GIVE_UP (6);
11543
11544 /* Verify that window is not hscrolled. */
11545 if (XFASTINT (w->hscroll) != 0)
11546 GIVE_UP (7);
11547
11548 /* Verify that display wasn't paused. */
11549 if (NILP (w->window_end_valid))
11550 GIVE_UP (8);
11551
11552 /* Can't use this if highlighting a region because a cursor movement
11553 will do more than just set the cursor. */
11554 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
11555 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
11556 GIVE_UP (9);
11557
11558 /* Likewise if highlighting trailing whitespace. */
11559 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
11560 GIVE_UP (11);
11561
11562 /* Likewise if showing a region. */
11563 if (!NILP (w->region_showing))
11564 GIVE_UP (10);
11565
11566 /* Can use this if overlay arrow position and or string have changed. */
11567 if (!EQ (last_arrow_position, COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position))
11568 || !EQ (last_arrow_string, Voverlay_arrow_string))
11569 GIVE_UP (12);
11570
11571
11572 /* Make sure beg_unchanged and end_unchanged are up to date. Do it
11573 only if buffer has really changed. The reason is that the gap is
11574 initially at Z for freshly visited files. The code below would
11575 set end_unchanged to 0 in that case. */
11576 if (MODIFF > SAVE_MODIFF
11577 /* This seems to happen sometimes after saving a buffer. */
11578 || BEG_UNCHANGED + END_UNCHANGED > Z_BYTE)
11579 {
11580 if (GPT - BEG < BEG_UNCHANGED)
11581 BEG_UNCHANGED = GPT - BEG;
11582 if (Z - GPT < END_UNCHANGED)
11583 END_UNCHANGED = Z - GPT;
11584 }
11585
11586 /* The position of the first and last character that has been changed. */
11587 first_changed_charpos = BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED;
11588 last_changed_charpos = Z - END_UNCHANGED;
11589
11590 /* If window starts after a line end, and the last change is in
11591 front of that newline, then changes don't affect the display.
11592 This case happens with stealth-fontification. Note that although
11593 the display is unchanged, glyph positions in the matrix have to
11594 be adjusted, of course. */
11595 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
11596 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
11597 && ((last_changed_charpos < CHARPOS (start)
11598 && CHARPOS (start) == BEGV)
11599 || (last_changed_charpos < CHARPOS (start) - 1
11600 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start) - 1) == '\n')))
11601 {
11602 int Z_old, delta, Z_BYTE_old, delta_bytes;
11603 struct glyph_row *r0;
11604
11605 /* Compute how many chars/bytes have been added to or removed
11606 from the buffer. */
11607 Z_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
11608 Z_BYTE_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + w->window_end_bytepos;
11609 delta = Z - Z_old;
11610 delta_bytes = Z_BYTE - Z_BYTE_old;
11611
11612 /* Give up if PT is not in the window. Note that it already has
11613 been checked at the start of try_window_id that PT is not in
11614 front of the window start. */
11615 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + delta)
11616 GIVE_UP (13);
11617
11618 /* If window start is unchanged, we can reuse the whole matrix
11619 as is, after adjusting glyph positions. No need to compute
11620 the window end again, since its offset from Z hasn't changed. */
11621 r0 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix);
11622 if (CHARPOS (start) == MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r0) + delta
11623 && BYTEPOS (start) == MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (r0) + delta_bytes)
11624 {
11625 /* Adjust positions in the glyph matrix. */
11626 if (delta || delta_bytes)
11627 {
11628 struct glyph_row *r1
11629 = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
11630 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix,
11631 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r0, current_matrix),
11632 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r1, current_matrix),
11633 delta, delta_bytes);
11634 }
11635
11636 /* Set the cursor. */
11637 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, r0, NULL, 0);
11638 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
11639 return 1;
11640 }
11641 }
11642
11643 /* Handle the case that changes are all below what is displayed in
11644 the window, and that PT is in the window. This shortcut cannot
11645 be taken if ZV is visible in the window, and text has been added
11646 there that is visible in the window. */
11647 if (first_changed_charpos >= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
11648 /* ZV is not visible in the window, or there are no
11649 changes at ZV, actually. */
11650 && (current_matrix->zv > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
11651 || first_changed_charpos == last_changed_charpos))
11652 {
11653 struct glyph_row *r0;
11654
11655 /* Give up if PT is not in the window. Note that it already has
11656 been checked at the start of try_window_id that PT is not in
11657 front of the window start. */
11658 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
11659 GIVE_UP (14);
11660
11661 /* If window start is unchanged, we can reuse the whole matrix
11662 as is, without changing glyph positions since no text has
11663 been added/removed in front of the window end. */
11664 r0 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix);
11665 if (TEXT_POS_EQUAL_P (start, r0->start.pos))
11666 {
11667 /* We have to compute the window end anew since text
11668 can have been added/removed after it. */
11669 w->window_end_pos
11670 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
11671 w->window_end_bytepos
11672 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
11673
11674 /* Set the cursor. */
11675 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, r0, NULL, 0);
11676 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
11677 return 2;
11678 }
11679 }
11680
11681 /* Give up if window start is in the changed area.
11682
11683 The condition used to read
11684
11685 (BEG_UNCHANGED + END_UNCHANGED != Z - BEG && ...)
11686
11687 but why that was tested escapes me at the moment. */
11688 if (CHARPOS (start) >= first_changed_charpos
11689 && CHARPOS (start) <= last_changed_charpos)
11690 GIVE_UP (15);
11691
11692 /* Check that window start agrees with the start of the first glyph
11693 row in its current matrix. Check this after we know the window
11694 start is not in changed text, otherwise positions would not be
11695 comparable. */
11696 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix);
11697 if (!TEXT_POS_EQUAL_P (start, row->start.pos))
11698 GIVE_UP (16);
11699
11700 /* Give up if the window ends in strings. Overlay strings
11701 at the end are difficult to handle, so don't try. */
11702 row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
11703 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
11704 GIVE_UP (20);
11705
11706 /* Compute the position at which we have to start displaying new
11707 lines. Some of the lines at the top of the window might be
11708 reusable because they are not displaying changed text. Find the
11709 last row in W's current matrix not affected by changes at the
11710 start of current_buffer. Value is null if changes start in the
11711 first line of window. */
11712 last_unchanged_at_beg_row = find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w);
11713 if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
11714 {
11715 /* Avoid starting to display in the moddle of a character, a TAB
11716 for instance. This is easier than to set up the iterator
11717 exactly, and it's not a frequent case, so the additional
11718 effort wouldn't really pay off. */
11719 while ((MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
11720 || last_unchanged_at_beg_row->ends_in_newline_from_string_p)
11721 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row > w->current_matrix->rows)
11722 --last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
11723
11724 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row))
11725 GIVE_UP (17);
11726
11727 if (init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_unchanged_at_beg_row) == 0)
11728 GIVE_UP (18);
11729 start_pos = it.current.pos;
11730
11731 /* Start displaying new lines in the desired matrix at the same
11732 vpos we would use in the current matrix, i.e. below
11733 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
11734 it.vpos = 1 + MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row,
11735 current_matrix);
11736 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
11737 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
11738
11739 xassert (it.hpos == 0 && it.current_x == 0);
11740 }
11741 else
11742 {
11743 /* There are no reusable lines at the start of the window.
11744 Start displaying in the first line. */
11745 start_display (&it, w, start);
11746 start_pos = it.current.pos;
11747 }
11748
11749 /* Find the first row that is not affected by changes at the end of
11750 the buffer. Value will be null if there is no unchanged row, in
11751 which case we must redisplay to the end of the window. delta
11752 will be set to the value by which buffer positions beginning with
11753 first_unchanged_at_end_row have to be adjusted due to text
11754 changes. */
11755 first_unchanged_at_end_row
11756 = find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, &delta, &delta_bytes);
11757 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta = delta);
11758 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta_bytes = delta_bytes);
11759
11760 /* Set stop_pos to the buffer position up to which we will have to
11761 display new lines. If first_unchanged_at_end_row != NULL, this
11762 is the buffer position of the start of the line displayed in that
11763 row. For first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL, use 0 to indicate
11764 that we don't stop at a buffer position. */
11765 stop_pos = 0;
11766 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11767 {
11768 xassert (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL
11769 || first_unchanged_at_end_row >= last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
11770
11771 /* If this is a continuation line, move forward to the next one
11772 that isn't. Changes in lines above affect this line.
11773 Caution: this may move first_unchanged_at_end_row to a row
11774 not displaying text. */
11775 while (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11776 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11777 && (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11778 < it.last_visible_y))
11779 ++first_unchanged_at_end_row;
11780
11781 if (!MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11782 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11783 >= it.last_visible_y))
11784 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
11785 else
11786 {
11787 stop_pos = (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11788 + delta);
11789 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
11790 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, current_matrix);
11791 xassert (stop_pos >= Z - END_UNCHANGED);
11792 }
11793 }
11794 else if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL)
11795 GIVE_UP (19);
11796
11797
11798 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
11799
11800 /* Either there is no unchanged row at the end, or the one we have
11801 now displays text. This is a necessary condition for the window
11802 end pos calculation at the end of this function. */
11803 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
11804 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row));
11805
11806 debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos
11807 = (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
11808 ? MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row, current_matrix)
11809 : -1);
11810 debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
11811
11812 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
11813
11814
11815 /* Display new lines. Set last_text_row to the last new line
11816 displayed which has text on it, i.e. might end up as being the
11817 line where the window_end_vpos is. */
11818 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
11819 last_text_row = NULL;
11820 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
11821 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
11822 && !fonts_changed_p
11823 && (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
11824 || IT_CHARPOS (it) < stop_pos))
11825 {
11826 if (display_line (&it))
11827 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
11828 }
11829
11830 if (fonts_changed_p)
11831 return -1;
11832
11833
11834 /* Compute differences in buffer positions, y-positions etc. for
11835 lines reused at the bottom of the window. Compute what we can
11836 scroll. */
11837 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
11838 /* No lines reused because we displayed everything up to the
11839 bottom of the window. */
11840 && it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
11841 {
11842 dvpos = (it.vpos
11843 - MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row,
11844 current_matrix));
11845 dy = it.current_y - first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
11846 run.current_y = first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
11847 run.desired_y = run.current_y + dy;
11848 run.height = it.last_visible_y - max (run.current_y, run.desired_y);
11849 }
11850 else
11851 {
11852 delta = dvpos = dy = run.current_y = run.desired_y = run.height = 0;
11853 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
11854 }
11855 IF_DEBUG (debug_dvpos = dvpos; debug_dy = dy);
11856
11857
11858 /* Find the cursor if not already found. We have to decide whether
11859 PT will appear on this window (it sometimes doesn't, but this is
11860 not a very frequent case.) This decision has to be made before
11861 the current matrix is altered. A value of cursor.vpos < 0 means
11862 that PT is either in one of the lines beginning at
11863 first_unchanged_at_end_row or below the window. Don't care for
11864 lines that might be displayed later at the window end; as
11865 mentioned, this is not a frequent case. */
11866 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
11867 {
11868 /* Cursor in unchanged rows at the top? */
11869 if (PT < CHARPOS (start_pos)
11870 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
11871 {
11872 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT,
11873 MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix),
11874 last_unchanged_at_beg_row + 1, 0);
11875 if (row)
11876 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
11877 }
11878
11879 /* Start from first_unchanged_at_end_row looking for PT. */
11880 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11881 {
11882 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT - delta,
11883 first_unchanged_at_end_row, NULL, 0);
11884 if (row)
11885 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, delta,
11886 delta_bytes, dy, dvpos);
11887 }
11888
11889 /* Give up if cursor was not found. */
11890 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
11891 {
11892 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
11893 return -1;
11894 }
11895 }
11896
11897 /* Don't let the cursor end in the scroll margins. */
11898 {
11899 int this_scroll_margin, cursor_height;
11900
11901 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
11902 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin,
11903 XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
11904 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (it.f);
11905 cursor_height = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos)->height;
11906
11907 if ((w->cursor.y < this_scroll_margin
11908 && CHARPOS (start) > BEGV)
11909 /* Don't take scroll margin into account at the bottom because
11910 old redisplay didn't do it either. */
11911 || w->cursor.y + cursor_height > it.last_visible_y)
11912 {
11913 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
11914 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
11915 return -1;
11916 }
11917 }
11918
11919 /* Scroll the display. Do it before changing the current matrix so
11920 that xterm.c doesn't get confused about where the cursor glyph is
11921 found. */
11922 if (dy && run.height)
11923 {
11924 update_begin (f);
11925
11926 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11927 {
11928 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
11929 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
11930 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
11931 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
11932 }
11933 else
11934 {
11935 /* Terminal frame. In this case, dvpos gives the number of
11936 lines to scroll by; dvpos < 0 means scroll up. */
11937 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
11938 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, w->current_matrix);
11939 int from = XFASTINT (w->top) + first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
11940 int end = (XFASTINT (w->top)
11941 + (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0)
11942 + window_internal_height (w));
11943
11944 /* Perform the operation on the screen. */
11945 if (dvpos > 0)
11946 {
11947 /* Scroll last_unchanged_at_beg_row to the end of the
11948 window down dvpos lines. */
11949 set_terminal_window (end);
11950
11951 /* On dumb terminals delete dvpos lines at the end
11952 before inserting dvpos empty lines. */
11953 if (!scroll_region_ok)
11954 ins_del_lines (end - dvpos, -dvpos);
11955
11956 /* Insert dvpos empty lines in front of
11957 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
11958 ins_del_lines (from, dvpos);
11959 }
11960 else if (dvpos < 0)
11961 {
11962 /* Scroll up last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos to the end of
11963 the window to last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos - |dvpos|. */
11964 set_terminal_window (end);
11965
11966 /* Delete dvpos lines in front of
11967 last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos. ins_del_lines will set
11968 the cursor to the given vpos and emit |dvpos| delete
11969 line sequences. */
11970 ins_del_lines (from + dvpos, dvpos);
11971
11972 /* On a dumb terminal insert dvpos empty lines at the
11973 end. */
11974 if (!scroll_region_ok)
11975 ins_del_lines (end + dvpos, -dvpos);
11976 }
11977
11978 set_terminal_window (0);
11979 }
11980
11981 update_end (f);
11982 }
11983
11984 /* Shift reused rows of the current matrix to the right position.
11985 BOTTOM_ROW is the last + 1 row in the current matrix reserved for
11986 text. */
11987 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
11988 bottom_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, current_matrix);
11989 if (dvpos < 0)
11990 {
11991 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11992 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
11993 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, bottom_vpos + dvpos,
11994 bottom_vpos, 0);
11995 }
11996 else if (dvpos > 0)
11997 {
11998 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
11999 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
12000 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
12001 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos, 0);
12002 }
12003
12004 /* For frame-based redisplay, make sure that current frame and window
12005 matrix are in sync with respect to glyph memory. */
12006 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
12007 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w);
12008
12009 /* Adjust buffer positions in reused rows. */
12010 if (delta)
12011 increment_matrix_positions (current_matrix,
12012 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
12013 bottom_vpos, delta, delta_bytes);
12014
12015 /* Adjust Y positions. */
12016 if (dy)
12017 shift_glyph_matrix (w, current_matrix,
12018 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
12019 bottom_vpos, dy);
12020
12021 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
12022 first_unchanged_at_end_row += dvpos;
12023
12024 /* If scrolling up, there may be some lines to display at the end of
12025 the window. */
12026 last_text_row_at_end = NULL;
12027 if (dy < 0)
12028 {
12029 /* Scrolling up can leave for example a partially visible line
12030 at the end of the window to be redisplayed. */
12031 /* Set last_row to the glyph row in the current matrix where the
12032 window end line is found. It has been moved up or down in
12033 the matrix by dvpos. */
12034 int last_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) + dvpos;
12035 struct glyph_row *last_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, last_vpos);
12036
12037 /* If last_row is the window end line, it should display text. */
12038 xassert (last_row->displays_text_p);
12039
12040 /* If window end line was partially visible before, begin
12041 displaying at that line. Otherwise begin displaying with the
12042 line following it. */
12043 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row) - dy >= it.last_visible_y)
12044 {
12045 init_to_row_start (&it, w, last_row);
12046 it.vpos = last_vpos;
12047 it.current_y = last_row->y;
12048 }
12049 else
12050 {
12051 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_row);
12052 it.vpos = 1 + last_vpos;
12053 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row);
12054 ++last_row;
12055 }
12056
12057 /* We may start in a continuation line. If so, we have to
12058 get the right continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
12059 it.continuation_lines_width = last_row->continuation_lines_width;
12060 it.hpos = it.current_x = 0;
12061
12062 /* Display the rest of the lines at the window end. */
12063 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
12064 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
12065 && !fonts_changed_p)
12066 {
12067 /* Is it always sure that the display agrees with lines in
12068 the current matrix? I don't think so, so we mark rows
12069 displayed invalid in the current matrix by setting their
12070 enabled_p flag to zero. */
12071 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, it.vpos)->enabled_p = 0;
12072 if (display_line (&it))
12073 last_text_row_at_end = it.glyph_row - 1;
12074 }
12075 }
12076
12077 /* Update window_end_pos and window_end_vpos. */
12078 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
12079 && first_unchanged_at_end_row->y < it.last_visible_y
12080 && !last_text_row_at_end)
12081 {
12082 /* Window end line if one of the preserved rows from the current
12083 matrix. Set row to the last row displaying text in current
12084 matrix starting at first_unchanged_at_end_row, after
12085 scrolling. */
12086 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row->displays_text_p);
12087 row = find_last_row_displaying_text (w->current_matrix, &it,
12088 first_unchanged_at_end_row);
12089 xassert (row && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row));
12090
12091 w->window_end_pos = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
12092 w->window_end_bytepos = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
12093 w->window_end_vpos
12094 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix));
12095 xassert (w->window_end_bytepos >= 0);
12096 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "A"));
12097 }
12098 else if (last_text_row_at_end)
12099 {
12100 w->window_end_pos
12101 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row_at_end));
12102 w->window_end_bytepos
12103 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row_at_end);
12104 w->window_end_vpos
12105 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row_at_end, desired_matrix));
12106 xassert (w->window_end_bytepos >= 0);
12107 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "B"));
12108 }
12109 else if (last_text_row)
12110 {
12111 /* We have displayed either to the end of the window or at the
12112 end of the window, i.e. the last row with text is to be found
12113 in the desired matrix. */
12114 w->window_end_pos
12115 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
12116 w->window_end_bytepos
12117 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
12118 w->window_end_vpos
12119 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, desired_matrix));
12120 xassert (w->window_end_bytepos >= 0);
12121 }
12122 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
12123 && last_text_row == NULL
12124 && last_text_row_at_end == NULL)
12125 {
12126 /* Displayed to end of window, but no line containing text was
12127 displayed. Lines were deleted at the end of the window. */
12128 int first_vpos = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
12129 int vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos);
12130 struct glyph_row *current_row = current_matrix->rows + vpos;
12131 struct glyph_row *desired_row = desired_matrix->rows + vpos;
12132
12133 for (row = NULL;
12134 row == NULL && vpos >= first_vpos;
12135 --vpos, --current_row, --desired_row)
12136 {
12137 if (desired_row->enabled_p)
12138 {
12139 if (desired_row->displays_text_p)
12140 row = desired_row;
12141 }
12142 else if (current_row->displays_text_p)
12143 row = current_row;
12144 }
12145
12146 xassert (row != NULL);
12147 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (vpos + 1);
12148 w->window_end_pos = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
12149 w->window_end_bytepos = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
12150 xassert (w->window_end_bytepos >= 0);
12151 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "C"));
12152 }
12153 else
12154 abort ();
12155
12156 #if 0 /* This leads to problems, for instance when the cursor is
12157 at ZV, and the cursor line displays no text. */
12158 /* Disable rows below what's displayed in the window. This makes
12159 debugging easier. */
12160 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix,
12161 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) + 1,
12162 bottom_vpos, 0);
12163 #endif
12164
12165 IF_DEBUG (debug_end_pos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
12166 debug_end_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
12167
12168 /* Record that display has not been completed. */
12169 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
12170 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
12171 return 3;
12172
12173 #undef GIVE_UP
12174 }
12175
12176
12177 \f
12178 /***********************************************************************
12179 More debugging support
12180 ***********************************************************************/
12181
12182 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
12183
12184 void dump_glyph_row P_ ((struct glyph_row *, int, int));
12185 void dump_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int));
12186 void dump_glyph P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph *, int));
12187
12188
12189 /* Dump the contents of glyph matrix MATRIX on stderr.
12190
12191 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
12192 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
12193 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
12194
12195 void
12196 dump_glyph_matrix (matrix, glyphs)
12197 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
12198 int glyphs;
12199 {
12200 int i;
12201 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i)
12202 dump_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (matrix, i), i, glyphs);
12203 }
12204
12205
12206 /* Dump contents of glyph GLYPH to stderr. ROW and AREA are
12207 the glyph row and area where the glyph comes from. */
12208
12209 void
12210 dump_glyph (row, glyph, area)
12211 struct glyph_row *row;
12212 struct glyph *glyph;
12213 int area;
12214 {
12215 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
12216 {
12217 fprintf (stderr,
12218 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
12219 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
12220 'C',
12221 glyph->charpos,
12222 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
12223 ? 'B'
12224 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
12225 ? 'S'
12226 : '-')),
12227 glyph->pixel_width,
12228 glyph->u.ch,
12229 (glyph->u.ch < 0x80 && glyph->u.ch >= ' '
12230 ? glyph->u.ch
12231 : '.'),
12232 glyph->face_id,
12233 glyph->left_box_line_p,
12234 glyph->right_box_line_p);
12235 }
12236 else if (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH)
12237 {
12238 fprintf (stderr,
12239 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
12240 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
12241 'S',
12242 glyph->charpos,
12243 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
12244 ? 'B'
12245 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
12246 ? 'S'
12247 : '-')),
12248 glyph->pixel_width,
12249 0,
12250 '.',
12251 glyph->face_id,
12252 glyph->left_box_line_p,
12253 glyph->right_box_line_p);
12254 }
12255 else if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH)
12256 {
12257 fprintf (stderr,
12258 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
12259 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
12260 'I',
12261 glyph->charpos,
12262 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
12263 ? 'B'
12264 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
12265 ? 'S'
12266 : '-')),
12267 glyph->pixel_width,
12268 glyph->u.img_id,
12269 '.',
12270 glyph->face_id,
12271 glyph->left_box_line_p,
12272 glyph->right_box_line_p);
12273 }
12274 }
12275
12276
12277 /* Dump the contents of glyph row at VPOS in MATRIX to stderr.
12278 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
12279 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
12280 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
12281
12282 void
12283 dump_glyph_row (row, vpos, glyphs)
12284 struct glyph_row *row;
12285 int vpos, glyphs;
12286 {
12287 if (glyphs != 1)
12288 {
12289 fprintf (stderr, "Row Start End Used oEI><O\\CTZFesm X Y W H V A P\n");
12290 fprintf (stderr, "=======================================================================\n");
12291
12292 fprintf (stderr, "%3d %5d %5d %4d %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d\
12293 %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d\n",
12294 vpos,
12295 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
12296 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row),
12297 row->used[TEXT_AREA],
12298 row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p,
12299 row->enabled_p,
12300 row->truncated_on_left_p,
12301 row->truncated_on_right_p,
12302 row->overlay_arrow_p,
12303 row->continued_p,
12304 MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row),
12305 row->displays_text_p,
12306 row->ends_at_zv_p,
12307 row->fill_line_p,
12308 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p,
12309 row->starts_in_middle_of_char_p,
12310 row->mouse_face_p,
12311 row->x,
12312 row->y,
12313 row->pixel_width,
12314 row->height,
12315 row->visible_height,
12316 row->ascent,
12317 row->phys_ascent);
12318 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\t%5d\n", row->start.overlay_string_index,
12319 row->end.overlay_string_index,
12320 row->continuation_lines_width);
12321 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n",
12322 CHARPOS (row->start.string_pos),
12323 CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos));
12324 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.dpvec_index,
12325 row->end.dpvec_index);
12326 }
12327
12328 if (glyphs > 1)
12329 {
12330 int area;
12331
12332 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area)
12333 {
12334 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[area];
12335 struct glyph *glyph_end = glyph + row->used[area];
12336
12337 /* Glyph for a line end in text. */
12338 if (area == TEXT_AREA && glyph == glyph_end && glyph->charpos > 0)
12339 ++glyph_end;
12340
12341 if (glyph < glyph_end)
12342 fprintf (stderr, " Glyph Type Pos O W Code C Face LR\n");
12343
12344 for (; glyph < glyph_end; ++glyph)
12345 dump_glyph (row, glyph, area);
12346 }
12347 }
12348 else if (glyphs == 1)
12349 {
12350 int area;
12351
12352 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area)
12353 {
12354 char *s = (char *) alloca (row->used[area] + 1);
12355 int i;
12356
12357 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i)
12358 {
12359 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[area] + i;
12360 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
12361 && glyph->u.ch < 0x80
12362 && glyph->u.ch >= ' ')
12363 s[i] = glyph->u.ch;
12364 else
12365 s[i] = '.';
12366 }
12367
12368 s[i] = '\0';
12369 fprintf (stderr, "%3d: (%d) '%s'\n", vpos, row->enabled_p, s);
12370 }
12371 }
12372 }
12373
12374
12375 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-matrix", Fdump_glyph_matrix,
12376 Sdump_glyph_matrix, 0, 1, "p",
12377 doc: /* Dump the current matrix of the selected window to stderr.
12378 Shows contents of glyph row structures. With non-nil
12379 parameter GLYPHS, dump glyphs as well. If GLYPHS is 1 show
12380 glyphs in short form, otherwise show glyphs in long form. */)
12381 (glyphs)
12382 Lisp_Object glyphs;
12383 {
12384 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
12385 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
12386
12387 fprintf (stderr, "PT = %d, BEGV = %d. ZV = %d\n",
12388 BUF_PT (buffer), BUF_BEGV (buffer), BUF_ZV (buffer));
12389 fprintf (stderr, "Cursor x = %d, y = %d, hpos = %d, vpos = %d\n",
12390 w->cursor.x, w->cursor.y, w->cursor.hpos, w->cursor.vpos);
12391 fprintf (stderr, "=============================================\n");
12392 dump_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix,
12393 NILP (glyphs) ? 0 : XINT (glyphs));
12394 return Qnil;
12395 }
12396
12397
12398 DEFUN ("dump-frame-glyph-matrix", Fdump_frame_glyph_matrix,
12399 Sdump_frame_glyph_matrix, 0, 0, "", doc: /* */)
12400 ()
12401 {
12402 struct frame *f = XFRAME (selected_frame);
12403 dump_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix, 1);
12404 return Qnil;
12405 }
12406
12407
12408 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-row", Fdump_glyph_row, Sdump_glyph_row, 1, 2, "",
12409 doc: /* Dump glyph row ROW to stderr.
12410 GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs.
12411 GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form.
12412 GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form. */)
12413 (row, glyphs)
12414 Lisp_Object row, glyphs;
12415 {
12416 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
12417 int vpos;
12418
12419 CHECK_NUMBER (row);
12420 matrix = XWINDOW (selected_window)->current_matrix;
12421 vpos = XINT (row);
12422 if (vpos >= 0 && vpos < matrix->nrows)
12423 dump_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (matrix, vpos),
12424 vpos,
12425 INTEGERP (glyphs) ? XINT (glyphs) : 2);
12426 return Qnil;
12427 }
12428
12429
12430 DEFUN ("dump-tool-bar-row", Fdump_tool_bar_row, Sdump_tool_bar_row, 1, 2, "",
12431 doc: /* Dump glyph row ROW of the tool-bar of the current frame to stderr.
12432 GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs.
12433 GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form.
12434 GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form. */)
12435 (row, glyphs)
12436 Lisp_Object row, glyphs;
12437 {
12438 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
12439 struct glyph_matrix *m = XWINDOW (sf->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix;
12440 int vpos;
12441
12442 CHECK_NUMBER (row);
12443 vpos = XINT (row);
12444 if (vpos >= 0 && vpos < m->nrows)
12445 dump_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (m, vpos), vpos,
12446 INTEGERP (glyphs) ? XINT (glyphs) : 2);
12447 return Qnil;
12448 }
12449
12450
12451 DEFUN ("trace-redisplay", Ftrace_redisplay, Strace_redisplay, 0, 1, "P",
12452 doc: /* Toggle tracing of redisplay.
12453 With ARG, turn tracing on if and only if ARG is positive. */)
12454 (arg)
12455 Lisp_Object arg;
12456 {
12457 if (NILP (arg))
12458 trace_redisplay_p = !trace_redisplay_p;
12459 else
12460 {
12461 arg = Fprefix_numeric_value (arg);
12462 trace_redisplay_p = XINT (arg) > 0;
12463 }
12464
12465 return Qnil;
12466 }
12467
12468
12469 DEFUN ("trace-to-stderr", Ftrace_to_stderr, Strace_to_stderr, 1, MANY, "",
12470 doc: /* Like `format', but print result to stderr. */)
12471 (nargs, args)
12472 int nargs;
12473 Lisp_Object *args;
12474 {
12475 Lisp_Object s = Fformat (nargs, args);
12476 fprintf (stderr, "%s", SDATA (s));
12477 return Qnil;
12478 }
12479
12480 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
12481
12482
12483 \f
12484 /***********************************************************************
12485 Building Desired Matrix Rows
12486 ***********************************************************************/
12487
12488 /* Return a temporary glyph row holding the glyphs of an overlay
12489 arrow. Only used for non-window-redisplay windows. */
12490
12491 static struct glyph_row *
12492 get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (w)
12493 struct window *w;
12494 {
12495 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
12496 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
12497 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
12498 unsigned char *arrow_string = SDATA (Voverlay_arrow_string);
12499 int arrow_len = SCHARS (Voverlay_arrow_string);
12500 unsigned char *arrow_end = arrow_string + arrow_len;
12501 unsigned char *p;
12502 struct it it;
12503 int multibyte_p;
12504 int n_glyphs_before;
12505
12506 set_buffer_temp (buffer);
12507 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, &scratch_glyph_row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
12508 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
12509 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, 0, 0);
12510
12511 multibyte_p = !NILP (buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
12512 p = arrow_string;
12513 while (p < arrow_end)
12514 {
12515 Lisp_Object face, ilisp;
12516
12517 /* Get the next character. */
12518 if (multibyte_p)
12519 it.c = string_char_and_length (p, arrow_len, &it.len);
12520 else
12521 it.c = *p, it.len = 1;
12522 p += it.len;
12523
12524 /* Get its face. */
12525 ilisp = make_number (p - arrow_string);
12526 face = Fget_text_property (ilisp, Qface, Voverlay_arrow_string);
12527 it.face_id = compute_char_face (f, it.c, face);
12528
12529 /* Compute its width, get its glyphs. */
12530 n_glyphs_before = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12531 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, -1, -1);
12532 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it);
12533
12534 /* If this character doesn't fit any more in the line, we have
12535 to remove some glyphs. */
12536 if (it.current_x > it.last_visible_x)
12537 {
12538 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
12539 break;
12540 }
12541 }
12542
12543 set_buffer_temp (old);
12544 return it.glyph_row;
12545 }
12546
12547
12548 /* Insert truncation glyphs at the start of IT->glyph_row. Truncation
12549 glyphs are only inserted for terminal frames since we can't really
12550 win with truncation glyphs when partially visible glyphs are
12551 involved. Which glyphs to insert is determined by
12552 produce_special_glyphs. */
12553
12554 static void
12555 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it)
12556 struct it *it;
12557 {
12558 struct it truncate_it;
12559 struct glyph *from, *end, *to, *toend;
12560
12561 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f));
12562
12563 /* Get the truncation glyphs. */
12564 truncate_it = *it;
12565 truncate_it.current_x = 0;
12566 truncate_it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
12567 truncate_it.glyph_row = &scratch_glyph_row;
12568 truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
12569 CHARPOS (truncate_it.position) = BYTEPOS (truncate_it.position) = -1;
12570 truncate_it.object = make_number (0);
12571 produce_special_glyphs (&truncate_it, IT_TRUNCATION);
12572
12573 /* Overwrite glyphs from IT with truncation glyphs. */
12574 from = truncate_it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12575 end = from + truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12576 to = it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12577 toend = to + it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12578
12579 while (from < end)
12580 *to++ = *from++;
12581
12582 /* There may be padding glyphs left over. Overwrite them too. */
12583 while (to < toend && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*to))
12584 {
12585 from = truncate_it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12586 while (from < end)
12587 *to++ = *from++;
12588 }
12589
12590 if (to > toend)
12591 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = to - it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12592 }
12593
12594
12595 /* Compute the pixel height and width of IT->glyph_row.
12596
12597 Most of the time, ascent and height of a display line will be equal
12598 to the max_ascent and max_height values of the display iterator
12599 structure. This is not the case if
12600
12601 1. We hit ZV without displaying anything. In this case, max_ascent
12602 and max_height will be zero.
12603
12604 2. We have some glyphs that don't contribute to the line height.
12605 (The glyph row flag contributes_to_line_height_p is for future
12606 pixmap extensions).
12607
12608 The first case is easily covered by using default values because in
12609 these cases, the line height does not really matter, except that it
12610 must not be zero. */
12611
12612 static void
12613 compute_line_metrics (it)
12614 struct it *it;
12615 {
12616 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
12617 int area, i;
12618
12619 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12620 {
12621 int i, min_y, max_y;
12622
12623 /* The line may consist of one space only, that was added to
12624 place the cursor on it. If so, the row's height hasn't been
12625 computed yet. */
12626 if (row->height == 0)
12627 {
12628 if (it->max_ascent + it->max_descent == 0)
12629 it->max_descent = it->max_phys_descent = CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f);
12630 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
12631 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
12632 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
12633 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
12634 }
12635
12636 /* Compute the width of this line. */
12637 row->pixel_width = row->x;
12638 for (i = 0; i < row->used[TEXT_AREA]; ++i)
12639 row->pixel_width += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width;
12640
12641 xassert (row->pixel_width >= 0);
12642 xassert (row->ascent >= 0 && row->height > 0);
12643
12644 row->overlapping_p = (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row)
12645 || MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row));
12646
12647 /* If first line's physical ascent is larger than its logical
12648 ascent, use the physical ascent, and make the row taller.
12649 This makes accented characters fully visible. */
12650 if (row == MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
12651 && row->phys_ascent > row->ascent)
12652 {
12653 row->height += row->phys_ascent - row->ascent;
12654 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent;
12655 }
12656
12657 /* Compute how much of the line is visible. */
12658 row->visible_height = row->height;
12659
12660 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (it->w);
12661 max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (it->w);
12662
12663 if (row->y < min_y)
12664 row->visible_height -= min_y - row->y;
12665 if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
12666 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y;
12667 }
12668 else
12669 {
12670 row->pixel_width = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12671 if (row->continued_p)
12672 row->pixel_width -= it->continuation_pixel_width;
12673 else if (row->truncated_on_right_p)
12674 row->pixel_width -= it->truncation_pixel_width;
12675 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
12676 row->height = row->phys_height = row->visible_height = 1;
12677 }
12678
12679 /* Compute a hash code for this row. */
12680 row->hash = 0;
12681 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area)
12682 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i)
12683 row->hash = ((((row->hash << 4) + (row->hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff)
12684 + row->glyphs[area][i].u.val
12685 + row->glyphs[area][i].face_id
12686 + row->glyphs[area][i].padding_p
12687 + (row->glyphs[area][i].type << 2));
12688
12689 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
12690 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
12691 }
12692
12693
12694 /* Append one space to the glyph row of iterator IT if doing a
12695 window-based redisplay. DEFAULT_FACE_P non-zero means let the
12696 space have the default face, otherwise let it have the same face as
12697 IT->face_id. Value is non-zero if a space was added.
12698
12699 This function is called to make sure that there is always one glyph
12700 at the end of a glyph row that the cursor can be set on under
12701 window-systems. (If there weren't such a glyph we would not know
12702 how wide and tall a box cursor should be displayed).
12703
12704 At the same time this space let's a nicely handle clearing to the
12705 end of the line if the row ends in italic text. */
12706
12707 static int
12708 append_space (it, default_face_p)
12709 struct it *it;
12710 int default_face_p;
12711 {
12712 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12713 {
12714 int n = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12715
12716 if (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n
12717 < it->glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
12718 {
12719 /* Save some values that must not be changed.
12720 Must save IT->c and IT->len because otherwise
12721 ITERATOR_AT_END_P wouldn't work anymore after
12722 append_space has been called. */
12723 enum display_element_type saved_what = it->what;
12724 int saved_c = it->c, saved_len = it->len;
12725 int saved_x = it->current_x;
12726 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
12727 struct text_pos saved_pos;
12728 Lisp_Object saved_object;
12729 struct face *face;
12730
12731 saved_object = it->object;
12732 saved_pos = it->position;
12733
12734 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
12735 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
12736 it->object = make_number (0);
12737 it->c = ' ';
12738 it->len = 1;
12739
12740 if (default_face_p)
12741 it->face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
12742 else if (it->face_before_selective_p)
12743 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
12744 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
12745 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, 0);
12746
12747 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
12748
12749 it->current_x = saved_x;
12750 it->object = saved_object;
12751 it->position = saved_pos;
12752 it->what = saved_what;
12753 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
12754 it->len = saved_len;
12755 it->c = saved_c;
12756 return 1;
12757 }
12758 }
12759
12760 return 0;
12761 }
12762
12763
12764 /* Extend the face of the last glyph in the text area of IT->glyph_row
12765 to the end of the display line. Called from display_line.
12766 If the glyph row is empty, add a space glyph to it so that we
12767 know the face to draw. Set the glyph row flag fill_line_p. */
12768
12769 static void
12770 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it)
12771 struct it *it;
12772 {
12773 struct face *face;
12774 struct frame *f = it->f;
12775
12776 /* If line is already filled, do nothing. */
12777 if (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
12778 return;
12779
12780 /* Face extension extends the background and box of IT->face_id
12781 to the end of the line. If the background equals the background
12782 of the frame, we don't have to do anything. */
12783 if (it->face_before_selective_p)
12784 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->saved_face_id);
12785 else
12786 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, it->face_id);
12787
12788 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
12789 && face->box == FACE_NO_BOX
12790 && face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f)
12791 && !face->stipple)
12792 return;
12793
12794 /* Set the glyph row flag indicating that the face of the last glyph
12795 in the text area has to be drawn to the end of the text area. */
12796 it->glyph_row->fill_line_p = 1;
12797
12798 /* If current character of IT is not ASCII, make sure we have the
12799 ASCII face. This will be automatically undone the next time
12800 get_next_display_element returns a multibyte character. Note
12801 that the character will always be single byte in unibyte text. */
12802 if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
12803 {
12804 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (f, face, 0);
12805 }
12806
12807 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
12808 {
12809 /* If the row is empty, add a space with the current face of IT,
12810 so that we know which face to draw. */
12811 if (it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
12812 {
12813 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0] = space_glyph;
12814 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].face_id = it->face_id;
12815 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 1;
12816 }
12817 }
12818 else
12819 {
12820 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
12821 int saved_x = it->current_x;
12822 struct text_pos saved_pos;
12823 Lisp_Object saved_object;
12824 enum display_element_type saved_what = it->what;
12825 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
12826
12827 saved_object = it->object;
12828 saved_pos = it->position;
12829
12830 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
12831 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
12832 it->object = make_number (0);
12833 it->c = ' ';
12834 it->len = 1;
12835 it->face_id = face->id;
12836
12837 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
12838
12839 while (it->current_x <= it->last_visible_x)
12840 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
12841
12842 /* Don't count these blanks really. It would let us insert a left
12843 truncation glyph below and make us set the cursor on them, maybe. */
12844 it->current_x = saved_x;
12845 it->object = saved_object;
12846 it->position = saved_pos;
12847 it->what = saved_what;
12848 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
12849 }
12850 }
12851
12852
12853 /* Value is non-zero if text starting at CHARPOS in current_buffer is
12854 trailing whitespace. */
12855
12856 static int
12857 trailing_whitespace_p (charpos)
12858 int charpos;
12859 {
12860 int bytepos = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
12861 int c = 0;
12862
12863 while (bytepos < ZV_BYTE
12864 && (c = FETCH_CHAR (bytepos),
12865 c == ' ' || c == '\t'))
12866 ++bytepos;
12867
12868 if (bytepos >= ZV_BYTE || c == '\n' || c == '\r')
12869 {
12870 if (bytepos != PT_BYTE)
12871 return 1;
12872 }
12873 return 0;
12874 }
12875
12876
12877 /* Highlight trailing whitespace, if any, in ROW. */
12878
12879 void
12880 highlight_trailing_whitespace (f, row)
12881 struct frame *f;
12882 struct glyph_row *row;
12883 {
12884 int used = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12885
12886 if (used)
12887 {
12888 struct glyph *start = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12889 struct glyph *glyph = start + used - 1;
12890
12891 /* Skip over glyphs inserted to display the cursor at the
12892 end of a line, for extending the face of the last glyph
12893 to the end of the line on terminals, and for truncation
12894 and continuation glyphs. */
12895 while (glyph >= start
12896 && glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
12897 && INTEGERP (glyph->object))
12898 --glyph;
12899
12900 /* If last glyph is a space or stretch, and it's trailing
12901 whitespace, set the face of all trailing whitespace glyphs in
12902 IT->glyph_row to `trailing-whitespace'. */
12903 if (glyph >= start
12904 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
12905 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
12906 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
12907 && glyph->u.ch == ' '))
12908 && trailing_whitespace_p (glyph->charpos))
12909 {
12910 int face_id = lookup_named_face (f, Qtrailing_whitespace, 0);
12911
12912 while (glyph >= start
12913 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
12914 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
12915 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
12916 && glyph->u.ch == ' ')))
12917 (glyph--)->face_id = face_id;
12918 }
12919 }
12920 }
12921
12922
12923 /* Value is non-zero if glyph row ROW in window W should be
12924 used to hold the cursor. */
12925
12926 static int
12927 cursor_row_p (w, row)
12928 struct window *w;
12929 struct glyph_row *row;
12930 {
12931 int cursor_row_p = 1;
12932
12933 if (PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
12934 {
12935 /* If the row ends with a newline from a string, we don't want
12936 the cursor there (if the row is continued it doesn't end in a
12937 newline). */
12938 if (CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos) >= 0
12939 || MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row))
12940 cursor_row_p = row->continued_p;
12941
12942 /* If the row ends at ZV, display the cursor at the end of that
12943 row instead of at the start of the row below. */
12944 else if (row->ends_at_zv_p)
12945 cursor_row_p = 1;
12946 else
12947 cursor_row_p = 0;
12948 }
12949
12950 return cursor_row_p;
12951 }
12952
12953
12954 /* Construct the glyph row IT->glyph_row in the desired matrix of
12955 IT->w from text at the current position of IT. See dispextern.h
12956 for an overview of struct it. Value is non-zero if
12957 IT->glyph_row displays text, as opposed to a line displaying ZV
12958 only. */
12959
12960 static int
12961 display_line (it)
12962 struct it *it;
12963 {
12964 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
12965
12966 /* We always start displaying at hpos zero even if hscrolled. */
12967 xassert (it->hpos == 0 && it->current_x == 0);
12968
12969 /* We must not display in a row that's not a text row. */
12970 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, it->w->desired_matrix)
12971 < it->w->desired_matrix->nrows);
12972
12973 /* Is IT->w showing the region? */
12974 it->w->region_showing = it->region_beg_charpos > 0 ? Qt : Qnil;
12975
12976 /* Clear the result glyph row and enable it. */
12977 prepare_desired_row (row);
12978
12979 row->y = it->current_y;
12980 row->start = it->current;
12981 row->continuation_lines_width = it->continuation_lines_width;
12982 row->displays_text_p = 1;
12983 row->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p;
12984 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 0;
12985
12986 /* Arrange the overlays nicely for our purposes. Usually, we call
12987 display_line on only one line at a time, in which case this
12988 can't really hurt too much, or we call it on lines which appear
12989 one after another in the buffer, in which case all calls to
12990 recenter_overlay_lists but the first will be pretty cheap. */
12991 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
12992
12993 /* Move over display elements that are not visible because we are
12994 hscrolled. This may stop at an x-position < IT->first_visible_x
12995 if the first glyph is partially visible or if we hit a line end. */
12996 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
12997 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, ZV, it->first_visible_x,
12998 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
12999
13000 /* Get the initial row height. This is either the height of the
13001 text hscrolled, if there is any, or zero. */
13002 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
13003 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
13004 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
13005 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
13006
13007 /* Loop generating characters. The loop is left with IT on the next
13008 character to display. */
13009 while (1)
13010 {
13011 int n_glyphs_before, hpos_before, x_before;
13012 int x, i, nglyphs;
13013 int ascent = 0, descent = 0, phys_ascent = 0, phys_descent = 0;
13014
13015 /* Retrieve the next thing to display. Value is zero if end of
13016 buffer reached. */
13017 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
13018 {
13019 /* Maybe add a space at the end of this line that is used to
13020 display the cursor there under X. Set the charpos of the
13021 first glyph of blank lines not corresponding to any text
13022 to -1. */
13023 if ((append_space (it, 1) && row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 1)
13024 || row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
13025 {
13026 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = -1;
13027 row->displays_text_p = 0;
13028
13029 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (it->w->buffer)->indicate_empty_lines)
13030 && (!MINI_WINDOW_P (it->w)
13031 || (minibuf_level && EQ (it->window, minibuf_window))))
13032 row->indicate_empty_line_p = 1;
13033 }
13034
13035 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
13036 row->ends_at_zv_p = 1;
13037 break;
13038 }
13039
13040 /* Now, get the metrics of what we want to display. This also
13041 generates glyphs in `row' (which is IT->glyph_row). */
13042 n_glyphs_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
13043 x = it->current_x;
13044
13045 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
13046 fit on the line. */
13047 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
13048 {
13049 ascent = it->max_ascent;
13050 descent = it->max_descent;
13051 phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
13052 phys_descent = it->max_phys_descent;
13053 }
13054
13055 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
13056
13057 /* If this display element was in marginal areas, continue with
13058 the next one. */
13059 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
13060 {
13061 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
13062 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
13063 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
13064 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
13065 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
13066 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
13067 continue;
13068 }
13069
13070 /* Does the display element fit on the line? If we truncate
13071 lines, we should draw past the right edge of the window. If
13072 we don't truncate, we want to stop so that we can display the
13073 continuation glyph before the right margin. If lines are
13074 continued, there are two possible strategies for characters
13075 resulting in more than 1 glyph (e.g. tabs): Display as many
13076 glyphs as possible in this line and leave the rest for the
13077 continuation line, or display the whole element in the next
13078 line. Original redisplay did the former, so we do it also. */
13079 nglyphs = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
13080 hpos_before = it->hpos;
13081 x_before = x;
13082
13083 if (/* Not a newline. */
13084 nglyphs > 0
13085 /* Glyphs produced fit entirely in the line. */
13086 && it->current_x < it->last_visible_x)
13087 {
13088 it->hpos += nglyphs;
13089 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
13090 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
13091 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
13092 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
13093 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
13094 if (it->current_x - it->pixel_width < it->first_visible_x)
13095 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
13096 }
13097 else
13098 {
13099 int new_x;
13100 struct glyph *glyph;
13101
13102 for (i = 0; i < nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
13103 {
13104 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
13105 new_x = x + glyph->pixel_width;
13106
13107 if (/* Lines are continued. */
13108 !it->truncate_lines_p
13109 && (/* Glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
13110 new_x > it->last_visible_x
13111 /* Or it fits exactly on a window system frame. */
13112 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
13113 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
13114 {
13115 /* End of a continued line. */
13116
13117 if (it->hpos == 0
13118 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
13119 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
13120 {
13121 /* Current glyph is the only one on the line or
13122 fits exactly on the line. We must continue
13123 the line because we can't draw the cursor
13124 after the glyph. */
13125 row->continued_p = 1;
13126 it->current_x = new_x;
13127 it->continuation_lines_width += new_x;
13128 ++it->hpos;
13129 if (i == nglyphs - 1)
13130 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
13131 }
13132 else if (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*glyph)
13133 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13134 {
13135 /* A padding glyph that doesn't fit on this line.
13136 This means the whole character doesn't fit
13137 on the line. */
13138 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
13139
13140 /* Fill the rest of the row with continuation
13141 glyphs like in 20.x. */
13142 while (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA]
13143 < row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
13144 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
13145
13146 row->continued_p = 1;
13147 it->current_x = x_before;
13148 it->continuation_lines_width += x_before;
13149
13150 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
13151 element not fitting on the line. */
13152 it->max_ascent = ascent;
13153 it->max_descent = descent;
13154 it->max_phys_ascent = phys_ascent;
13155 it->max_phys_descent = phys_descent;
13156 }
13157 else if (it->c == '\t' && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13158 {
13159 /* A TAB that extends past the right edge of the
13160 window. This produces a single glyph on
13161 window system frames. We leave the glyph in
13162 this row and let it fill the row, but don't
13163 consume the TAB. */
13164 it->continuation_lines_width += it->last_visible_x;
13165 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
13166 row->continued_p = 1;
13167 glyph->pixel_width = it->last_visible_x - x;
13168 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
13169 }
13170 else
13171 {
13172 /* Something other than a TAB that draws past
13173 the right edge of the window. Restore
13174 positions to values before the element. */
13175 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
13176
13177 /* Display continuation glyphs. */
13178 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13179 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
13180 row->continued_p = 1;
13181
13182 it->continuation_lines_width += x;
13183
13184 if (nglyphs > 1 && i > 0)
13185 {
13186 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
13187 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
13188 }
13189
13190 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
13191 element not fitting on the line. */
13192 it->max_ascent = ascent;
13193 it->max_descent = descent;
13194 it->max_phys_ascent = phys_ascent;
13195 it->max_phys_descent = phys_descent;
13196 }
13197
13198 break;
13199 }
13200 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
13201 {
13202 /* Increment number of glyphs actually displayed. */
13203 ++it->hpos;
13204
13205 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
13206 /* Glyph is partially visible, i.e. row starts at
13207 negative X position. */
13208 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
13209 }
13210 else
13211 {
13212 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the
13213 window. This should not happen because of the
13214 move_it_in_display_line at the start of
13215 this function. */
13216 abort ();
13217 }
13218 }
13219
13220 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
13221 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
13222 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
13223 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
13224 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
13225
13226 /* End of this display line if row is continued. */
13227 if (row->continued_p)
13228 break;
13229 }
13230
13231 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're also done, after making
13232 sure that a non-default face is extended up to the right
13233 margin of the window. */
13234 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
13235 {
13236 int used_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
13237
13238 row->ends_in_newline_from_string_p = STRINGP (it->object);
13239
13240 /* Add a space at the end of the line that is used to
13241 display the cursor there. */
13242 append_space (it, 0);
13243
13244 /* Extend the face to the end of the line. */
13245 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
13246
13247 /* Make sure we have the position. */
13248 if (used_before == 0)
13249 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
13250
13251 /* Consume the line end. This skips over invisible lines. */
13252 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
13253 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
13254 break;
13255 }
13256
13257 /* Proceed with next display element. Note that this skips
13258 over lines invisible because of selective display. */
13259 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
13260
13261 /* If we truncate lines, we are done when the last displayed
13262 glyphs reach past the right margin of the window. */
13263 if (it->truncate_lines_p
13264 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
13265 ? (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
13266 : (it->current_x > it->last_visible_x)))
13267 {
13268 /* Maybe add truncation glyphs. */
13269 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13270 {
13271 int i, n;
13272
13273 for (i = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; i > 0; --i)
13274 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i]))
13275 break;
13276
13277 for (n = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i < n; ++i)
13278 {
13279 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i;
13280 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
13281 }
13282 }
13283
13284 row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
13285 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
13286 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
13287 row->ends_at_zv_p = FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n';
13288 it->hpos = hpos_before;
13289 it->current_x = x_before;
13290 break;
13291 }
13292 }
13293
13294 /* If line is not empty and hscrolled, maybe insert truncation glyphs
13295 at the left window margin. */
13296 if (it->first_visible_x
13297 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) != MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))
13298 {
13299 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13300 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
13301 row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
13302 }
13303
13304 /* If the start of this line is the overlay arrow-position, then
13305 mark this glyph row as the one containing the overlay arrow.
13306 This is clearly a mess with variable size fonts. It would be
13307 better to let it be displayed like cursors under X. */
13308 if (MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
13309 && current_buffer == XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer
13310 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
13311 == marker_position (Voverlay_arrow_position))
13312 && STRINGP (Voverlay_arrow_string)
13313 && ! overlay_arrow_seen)
13314 {
13315 /* Overlay arrow in window redisplay is a fringe bitmap. */
13316 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13317 {
13318 struct glyph_row *arrow_row = get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (it->w);
13319 struct glyph *glyph = arrow_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
13320 struct glyph *arrow_end = glyph + arrow_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
13321 struct glyph *p = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
13322 struct glyph *p2, *end;
13323
13324 /* Copy the arrow glyphs. */
13325 while (glyph < arrow_end)
13326 *p++ = *glyph++;
13327
13328 /* Throw away padding glyphs. */
13329 p2 = p;
13330 end = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
13331 while (p2 < end && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*p2))
13332 ++p2;
13333 if (p2 > p)
13334 {
13335 while (p2 < end)
13336 *p++ = *p2++;
13337 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = p2 - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
13338 }
13339 }
13340
13341 overlay_arrow_seen = 1;
13342 row->overlay_arrow_p = 1;
13343 }
13344
13345 /* Compute pixel dimensions of this line. */
13346 compute_line_metrics (it);
13347
13348 /* Remember the position at which this line ends. */
13349 row->end = it->current;
13350
13351 /* Maybe set the cursor. */
13352 if (it->w->cursor.vpos < 0
13353 && PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
13354 && PT <= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
13355 && cursor_row_p (it->w, row))
13356 set_cursor_from_row (it->w, row, it->w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
13357
13358 /* Highlight trailing whitespace. */
13359 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
13360 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it->f, it->glyph_row);
13361
13362 /* Prepare for the next line. This line starts horizontally at (X
13363 HPOS) = (0 0). Vertical positions are incremented. As a
13364 convenience for the caller, IT->glyph_row is set to the next
13365 row to be used. */
13366 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
13367 it->current_y += row->height;
13368 ++it->vpos;
13369 ++it->glyph_row;
13370 return row->displays_text_p;
13371 }
13372
13373
13374 \f
13375 /***********************************************************************
13376 Menu Bar
13377 ***********************************************************************/
13378
13379 /* Redisplay the menu bar in the frame for window W.
13380
13381 The menu bar of X frames that don't have X toolkit support is
13382 displayed in a special window W->frame->menu_bar_window.
13383
13384 The menu bar of terminal frames is treated specially as far as
13385 glyph matrices are concerned. Menu bar lines are not part of
13386 windows, so the update is done directly on the frame matrix rows
13387 for the menu bar. */
13388
13389 static void
13390 display_menu_bar (w)
13391 struct window *w;
13392 {
13393 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
13394 struct it it;
13395 Lisp_Object items;
13396 int i;
13397
13398 /* Don't do all this for graphical frames. */
13399 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI
13400 if (!NILP (Vwindow_system))
13401 return;
13402 #endif
13403 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13404 if (FRAME_X_P (f))
13405 return;
13406 #endif
13407 #ifdef MAC_OS
13408 if (FRAME_MAC_P (f))
13409 return;
13410 #endif
13411
13412 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13413 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
13414 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows, MENU_FACE_ID);
13415 it.first_visible_x = 0;
13416 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
13417 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13418 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
13419 {
13420 /* Menu bar lines are displayed in the desired matrix of the
13421 dummy window menu_bar_window. */
13422 struct window *menu_w;
13423 xassert (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window));
13424 menu_w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window);
13425 init_iterator (&it, menu_w, -1, -1, menu_w->desired_matrix->rows,
13426 MENU_FACE_ID);
13427 it.first_visible_x = 0;
13428 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
13429 }
13430 else
13431 {
13432 /* This is a TTY frame, i.e. character hpos/vpos are used as
13433 pixel x/y. */
13434 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows,
13435 MENU_FACE_ID);
13436 it.first_visible_x = 0;
13437 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WIDTH (f);
13438 }
13439 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13440
13441 if (! mode_line_inverse_video)
13442 /* Force the menu-bar to be displayed in the default face. */
13443 it.base_face_id = it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
13444
13445 /* Clear all rows of the menu bar. */
13446 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f); ++i)
13447 {
13448 struct glyph_row *row = it.glyph_row + i;
13449 clear_glyph_row (row);
13450 row->enabled_p = 1;
13451 row->full_width_p = 1;
13452 }
13453
13454 /* Display all items of the menu bar. */
13455 items = FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (it.f);
13456 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (items)->size; i += 4)
13457 {
13458 Lisp_Object string;
13459
13460 /* Stop at nil string. */
13461 string = AREF (items, i + 1);
13462 if (NILP (string))
13463 break;
13464
13465 /* Remember where item was displayed. */
13466 AREF (items, i + 3) = make_number (it.hpos);
13467
13468 /* Display the item, pad with one space. */
13469 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
13470 display_string (NULL, string, Qnil, 0, 0, &it,
13471 SCHARS (string) + 1, 0, 0, -1);
13472 }
13473
13474 /* Fill out the line with spaces. */
13475 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
13476 display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, -1, 0, 0, -1);
13477
13478 /* Compute the total height of the lines. */
13479 compute_line_metrics (&it);
13480 }
13481
13482
13483 \f
13484 /***********************************************************************
13485 Mode Line
13486 ***********************************************************************/
13487
13488 /* Redisplay mode lines in the window tree whose root is WINDOW. If
13489 FORCE is non-zero, redisplay mode lines unconditionally.
13490 Otherwise, redisplay only mode lines that are garbaged. Value is
13491 the number of windows whose mode lines were redisplayed. */
13492
13493 static int
13494 redisplay_mode_lines (window, force)
13495 Lisp_Object window;
13496 int force;
13497 {
13498 int nwindows = 0;
13499
13500 while (!NILP (window))
13501 {
13502 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
13503
13504 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
13505 nwindows += redisplay_mode_lines (w->hchild, force);
13506 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
13507 nwindows += redisplay_mode_lines (w->vchild, force);
13508 else if (force
13509 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
13510 || !MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->enabled_p)
13511 {
13512 struct text_pos lpoint;
13513 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
13514
13515 /* Set the window's buffer for the mode line display. */
13516 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
13517 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
13518
13519 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any
13520 other window, set up appropriate value. */
13521 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
13522 {
13523 struct text_pos pt;
13524
13525 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (pt, w->pointm);
13526 if (CHARPOS (pt) < BEGV)
13527 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
13528 else if (CHARPOS (pt) > (ZV - 1))
13529 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (ZV, ZV_BYTE);
13530 else
13531 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
13532 }
13533
13534 /* Display mode lines. */
13535 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
13536 if (display_mode_lines (w))
13537 {
13538 ++nwindows;
13539 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
13540 }
13541
13542 /* Restore old settings. */
13543 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
13544 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
13545 }
13546
13547 window = w->next;
13548 }
13549
13550 return nwindows;
13551 }
13552
13553
13554 /* Display the mode and/or top line of window W. Value is the number
13555 of mode lines displayed. */
13556
13557 static int
13558 display_mode_lines (w)
13559 struct window *w;
13560 {
13561 Lisp_Object old_selected_window, old_selected_frame;
13562 int n = 0;
13563
13564 old_selected_frame = selected_frame;
13565 selected_frame = w->frame;
13566 old_selected_window = selected_window;
13567 XSETWINDOW (selected_window, w);
13568
13569 /* These will be set while the mode line specs are processed. */
13570 line_number_displayed = 0;
13571 w->column_number_displayed = Qnil;
13572
13573 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
13574 {
13575 struct window *sel_w = XWINDOW (old_selected_window);
13576
13577 /* Select mode line face based on the real selected window. */
13578 display_mode_line (w, CURRENT_MODE_LINE_FACE_ID_3 (sel_w, sel_w, w),
13579 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
13580 ++n;
13581 }
13582
13583 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
13584 {
13585 display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
13586 current_buffer->header_line_format);
13587 ++n;
13588 }
13589
13590 selected_frame = old_selected_frame;
13591 selected_window = old_selected_window;
13592 return n;
13593 }
13594
13595
13596 /* Display mode or top line of window W. FACE_ID specifies which line
13597 to display; it is either MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID.
13598 FORMAT is the mode line format to display. Value is the pixel
13599 height of the mode line displayed. */
13600
13601 static int
13602 display_mode_line (w, face_id, format)
13603 struct window *w;
13604 enum face_id face_id;
13605 Lisp_Object format;
13606 {
13607 struct it it;
13608 struct face *face;
13609
13610 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, NULL, face_id);
13611 prepare_desired_row (it.glyph_row);
13612
13613 if (! mode_line_inverse_video)
13614 /* Force the mode-line to be displayed in the default face. */
13615 it.base_face_id = it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
13616
13617 /* Temporarily make frame's keyboard the current kboard so that
13618 kboard-local variables in the mode_line_format will get the right
13619 values. */
13620 push_frame_kboard (it.f);
13621 display_mode_element (&it, 0, 0, 0, format, Qnil, 0);
13622 pop_frame_kboard ();
13623
13624 /* Fill up with spaces. */
13625 display_string (" ", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, 10000, -1, -1, 0);
13626
13627 compute_line_metrics (&it);
13628 it.glyph_row->full_width_p = 1;
13629 it.glyph_row->mode_line_p = 1;
13630 it.glyph_row->continued_p = 0;
13631 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
13632 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
13633
13634 /* Make a 3D mode-line have a shadow at its right end. */
13635 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it.f, face_id);
13636 extend_face_to_end_of_line (&it);
13637 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
13638 {
13639 struct glyph *last = (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
13640 + it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1);
13641 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
13642 }
13643
13644 return it.glyph_row->height;
13645 }
13646
13647 /* Alist that caches the results of :propertize.
13648 Each element is (PROPERTIZED-STRING . PROPERTY-LIST). */
13649 Lisp_Object mode_line_proptrans_alist;
13650
13651 /* List of strings making up the mode-line. */
13652 Lisp_Object mode_line_string_list;
13653
13654 /* Base face property when building propertized mode line string. */
13655 static Lisp_Object mode_line_string_face;
13656 static Lisp_Object mode_line_string_face_prop;
13657
13658
13659 /* Contribute ELT to the mode line for window IT->w. How it
13660 translates into text depends on its data type.
13661
13662 IT describes the display environment in which we display, as usual.
13663
13664 DEPTH is the depth in recursion. It is used to prevent
13665 infinite recursion here.
13666
13667 FIELD_WIDTH is the number of characters the display of ELT should
13668 occupy in the mode line, and PRECISION is the maximum number of
13669 characters to display from ELT's representation. See
13670 display_string for details.
13671
13672 Returns the hpos of the end of the text generated by ELT.
13673
13674 PROPS is a property list to add to any string we encounter.
13675
13676 If RISKY is nonzero, remove (disregard) any properties in any string
13677 we encounter, and ignore :eval and :propertize.
13678
13679 If the global variable `frame_title_ptr' is non-NULL, then the output
13680 is passed to `store_frame_title' instead of `display_string'. */
13681
13682 static int
13683 display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width, precision, elt, props, risky)
13684 struct it *it;
13685 int depth;
13686 int field_width, precision;
13687 Lisp_Object elt, props;
13688 int risky;
13689 {
13690 int n = 0, field, prec;
13691 int literal = 0;
13692
13693 tail_recurse:
13694 if (depth > 10)
13695 goto invalid;
13696
13697 depth++;
13698
13699 switch (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST (XTYPE (elt)))
13700 {
13701 case Lisp_String:
13702 {
13703 /* A string: output it and check for %-constructs within it. */
13704 unsigned char c;
13705 unsigned char *this, *lisp_string;
13706
13707 if (!NILP (props) || risky)
13708 {
13709 Lisp_Object oprops, aelt;
13710 oprops = Ftext_properties_at (make_number (0), elt);
13711
13712 if (NILP (Fequal (props, oprops)) || risky)
13713 {
13714 /* If the starting string has properties,
13715 merge the specified ones onto the existing ones. */
13716 if (! NILP (oprops) && !risky)
13717 {
13718 Lisp_Object tem;
13719
13720 oprops = Fcopy_sequence (oprops);
13721 tem = props;
13722 while (CONSP (tem))
13723 {
13724 oprops = Fplist_put (oprops, XCAR (tem),
13725 XCAR (XCDR (tem)));
13726 tem = XCDR (XCDR (tem));
13727 }
13728 props = oprops;
13729 }
13730
13731 aelt = Fassoc (elt, mode_line_proptrans_alist);
13732 if (! NILP (aelt) && !NILP (Fequal (props, XCDR (aelt))))
13733 {
13734 mode_line_proptrans_alist
13735 = Fcons (aelt, Fdelq (aelt, mode_line_proptrans_alist));
13736 elt = XCAR (aelt);
13737 }
13738 else
13739 {
13740 Lisp_Object tem;
13741
13742 elt = Fcopy_sequence (elt);
13743 Fset_text_properties (make_number (0), Flength (elt),
13744 props, elt);
13745 /* Add this item to mode_line_proptrans_alist. */
13746 mode_line_proptrans_alist
13747 = Fcons (Fcons (elt, props),
13748 mode_line_proptrans_alist);
13749 /* Truncate mode_line_proptrans_alist
13750 to at most 50 elements. */
13751 tem = Fnthcdr (make_number (50),
13752 mode_line_proptrans_alist);
13753 if (! NILP (tem))
13754 XSETCDR (tem, Qnil);
13755 }
13756 }
13757 }
13758
13759 this = SDATA (elt);
13760 lisp_string = this;
13761
13762 if (literal)
13763 {
13764 prec = precision - n;
13765 if (frame_title_ptr)
13766 n += store_frame_title (SDATA (elt), -1, prec);
13767 else if (!NILP (mode_line_string_list))
13768 n += store_mode_line_string (NULL, elt, 1, 0, prec, Qnil);
13769 else
13770 n += display_string (NULL, elt, Qnil, 0, 0, it,
13771 0, prec, 0, STRING_MULTIBYTE (elt));
13772
13773 break;
13774 }
13775
13776 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
13777 && *this
13778 && (frame_title_ptr
13779 || !NILP (mode_line_string_list)
13780 || it->current_x < it->last_visible_x))
13781 {
13782 unsigned char *last = this;
13783
13784 /* Advance to end of string or next format specifier. */
13785 while ((c = *this++) != '\0' && c != '%')
13786 ;
13787
13788 if (this - 1 != last)
13789 {
13790 /* Output to end of string or up to '%'. Field width
13791 is length of string. Don't output more than
13792 PRECISION allows us. */
13793 --this;
13794
13795 prec = chars_in_text (last, this - last);
13796 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
13797 prec = precision - n;
13798
13799 if (frame_title_ptr)
13800 n += store_frame_title (last, 0, prec);
13801 else if (!NILP (mode_line_string_list))
13802 {
13803 int bytepos = last - lisp_string;
13804 int charpos = string_byte_to_char (elt, bytepos);
13805 n += store_mode_line_string (NULL,
13806 Fsubstring (elt, make_number (charpos),
13807 make_number (charpos + prec)),
13808 0, 0, 0, Qnil);
13809 }
13810 else
13811 {
13812 int bytepos = last - lisp_string;
13813 int charpos = string_byte_to_char (elt, bytepos);
13814 n += display_string (NULL, elt, Qnil, 0, charpos,
13815 it, 0, prec, 0,
13816 STRING_MULTIBYTE (elt));
13817 }
13818 }
13819 else /* c == '%' */
13820 {
13821 unsigned char *percent_position = this;
13822
13823 /* Get the specified minimum width. Zero means
13824 don't pad. */
13825 field = 0;
13826 while ((c = *this++) >= '0' && c <= '9')
13827 field = field * 10 + c - '0';
13828
13829 /* Don't pad beyond the total padding allowed. */
13830 if (field_width - n > 0 && field > field_width - n)
13831 field = field_width - n;
13832
13833 /* Note that either PRECISION <= 0 or N < PRECISION. */
13834 prec = precision - n;
13835
13836 if (c == 'M')
13837 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field, prec,
13838 Vglobal_mode_string, props,
13839 risky);
13840 else if (c != 0)
13841 {
13842 int multibyte;
13843 int bytepos, charpos;
13844 unsigned char *spec;
13845
13846 bytepos = percent_position - lisp_string;
13847 charpos = (STRING_MULTIBYTE (elt)
13848 ? string_byte_to_char (elt, bytepos)
13849 : bytepos);
13850
13851 spec
13852 = decode_mode_spec (it->w, c, field, prec, &multibyte);
13853
13854 if (frame_title_ptr)
13855 n += store_frame_title (spec, field, prec);
13856 else if (!NILP (mode_line_string_list))
13857 {
13858 int len = strlen (spec);
13859 Lisp_Object tem = make_string (spec, len);
13860 props = Ftext_properties_at (make_number (charpos), elt);
13861 /* Should only keep face property in props */
13862 n += store_mode_line_string (NULL, tem, 0, field, prec, props);
13863 }
13864 else
13865 {
13866 int nglyphs_before, nwritten;
13867
13868 nglyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
13869 nwritten = display_string (spec, Qnil, elt,
13870 charpos, 0, it,
13871 field, prec, 0,
13872 multibyte);
13873
13874 /* Assign to the glyphs written above the
13875 string where the `%x' came from, position
13876 of the `%'. */
13877 if (nwritten > 0)
13878 {
13879 struct glyph *glyph
13880 = (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
13881 + nglyphs_before);
13882 int i;
13883
13884 for (i = 0; i < nwritten; ++i)
13885 {
13886 glyph[i].object = elt;
13887 glyph[i].charpos = charpos;
13888 }
13889
13890 n += nwritten;
13891 }
13892 }
13893 }
13894 else /* c == 0 */
13895 break;
13896 }
13897 }
13898 }
13899 break;
13900
13901 case Lisp_Symbol:
13902 /* A symbol: process the value of the symbol recursively
13903 as if it appeared here directly. Avoid error if symbol void.
13904 Special case: if value of symbol is a string, output the string
13905 literally. */
13906 {
13907 register Lisp_Object tem;
13908
13909 /* If the variable is not marked as risky to set
13910 then its contents are risky to use. */
13911 if (NILP (Fget (elt, Qrisky_local_variable)))
13912 risky = 1;
13913
13914 tem = Fboundp (elt);
13915 if (!NILP (tem))
13916 {
13917 tem = Fsymbol_value (elt);
13918 /* If value is a string, output that string literally:
13919 don't check for % within it. */
13920 if (STRINGP (tem))
13921 literal = 1;
13922
13923 if (!EQ (tem, elt))
13924 {
13925 /* Give up right away for nil or t. */
13926 elt = tem;
13927 goto tail_recurse;
13928 }
13929 }
13930 }
13931 break;
13932
13933 case Lisp_Cons:
13934 {
13935 register Lisp_Object car, tem;
13936
13937 /* A cons cell: five distinct cases.
13938 If first element is :eval or :propertize, do something special.
13939 If first element is a string or a cons, process all the elements
13940 and effectively concatenate them.
13941 If first element is a negative number, truncate displaying cdr to
13942 at most that many characters. If positive, pad (with spaces)
13943 to at least that many characters.
13944 If first element is a symbol, process the cadr or caddr recursively
13945 according to whether the symbol's value is non-nil or nil. */
13946 car = XCAR (elt);
13947 if (EQ (car, QCeval))
13948 {
13949 /* An element of the form (:eval FORM) means evaluate FORM
13950 and use the result as mode line elements. */
13951
13952 if (risky)
13953 break;
13954
13955 if (CONSP (XCDR (elt)))
13956 {
13957 Lisp_Object spec;
13958 spec = safe_eval (XCAR (XCDR (elt)));
13959 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
13960 precision - n, spec, props,
13961 risky);
13962 }
13963 }
13964 else if (EQ (car, QCpropertize))
13965 {
13966 /* An element of the form (:propertize ELT PROPS...)
13967 means display ELT but applying properties PROPS. */
13968
13969 if (risky)
13970 break;
13971
13972 if (CONSP (XCDR (elt)))
13973 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
13974 precision - n, XCAR (XCDR (elt)),
13975 XCDR (XCDR (elt)), risky);
13976 }
13977 else if (SYMBOLP (car))
13978 {
13979 tem = Fboundp (car);
13980 elt = XCDR (elt);
13981 if (!CONSP (elt))
13982 goto invalid;
13983 /* elt is now the cdr, and we know it is a cons cell.
13984 Use its car if CAR has a non-nil value. */
13985 if (!NILP (tem))
13986 {
13987 tem = Fsymbol_value (car);
13988 if (!NILP (tem))
13989 {
13990 elt = XCAR (elt);
13991 goto tail_recurse;
13992 }
13993 }
13994 /* Symbol's value is nil (or symbol is unbound)
13995 Get the cddr of the original list
13996 and if possible find the caddr and use that. */
13997 elt = XCDR (elt);
13998 if (NILP (elt))
13999 break;
14000 else if (!CONSP (elt))
14001 goto invalid;
14002 elt = XCAR (elt);
14003 goto tail_recurse;
14004 }
14005 else if (INTEGERP (car))
14006 {
14007 register int lim = XINT (car);
14008 elt = XCDR (elt);
14009 if (lim < 0)
14010 {
14011 /* Negative int means reduce maximum width. */
14012 if (precision <= 0)
14013 precision = -lim;
14014 else
14015 precision = min (precision, -lim);
14016 }
14017 else if (lim > 0)
14018 {
14019 /* Padding specified. Don't let it be more than
14020 current maximum. */
14021 if (precision > 0)
14022 lim = min (precision, lim);
14023
14024 /* If that's more padding than already wanted, queue it.
14025 But don't reduce padding already specified even if
14026 that is beyond the current truncation point. */
14027 field_width = max (lim, field_width);
14028 }
14029 goto tail_recurse;
14030 }
14031 else if (STRINGP (car) || CONSP (car))
14032 {
14033 register int limit = 50;
14034 /* Limit is to protect against circular lists. */
14035 while (CONSP (elt)
14036 && --limit > 0
14037 && (precision <= 0 || n < precision))
14038 {
14039 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
14040 precision - n, XCAR (elt),
14041 props, risky);
14042 elt = XCDR (elt);
14043 }
14044 }
14045 }
14046 break;
14047
14048 default:
14049 invalid:
14050 if (frame_title_ptr)
14051 n += store_frame_title ("*invalid*", 0, precision - n);
14052 else if (!NILP (mode_line_string_list))
14053 n += store_mode_line_string ("*invalid*", Qnil, 0, 0, precision - n, Qnil);
14054 else
14055 n += display_string ("*invalid*", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, 0,
14056 precision - n, 0, 0);
14057 return n;
14058 }
14059
14060 /* Pad to FIELD_WIDTH. */
14061 if (field_width > 0 && n < field_width)
14062 {
14063 if (frame_title_ptr)
14064 n += store_frame_title ("", field_width - n, 0);
14065 else if (!NILP (mode_line_string_list))
14066 n += store_mode_line_string ("", Qnil, 0, field_width - n, 0, Qnil);
14067 else
14068 n += display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, field_width - n,
14069 0, 0, 0);
14070 }
14071
14072 return n;
14073 }
14074
14075 /* Store a mode-line string element in mode_line_string_list.
14076
14077 If STRING is non-null, display that C string. Otherwise, the Lisp
14078 string LISP_STRING is displayed.
14079
14080 FIELD_WIDTH is the minimum number of output glyphs to produce.
14081 If STRING has fewer characters than FIELD_WIDTH, pad to the right
14082 with spaces. FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
14083
14084 PRECISION is the maximum number of characters to output from
14085 STRING. PRECISION <= 0 means don't truncate the string.
14086
14087 If COPY_STRING is non-zero, make a copy of LISP_STRING before adding
14088 properties to the string.
14089
14090 PROPS are the properties to add to the string.
14091 The mode_line_string_face face property is always added to the string.
14092 */
14093
14094 static int store_mode_line_string (string, lisp_string, copy_string, field_width, precision, props)
14095 char *string;
14096 Lisp_Object lisp_string;
14097 int copy_string;
14098 int field_width;
14099 int precision;
14100 Lisp_Object props;
14101 {
14102 int len;
14103 int n = 0;
14104
14105 if (string != NULL)
14106 {
14107 len = strlen (string);
14108 if (precision > 0 && len > precision)
14109 len = precision;
14110 lisp_string = make_string (string, len);
14111 if (NILP (props))
14112 props = mode_line_string_face_prop;
14113 else if (!NILP (mode_line_string_face))
14114 {
14115 Lisp_Object face = Fplist_get (props, Qface);
14116 props = Fcopy_sequence (props);
14117 if (NILP (face))
14118 face = mode_line_string_face;
14119 else
14120 face = Fcons (face, Fcons (mode_line_string_face, Qnil));
14121 props = Fplist_put (props, Qface, face);
14122 }
14123 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (len),
14124 props, lisp_string);
14125 }
14126 else
14127 {
14128 len = XFASTINT (Flength (lisp_string));
14129 if (precision > 0 && len > precision)
14130 {
14131 len = precision;
14132 lisp_string = Fsubstring (lisp_string, make_number (0), make_number (len));
14133 precision = -1;
14134 }
14135 if (!NILP (mode_line_string_face))
14136 {
14137 Lisp_Object face;
14138 if (NILP (props))
14139 props = Ftext_properties_at (make_number (0), lisp_string);
14140 face = Fplist_get (props, Qface);
14141 if (NILP (face))
14142 face = mode_line_string_face;
14143 else
14144 face = Fcons (face, Fcons (mode_line_string_face, Qnil));
14145 props = Fcons (Qface, Fcons (face, Qnil));
14146 if (copy_string)
14147 lisp_string = Fcopy_sequence (lisp_string);
14148 }
14149 if (!NILP (props))
14150 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (len),
14151 props, lisp_string);
14152 }
14153
14154 if (len > 0)
14155 {
14156 mode_line_string_list = Fcons (lisp_string, mode_line_string_list);
14157 n += len;
14158 }
14159
14160 if (field_width > len)
14161 {
14162 field_width -= len;
14163 lisp_string = Fmake_string (make_number (field_width), make_number (' '));
14164 if (!NILP (props))
14165 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (field_width),
14166 props, lisp_string);
14167 mode_line_string_list = Fcons (lisp_string, mode_line_string_list);
14168 n += field_width;
14169 }
14170
14171 return n;
14172 }
14173
14174
14175 DEFUN ("format-mode-line", Fformat_mode_line, Sformat_mode_line,
14176 0, 3, 0,
14177 doc: /* Return the mode-line of selected window as a string.
14178 First optional arg FORMAT specifies a different format string (see
14179 `mode-line-format' for details) to use. If FORMAT is t, return
14180 the buffer's header-line. Second optional arg WINDOW specifies a
14181 different window to use as the context for the formatting.
14182 If third optional arg NO-PROPS is non-nil, string is not propertized. */)
14183 (format, window, no_props)
14184 Lisp_Object format, window, no_props;
14185 {
14186 struct it it;
14187 int len;
14188 struct window *w;
14189 struct buffer *old_buffer = NULL;
14190 enum face_id face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
14191
14192 if (NILP (window))
14193 window = selected_window;
14194 CHECK_WINDOW (window);
14195 w = XWINDOW (window);
14196 CHECK_BUFFER (w->buffer);
14197
14198 if (XBUFFER (w->buffer) != current_buffer)
14199 {
14200 old_buffer = current_buffer;
14201 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
14202 }
14203
14204 if (NILP (format) || EQ (format, Qt))
14205 {
14206 face_id = NILP (format)
14207 ? CURRENT_MODE_LINE_FACE_ID (w) :
14208 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID;
14209 format = NILP (format)
14210 ? current_buffer->mode_line_format
14211 : current_buffer->header_line_format;
14212 }
14213
14214 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, NULL, face_id);
14215
14216 if (NILP (no_props))
14217 {
14218 mode_line_string_face =
14219 (face_id == MODE_LINE_FACE_ID ? Qmode_line :
14220 face_id == MODE_LINE_INACTIVE_FACE_ID ? Qmode_line_inactive :
14221 face_id == HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID ? Qheader_line : Qnil);
14222
14223 mode_line_string_face_prop =
14224 NILP (mode_line_string_face) ? Qnil :
14225 Fcons (Qface, Fcons (mode_line_string_face, Qnil));
14226
14227 /* We need a dummy last element in mode_line_string_list to
14228 indicate we are building the propertized mode-line string.
14229 Using mode_line_string_face_prop here GC protects it. */
14230 mode_line_string_list =
14231 Fcons (mode_line_string_face_prop, Qnil);
14232 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
14233 }
14234 else
14235 {
14236 mode_line_string_face_prop = Qnil;
14237 mode_line_string_list = Qnil;
14238 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf;
14239 }
14240
14241 push_frame_kboard (it.f);
14242 display_mode_element (&it, 0, 0, 0, format, Qnil, 0);
14243 pop_frame_kboard ();
14244
14245 if (old_buffer)
14246 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer);
14247
14248 if (NILP (no_props))
14249 {
14250 Lisp_Object str;
14251 mode_line_string_list = Fnreverse (mode_line_string_list);
14252 str = Fmapconcat (intern ("identity"), XCDR (mode_line_string_list),
14253 make_string ("", 0));
14254 mode_line_string_face_prop = Qnil;
14255 mode_line_string_list = Qnil;
14256 return str;
14257 }
14258
14259 len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
14260 if (len > 0 && frame_title_ptr[-1] == '-')
14261 {
14262 /* Mode lines typically ends with numerous dashes; reduce to two dashes. */
14263 while (frame_title_ptr > frame_title_buf && *--frame_title_ptr == '-')
14264 ;
14265 frame_title_ptr += 3; /* restore last non-dash + two dashes */
14266 if (len > frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf)
14267 len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
14268 }
14269
14270 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
14271 return make_string (frame_title_buf, len);
14272 }
14273
14274 /* Write a null-terminated, right justified decimal representation of
14275 the positive integer D to BUF using a minimal field width WIDTH. */
14276
14277 static void
14278 pint2str (buf, width, d)
14279 register char *buf;
14280 register int width;
14281 register int d;
14282 {
14283 register char *p = buf;
14284
14285 if (d <= 0)
14286 *p++ = '0';
14287 else
14288 {
14289 while (d > 0)
14290 {
14291 *p++ = d % 10 + '0';
14292 d /= 10;
14293 }
14294 }
14295
14296 for (width -= (int) (p - buf); width > 0; --width)
14297 *p++ = ' ';
14298 *p-- = '\0';
14299 while (p > buf)
14300 {
14301 d = *buf;
14302 *buf++ = *p;
14303 *p-- = d;
14304 }
14305 }
14306
14307 /* Set a mnemonic character for coding_system (Lisp symbol) in BUF.
14308 If EOL_FLAG is 1, set also a mnemonic character for end-of-line
14309 type of CODING_SYSTEM. Return updated pointer into BUF. */
14310
14311 static unsigned char invalid_eol_type[] = "(*invalid*)";
14312
14313 static char *
14314 decode_mode_spec_coding (coding_system, buf, eol_flag)
14315 Lisp_Object coding_system;
14316 register char *buf;
14317 int eol_flag;
14318 {
14319 Lisp_Object val;
14320 int multibyte = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
14321 unsigned char *eol_str;
14322 int eol_str_len;
14323 /* The EOL conversion we are using. */
14324 Lisp_Object eoltype;
14325
14326 val = Fget (coding_system, Qcoding_system);
14327 eoltype = Qnil;
14328
14329 if (!VECTORP (val)) /* Not yet decided. */
14330 {
14331 if (multibyte)
14332 *buf++ = '-';
14333 if (eol_flag)
14334 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
14335 /* Don't mention EOL conversion if it isn't decided. */
14336 }
14337 else
14338 {
14339 Lisp_Object eolvalue;
14340
14341 eolvalue = Fget (coding_system, Qeol_type);
14342
14343 if (multibyte)
14344 *buf++ = XFASTINT (AREF (val, 1));
14345
14346 if (eol_flag)
14347 {
14348 /* The EOL conversion that is normal on this system. */
14349
14350 if (NILP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
14351 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
14352 else if (VECTORP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
14353 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
14354 else /* INTEGERP (eolvalue) -- 0:LF, 1:CRLF, 2:CR */
14355 eoltype = (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 0
14356 ? eol_mnemonic_unix
14357 : (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 1
14358 ? eol_mnemonic_dos : eol_mnemonic_mac));
14359 }
14360 }
14361
14362 if (eol_flag)
14363 {
14364 /* Mention the EOL conversion if it is not the usual one. */
14365 if (STRINGP (eoltype))
14366 {
14367 eol_str = SDATA (eoltype);
14368 eol_str_len = SBYTES (eoltype);
14369 }
14370 else if (INTEGERP (eoltype)
14371 && CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (eoltype), 0))
14372 {
14373 eol_str = (unsigned char *) alloca (MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH);
14374 eol_str_len = CHAR_STRING (XINT (eoltype), eol_str);
14375 }
14376 else
14377 {
14378 eol_str = invalid_eol_type;
14379 eol_str_len = sizeof (invalid_eol_type) - 1;
14380 }
14381 bcopy (eol_str, buf, eol_str_len);
14382 buf += eol_str_len;
14383 }
14384
14385 return buf;
14386 }
14387
14388 /* Return a string for the output of a mode line %-spec for window W,
14389 generated by character C. PRECISION >= 0 means don't return a
14390 string longer than that value. FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad the
14391 string returned with spaces to that value. Return 1 in *MULTIBYTE
14392 if the result is multibyte text. */
14393
14394 static char lots_of_dashes[] = "--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------";
14395
14396 static char *
14397 decode_mode_spec (w, c, field_width, precision, multibyte)
14398 struct window *w;
14399 register int c;
14400 int field_width, precision;
14401 int *multibyte;
14402 {
14403 Lisp_Object obj;
14404 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
14405 char *decode_mode_spec_buf = f->decode_mode_spec_buffer;
14406 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
14407
14408 obj = Qnil;
14409 *multibyte = 0;
14410
14411 switch (c)
14412 {
14413 case '*':
14414 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
14415 return "%";
14416 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
14417 return "*";
14418 return "-";
14419
14420 case '+':
14421 /* This differs from %* only for a modified read-only buffer. */
14422 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
14423 return "*";
14424 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
14425 return "%";
14426 return "-";
14427
14428 case '&':
14429 /* This differs from %* in ignoring read-only-ness. */
14430 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
14431 return "*";
14432 return "-";
14433
14434 case '%':
14435 return "%";
14436
14437 case '[':
14438 {
14439 int i;
14440 char *p;
14441
14442 if (command_loop_level > 5)
14443 return "[[[... ";
14444 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
14445 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
14446 *p++ = '[';
14447 *p = 0;
14448 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
14449 }
14450
14451 case ']':
14452 {
14453 int i;
14454 char *p;
14455
14456 if (command_loop_level > 5)
14457 return " ...]]]";
14458 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
14459 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
14460 *p++ = ']';
14461 *p = 0;
14462 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
14463 }
14464
14465 case '-':
14466 {
14467 register int i;
14468
14469 /* Let lots_of_dashes be a string of infinite length. */
14470 if (!NILP (mode_line_string_list))
14471 return "--";
14472 if (field_width <= 0
14473 || field_width > sizeof (lots_of_dashes))
14474 {
14475 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) - 1; ++i)
14476 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '-';
14477 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '\0';
14478 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
14479 }
14480 else
14481 return lots_of_dashes;
14482 }
14483
14484 case 'b':
14485 obj = b->name;
14486 break;
14487
14488 case 'c':
14489 {
14490 int col = (int) current_column (); /* iftc */
14491 w->column_number_displayed = make_number (col);
14492 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, col);
14493 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
14494 }
14495
14496 case 'F':
14497 /* %F displays the frame name. */
14498 if (!NILP (f->title))
14499 return (char *) SDATA (f->title);
14500 if (f->explicit_name || ! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
14501 return (char *) SDATA (f->name);
14502 return "Emacs";
14503
14504 case 'f':
14505 obj = b->filename;
14506 break;
14507
14508 case 'l':
14509 {
14510 int startpos = XMARKER (w->start)->charpos;
14511 int startpos_byte = marker_byte_position (w->start);
14512 int line, linepos, linepos_byte, topline;
14513 int nlines, junk;
14514 int height = XFASTINT (w->height);
14515
14516 /* If we decided that this buffer isn't suitable for line numbers,
14517 don't forget that too fast. */
14518 if (EQ (w->base_line_pos, w->buffer))
14519 goto no_value;
14520 /* But do forget it, if the window shows a different buffer now. */
14521 else if (BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
14522 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
14523
14524 /* If the buffer is very big, don't waste time. */
14525 if (INTEGERP (Vline_number_display_limit)
14526 && BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b) > XINT (Vline_number_display_limit))
14527 {
14528 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
14529 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
14530 goto no_value;
14531 }
14532
14533 if (!NILP (w->base_line_number)
14534 && !NILP (w->base_line_pos)
14535 && XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos) <= startpos)
14536 {
14537 line = XFASTINT (w->base_line_number);
14538 linepos = XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos);
14539 linepos_byte = buf_charpos_to_bytepos (b, linepos);
14540 }
14541 else
14542 {
14543 line = 1;
14544 linepos = BUF_BEGV (b);
14545 linepos_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
14546 }
14547
14548 /* Count lines from base line to window start position. */
14549 nlines = display_count_lines (linepos, linepos_byte,
14550 startpos_byte,
14551 startpos, &junk);
14552
14553 topline = nlines + line;
14554
14555 /* Determine a new base line, if the old one is too close
14556 or too far away, or if we did not have one.
14557 "Too close" means it's plausible a scroll-down would
14558 go back past it. */
14559 if (startpos == BUF_BEGV (b))
14560 {
14561 w->base_line_number = make_number (topline);
14562 w->base_line_pos = make_number (BUF_BEGV (b));
14563 }
14564 else if (nlines < height + 25 || nlines > height * 3 + 50
14565 || linepos == BUF_BEGV (b))
14566 {
14567 int limit = BUF_BEGV (b);
14568 int limit_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
14569 int position;
14570 int distance = (height * 2 + 30) * line_number_display_limit_width;
14571
14572 if (startpos - distance > limit)
14573 {
14574 limit = startpos - distance;
14575 limit_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
14576 }
14577
14578 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
14579 limit_byte,
14580 - (height * 2 + 30),
14581 &position);
14582 /* If we couldn't find the lines we wanted within
14583 line_number_display_limit_width chars per line,
14584 give up on line numbers for this window. */
14585 if (position == limit_byte && limit == startpos - distance)
14586 {
14587 w->base_line_pos = w->buffer;
14588 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
14589 goto no_value;
14590 }
14591
14592 w->base_line_number = make_number (topline - nlines);
14593 w->base_line_pos = make_number (BYTE_TO_CHAR (position));
14594 }
14595
14596 /* Now count lines from the start pos to point. */
14597 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
14598 PT_BYTE, PT, &junk);
14599
14600 /* Record that we did display the line number. */
14601 line_number_displayed = 1;
14602
14603 /* Make the string to show. */
14604 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, topline + nlines);
14605 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
14606 no_value:
14607 {
14608 char* p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
14609 int pad = field_width - 2;
14610 while (pad-- > 0)
14611 *p++ = ' ';
14612 *p++ = '?';
14613 *p++ = '?';
14614 *p = '\0';
14615 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
14616 }
14617 }
14618 break;
14619
14620 case 'm':
14621 obj = b->mode_name;
14622 break;
14623
14624 case 'n':
14625 if (BUF_BEGV (b) > BUF_BEG (b) || BUF_ZV (b) < BUF_Z (b))
14626 return " Narrow";
14627 break;
14628
14629 case 'p':
14630 {
14631 int pos = marker_position (w->start);
14632 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
14633
14634 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= BUF_Z (b) - BUF_ZV (b))
14635 {
14636 if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
14637 return "All";
14638 else
14639 return "Bottom";
14640 }
14641 else if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
14642 return "Top";
14643 else
14644 {
14645 if (total > 1000000)
14646 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
14647 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
14648 else
14649 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
14650 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
14651 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
14652 if (total == 100)
14653 total = 99;
14654 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
14655 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
14656 }
14657 }
14658
14659 /* Display percentage of size above the bottom of the screen. */
14660 case 'P':
14661 {
14662 int toppos = marker_position (w->start);
14663 int botpos = BUF_Z (b) - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
14664 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
14665
14666 if (botpos >= BUF_ZV (b))
14667 {
14668 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
14669 return "All";
14670 else
14671 return "Bottom";
14672 }
14673 else
14674 {
14675 if (total > 1000000)
14676 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
14677 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
14678 else
14679 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
14680 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
14681 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
14682 if (total == 100)
14683 total = 99;
14684 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
14685 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "Top%2d%%", total);
14686 else
14687 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
14688 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
14689 }
14690 }
14691
14692 case 's':
14693 /* status of process */
14694 obj = Fget_buffer_process (w->buffer);
14695 if (NILP (obj))
14696 return "no process";
14697 #ifdef subprocesses
14698 obj = Fsymbol_name (Fprocess_status (obj));
14699 #endif
14700 break;
14701
14702 case 't': /* indicate TEXT or BINARY */
14703 #ifdef MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT
14704 return MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT (b);
14705 #else
14706 return "T";
14707 #endif
14708
14709 case 'z':
14710 /* coding-system (not including end-of-line format) */
14711 case 'Z':
14712 /* coding-system (including end-of-line type) */
14713 {
14714 int eol_flag = (c == 'Z');
14715 char *p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
14716
14717 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
14718 {
14719 /* No need to mention EOL here--the terminal never needs
14720 to do EOL conversion. */
14721 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (keyboard_coding.symbol, p, 0);
14722 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (terminal_coding.symbol, p, 0);
14723 }
14724 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (b->buffer_file_coding_system,
14725 p, eol_flag);
14726
14727 #if 0 /* This proves to be annoying; I think we can do without. -- rms. */
14728 #ifdef subprocesses
14729 obj = Fget_buffer_process (Fcurrent_buffer ());
14730 if (PROCESSP (obj))
14731 {
14732 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->decode_coding_system,
14733 p, eol_flag);
14734 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->encode_coding_system,
14735 p, eol_flag);
14736 }
14737 #endif /* subprocesses */
14738 #endif /* 0 */
14739 *p = 0;
14740 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
14741 }
14742 }
14743
14744 if (STRINGP (obj))
14745 {
14746 *multibyte = STRING_MULTIBYTE (obj);
14747 return (char *) SDATA (obj);
14748 }
14749 else
14750 return "";
14751 }
14752
14753
14754 /* Count up to COUNT lines starting from START / START_BYTE.
14755 But don't go beyond LIMIT_BYTE.
14756 Return the number of lines thus found (always nonnegative).
14757
14758 Set *BYTE_POS_PTR to 1 if we found COUNT lines, 0 if we hit LIMIT. */
14759
14760 static int
14761 display_count_lines (start, start_byte, limit_byte, count, byte_pos_ptr)
14762 int start, start_byte, limit_byte, count;
14763 int *byte_pos_ptr;
14764 {
14765 register unsigned char *cursor;
14766 unsigned char *base;
14767
14768 register int ceiling;
14769 register unsigned char *ceiling_addr;
14770 int orig_count = count;
14771
14772 /* If we are not in selective display mode,
14773 check only for newlines. */
14774 int selective_display = (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
14775 && !INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display));
14776
14777 if (count > 0)
14778 {
14779 while (start_byte < limit_byte)
14780 {
14781 ceiling = BUFFER_CEILING_OF (start_byte);
14782 ceiling = min (limit_byte - 1, ceiling);
14783 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) + 1;
14784 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte));
14785 while (1)
14786 {
14787 if (selective_display)
14788 while (*cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015 && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
14789 ;
14790 else
14791 while (*cursor != '\n' && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
14792 ;
14793
14794 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
14795 {
14796 if (--count == 0)
14797 {
14798 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
14799 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
14800 return orig_count;
14801 }
14802 else
14803 if (++cursor == ceiling_addr)
14804 break;
14805 }
14806 else
14807 break;
14808 }
14809 start_byte += cursor - base;
14810 }
14811 }
14812 else
14813 {
14814 while (start_byte > limit_byte)
14815 {
14816 ceiling = BUFFER_FLOOR_OF (start_byte - 1);
14817 ceiling = max (limit_byte, ceiling);
14818 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) - 1;
14819 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte - 1) + 1);
14820 while (1)
14821 {
14822 if (selective_display)
14823 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr
14824 && *cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015)
14825 ;
14826 else
14827 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr && *cursor != '\n')
14828 ;
14829
14830 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
14831 {
14832 if (++count == 0)
14833 {
14834 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
14835 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
14836 /* When scanning backwards, we should
14837 not count the newline posterior to which we stop. */
14838 return - orig_count - 1;
14839 }
14840 }
14841 else
14842 break;
14843 }
14844 /* Here we add 1 to compensate for the last decrement
14845 of CURSOR, which took it past the valid range. */
14846 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
14847 }
14848 }
14849
14850 *byte_pos_ptr = limit_byte;
14851
14852 if (count < 0)
14853 return - orig_count + count;
14854 return orig_count - count;
14855
14856 }
14857
14858
14859 \f
14860 /***********************************************************************
14861 Displaying strings
14862 ***********************************************************************/
14863
14864 /* Display a NUL-terminated string, starting with index START.
14865
14866 If STRING is non-null, display that C string. Otherwise, the Lisp
14867 string LISP_STRING is displayed.
14868
14869 If FACE_STRING is not nil, FACE_STRING_POS is a position in
14870 FACE_STRING. Display STRING or LISP_STRING with the face at
14871 FACE_STRING_POS in FACE_STRING:
14872
14873 Display the string in the environment given by IT, but use the
14874 standard display table, temporarily.
14875
14876 FIELD_WIDTH is the minimum number of output glyphs to produce.
14877 If STRING has fewer characters than FIELD_WIDTH, pad to the right
14878 with spaces. If STRING has more characters, more than FIELD_WIDTH
14879 glyphs will be produced. FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
14880
14881 PRECISION is the maximum number of characters to output from
14882 STRING. PRECISION < 0 means don't truncate the string.
14883
14884 This is roughly equivalent to printf format specifiers:
14885
14886 FIELD_WIDTH PRECISION PRINTF
14887 ----------------------------------------
14888 -1 -1 %s
14889 -1 10 %.10s
14890 10 -1 %10s
14891 20 10 %20.10s
14892
14893 MULTIBYTE zero means do not display multibyte chars, > 0 means do
14894 display them, and < 0 means obey the current buffer's value of
14895 enable_multibyte_characters.
14896
14897 Value is the number of glyphs produced. */
14898
14899 static int
14900 display_string (string, lisp_string, face_string, face_string_pos,
14901 start, it, field_width, precision, max_x, multibyte)
14902 unsigned char *string;
14903 Lisp_Object lisp_string;
14904 Lisp_Object face_string;
14905 int face_string_pos;
14906 int start;
14907 struct it *it;
14908 int field_width, precision, max_x;
14909 int multibyte;
14910 {
14911 int hpos_at_start = it->hpos;
14912 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
14913 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
14914
14915 /* Initialize the iterator IT for iteration over STRING beginning
14916 with index START. */
14917 reseat_to_string (it, string, lisp_string, start,
14918 precision, field_width, multibyte);
14919
14920 /* If displaying STRING, set up the face of the iterator
14921 from LISP_STRING, if that's given. */
14922 if (STRINGP (face_string))
14923 {
14924 int endptr;
14925 struct face *face;
14926
14927 it->face_id
14928 = face_at_string_position (it->w, face_string, face_string_pos,
14929 0, it->region_beg_charpos,
14930 it->region_end_charpos,
14931 &endptr, it->base_face_id, 0);
14932 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
14933 it->face_box_p = face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
14934 }
14935
14936 /* Set max_x to the maximum allowed X position. Don't let it go
14937 beyond the right edge of the window. */
14938 if (max_x <= 0)
14939 max_x = it->last_visible_x;
14940 else
14941 max_x = min (max_x, it->last_visible_x);
14942
14943 /* Skip over display elements that are not visible. because IT->w is
14944 hscrolled. */
14945 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
14946 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, 100000, it->first_visible_x,
14947 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
14948
14949 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
14950 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
14951 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
14952 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
14953
14954 /* This condition is for the case that we are called with current_x
14955 past last_visible_x. */
14956 while (it->current_x < max_x)
14957 {
14958 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
14959
14960 /* Get the next display element. */
14961 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
14962 break;
14963
14964 /* Produce glyphs. */
14965 x_before = it->current_x;
14966 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
14967 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
14968
14969 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
14970 i = 0;
14971 x = x_before;
14972 while (i < nglyphs)
14973 {
14974 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
14975
14976 if (!it->truncate_lines_p
14977 && x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
14978 {
14979 /* End of continued line or max_x reached. */
14980 if (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*glyph))
14981 {
14982 /* A wide character is unbreakable. */
14983 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
14984 it->current_x = x_before;
14985 }
14986 else
14987 {
14988 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
14989 it->current_x = x;
14990 }
14991 break;
14992 }
14993 else if (x + glyph->pixel_width > it->first_visible_x)
14994 {
14995 /* Glyph is at least partially visible. */
14996 ++it->hpos;
14997 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
14998 it->glyph_row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
14999 }
15000 else
15001 {
15002 /* Glyph is off the left margin of the display area.
15003 Should not happen. */
15004 abort ();
15005 }
15006
15007 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
15008 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
15009 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
15010 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
15011 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
15012 x += glyph->pixel_width;
15013 ++i;
15014 }
15015
15016 /* Stop if max_x reached. */
15017 if (i < nglyphs)
15018 break;
15019
15020 /* Stop at line ends. */
15021 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
15022 {
15023 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
15024 break;
15025 }
15026
15027 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
15028
15029 /* Stop if truncating at the right edge. */
15030 if (it->truncate_lines_p
15031 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
15032 {
15033 /* Add truncation mark, but don't do it if the line is
15034 truncated at a padding space. */
15035 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->string_nchars)
15036 {
15037 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
15038 {
15039 int i, n;
15040
15041 if (it->current_x > it->last_visible_x)
15042 {
15043 for (i = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; i > 0; --i)
15044 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i]))
15045 break;
15046 for (n = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i < n; ++i)
15047 {
15048 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i;
15049 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
15050 }
15051 }
15052 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
15053 }
15054 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
15055 }
15056 break;
15057 }
15058 }
15059
15060 /* Maybe insert a truncation at the left. */
15061 if (it->first_visible_x
15062 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
15063 {
15064 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
15065 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
15066 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
15067 }
15068
15069 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
15070
15071 /* Value is number of columns displayed. */
15072 return it->hpos - hpos_at_start;
15073 }
15074
15075
15076 \f
15077 /* This is like a combination of memq and assq. Return 1/2 if PROPVAL
15078 appears as an element of LIST or as the car of an element of LIST.
15079 If PROPVAL is a list, compare each element against LIST in that
15080 way, and return 1/2 if any element of PROPVAL is found in LIST.
15081 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit.
15082 The return value is 2 if the text is invisible but with an ellipsis
15083 and 1 if it's invisible and without an ellipsis. */
15084
15085 int
15086 invisible_p (propval, list)
15087 register Lisp_Object propval;
15088 Lisp_Object list;
15089 {
15090 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
15091
15092 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
15093 {
15094 register Lisp_Object tem;
15095 tem = XCAR (tail);
15096 if (EQ (propval, tem))
15097 return 1;
15098 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
15099 return NILP (XCDR (tem)) ? 1 : 2;
15100 }
15101
15102 if (CONSP (propval))
15103 {
15104 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
15105 {
15106 Lisp_Object propelt;
15107 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
15108 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
15109 {
15110 register Lisp_Object tem;
15111 tem = XCAR (tail);
15112 if (EQ (propelt, tem))
15113 return 1;
15114 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
15115 return NILP (XCDR (tem)) ? 1 : 2;
15116 }
15117 }
15118 }
15119
15120 return 0;
15121 }
15122
15123 \f
15124 /***********************************************************************
15125 Initialization
15126 ***********************************************************************/
15127
15128 void
15129 syms_of_xdisp ()
15130 {
15131 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
15132 staticpro (&Vwith_echo_area_save_vector);
15133
15134 Vmessage_stack = Qnil;
15135 staticpro (&Vmessage_stack);
15136
15137 Qinhibit_redisplay = intern ("inhibit-redisplay");
15138 staticpro (&Qinhibit_redisplay);
15139
15140 message_dolog_marker1 = Fmake_marker ();
15141 staticpro (&message_dolog_marker1);
15142 message_dolog_marker2 = Fmake_marker ();
15143 staticpro (&message_dolog_marker2);
15144 message_dolog_marker3 = Fmake_marker ();
15145 staticpro (&message_dolog_marker3);
15146
15147 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
15148 defsubr (&Sdump_frame_glyph_matrix);
15149 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_matrix);
15150 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_row);
15151 defsubr (&Sdump_tool_bar_row);
15152 defsubr (&Strace_redisplay);
15153 defsubr (&Strace_to_stderr);
15154 #endif
15155 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
15156 defsubr (&Stool_bar_lines_needed);
15157 #endif
15158 defsubr (&Sformat_mode_line);
15159
15160 staticpro (&Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
15161 Qmenu_bar_update_hook = intern ("menu-bar-update-hook");
15162
15163 staticpro (&Qoverriding_terminal_local_map);
15164 Qoverriding_terminal_local_map = intern ("overriding-terminal-local-map");
15165
15166 staticpro (&Qoverriding_local_map);
15167 Qoverriding_local_map = intern ("overriding-local-map");
15168
15169 staticpro (&Qwindow_scroll_functions);
15170 Qwindow_scroll_functions = intern ("window-scroll-functions");
15171
15172 staticpro (&Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions);
15173 Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions = intern ("redisplay-end-trigger-functions");
15174
15175 staticpro (&Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks);
15176 Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks = intern ("inhibit-point-motion-hooks");
15177
15178 QCdata = intern (":data");
15179 staticpro (&QCdata);
15180 Qdisplay = intern ("display");
15181 staticpro (&Qdisplay);
15182 Qspace_width = intern ("space-width");
15183 staticpro (&Qspace_width);
15184 Qraise = intern ("raise");
15185 staticpro (&Qraise);
15186 Qspace = intern ("space");
15187 staticpro (&Qspace);
15188 Qmargin = intern ("margin");
15189 staticpro (&Qmargin);
15190 Qleft_margin = intern ("left-margin");
15191 staticpro (&Qleft_margin);
15192 Qright_margin = intern ("right-margin");
15193 staticpro (&Qright_margin);
15194 Qalign_to = intern ("align-to");
15195 staticpro (&Qalign_to);
15196 QCalign_to = intern (":align-to");
15197 staticpro (&QCalign_to);
15198 Qrelative_width = intern ("relative-width");
15199 staticpro (&Qrelative_width);
15200 QCrelative_width = intern (":relative-width");
15201 staticpro (&QCrelative_width);
15202 QCrelative_height = intern (":relative-height");
15203 staticpro (&QCrelative_height);
15204 QCeval = intern (":eval");
15205 staticpro (&QCeval);
15206 QCpropertize = intern (":propertize");
15207 staticpro (&QCpropertize);
15208 Qwhen = intern ("when");
15209 staticpro (&Qwhen);
15210 QCfile = intern (":file");
15211 staticpro (&QCfile);
15212 Qfontified = intern ("fontified");
15213 staticpro (&Qfontified);
15214 Qfontification_functions = intern ("fontification-functions");
15215 staticpro (&Qfontification_functions);
15216 Qtrailing_whitespace = intern ("trailing-whitespace");
15217 staticpro (&Qtrailing_whitespace);
15218 Qimage = intern ("image");
15219 staticpro (&Qimage);
15220 Qmessage_truncate_lines = intern ("message-truncate-lines");
15221 staticpro (&Qmessage_truncate_lines);
15222 Qcursor_in_non_selected_windows = intern ("cursor-in-non-selected-windows");
15223 staticpro (&Qcursor_in_non_selected_windows);
15224 Qgrow_only = intern ("grow-only");
15225 staticpro (&Qgrow_only);
15226 Qinhibit_menubar_update = intern ("inhibit-menubar-update");
15227 staticpro (&Qinhibit_menubar_update);
15228 Qinhibit_eval_during_redisplay = intern ("inhibit-eval-during-redisplay");
15229 staticpro (&Qinhibit_eval_during_redisplay);
15230 Qposition = intern ("position");
15231 staticpro (&Qposition);
15232 Qbuffer_position = intern ("buffer-position");
15233 staticpro (&Qbuffer_position);
15234 Qobject = intern ("object");
15235 staticpro (&Qobject);
15236 Qrisky_local_variable = intern ("risky-local-variable");
15237 staticpro (&Qrisky_local_variable);
15238
15239 list_of_error = Fcons (intern ("error"), Qnil);
15240 staticpro (&list_of_error);
15241
15242 last_arrow_position = Qnil;
15243 last_arrow_string = Qnil;
15244 staticpro (&last_arrow_position);
15245 staticpro (&last_arrow_string);
15246
15247 echo_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1] = Qnil;
15248 staticpro (&echo_buffer[0]);
15249 staticpro (&echo_buffer[1]);
15250
15251 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
15252 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[0]);
15253 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[1]);
15254
15255 Vmessages_buffer_name = build_string ("*Messages*");
15256 staticpro (&Vmessages_buffer_name);
15257
15258 mode_line_proptrans_alist = Qnil;
15259 staticpro (&mode_line_proptrans_alist);
15260
15261 mode_line_string_list = Qnil;
15262 staticpro (&mode_line_string_list);
15263
15264 DEFVAR_LISP ("show-trailing-whitespace", &Vshow_trailing_whitespace,
15265 doc: /* Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace.
15266 The face used for trailing whitespace is `trailing-whitespace'. */);
15267 Vshow_trailing_whitespace = Qnil;
15268
15269 DEFVAR_LISP ("inhibit-redisplay", &Vinhibit_redisplay,
15270 doc: /* Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay.
15271 This is used for internal purposes. */);
15272 Vinhibit_redisplay = Qnil;
15273
15274 DEFVAR_LISP ("global-mode-string", &Vglobal_mode_string,
15275 doc: /* String (or mode line construct) included (normally) in `mode-line-format'. */);
15276 Vglobal_mode_string = Qnil;
15277
15278 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-position", &Voverlay_arrow_position,
15279 doc: /* Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text.
15280 This must be the beginning of a line in order to work.
15281 See also `overlay-arrow-string'. */);
15282 Voverlay_arrow_position = Qnil;
15283
15284 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-string", &Voverlay_arrow_string,
15285 doc: /* String to display as an arrow. See also `overlay-arrow-position'. */);
15286 Voverlay_arrow_string = Qnil;
15287
15288 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-step", &scroll_step,
15289 doc: /* *The number of lines to try scrolling a window by when point moves out.
15290 If that fails to bring point back on frame, point is centered instead.
15291 If this is zero, point is always centered after it moves off frame.
15292 If you want scrolling to always be a line at a time, you should set
15293 `scroll-conservatively' to a large value rather than set this to 1. */);
15294
15295 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-conservatively", &scroll_conservatively,
15296 doc: /* *Scroll up to this many lines, to bring point back on screen.
15297 A value of zero means to scroll the text to center point vertically
15298 in the window. */);
15299 scroll_conservatively = 0;
15300
15301 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-margin", &scroll_margin,
15302 doc: /* *Number of lines of margin at the top and bottom of a window.
15303 Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines
15304 of the top or bottom of the window. */);
15305 scroll_margin = 0;
15306
15307 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
15308 DEFVAR_INT ("debug-end-pos", &debug_end_pos, doc: /* Don't ask. */);
15309 #endif
15310
15311 DEFVAR_BOOL ("truncate-partial-width-windows",
15312 &truncate_partial_width_windows,
15313 doc: /* *Non-nil means truncate lines in all windows less than full frame wide. */);
15314 truncate_partial_width_windows = 1;
15315
15316 DEFVAR_BOOL ("mode-line-inverse-video", &mode_line_inverse_video,
15317 doc: /* nil means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face.
15318 Any other value means to use the appropriate face, `mode-line',
15319 `header-line', or `menu' respectively.
15320
15321 This variable is deprecated; please change the above faces instead. */);
15322 mode_line_inverse_video = 1;
15323
15324 DEFVAR_LISP ("line-number-display-limit", &Vline_number_display_limit,
15325 doc: /* *Maximum buffer size for which line number should be displayed.
15326 If the buffer is bigger than this, the line number does not appear
15327 in the mode line. A value of nil means no limit. */);
15328 Vline_number_display_limit = Qnil;
15329
15330 DEFVAR_INT ("line-number-display-limit-width",
15331 &line_number_display_limit_width,
15332 doc: /* *Maximum line width (in characters) for line number display.
15333 If the average length of the lines near point is bigger than this, then the
15334 line number may be omitted from the mode line. */);
15335 line_number_display_limit_width = 200;
15336
15337 DEFVAR_BOOL ("highlight-nonselected-windows", &highlight_nonselected_windows,
15338 doc: /* *Non-nil means highlight region even in nonselected windows. */);
15339 highlight_nonselected_windows = 0;
15340
15341 DEFVAR_BOOL ("multiple-frames", &multiple_frames,
15342 doc: /* Non-nil if more than one frame is visible on this display.
15343 Minibuffer-only frames don't count, but iconified frames do.
15344 This variable is not guaranteed to be accurate except while processing
15345 `frame-title-format' and `icon-title-format'. */);
15346
15347 DEFVAR_LISP ("frame-title-format", &Vframe_title_format,
15348 doc: /* Template for displaying the title bar of visible frames.
15349 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)
15350 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),
15351 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set
15352 \(see `modify-frame-parameters'). */);
15353 DEFVAR_LISP ("icon-title-format", &Vicon_title_format,
15354 doc: /* Template for displaying the title bar of an iconified frame.
15355 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)
15356 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),
15357 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set
15358 \(see `modify-frame-parameters'). */);
15359 Vicon_title_format
15360 = Vframe_title_format
15361 = Fcons (intern ("multiple-frames"),
15362 Fcons (build_string ("%b"),
15363 Fcons (Fcons (empty_string,
15364 Fcons (intern ("invocation-name"),
15365 Fcons (build_string ("@"),
15366 Fcons (intern ("system-name"),
15367 Qnil)))),
15368 Qnil)));
15369
15370 DEFVAR_LISP ("message-log-max", &Vmessage_log_max,
15371 doc: /* Maximum number of lines to keep in the message log buffer.
15372 If nil, disable message logging. If t, log messages but don't truncate
15373 the buffer when it becomes large. */);
15374 Vmessage_log_max = make_number (50);
15375
15376 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-size-change-functions", &Vwindow_size_change_functions,
15377 doc: /* Functions called before redisplay, if window sizes have changed.
15378 The value should be a list of functions that take one argument.
15379 Just before redisplay, for each frame, if any of its windows have changed
15380 size since the last redisplay, or have been split or deleted,
15381 all the functions in the list are called, with the frame as argument. */);
15382 Vwindow_size_change_functions = Qnil;
15383
15384 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-scroll-functions", &Vwindow_scroll_functions,
15385 doc: /* List of Functions to call before redisplaying a window with scrolling.
15386 Each function is called with two arguments, the window
15387 and its new display-start position. Note that the value of `window-end'
15388 is not valid when these functions are called. */);
15389 Vwindow_scroll_functions = Qnil;
15390
15391 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-resize-tool-bars", &auto_resize_tool_bars_p,
15392 doc: /* *Non-nil means automatically resize tool-bars.
15393 This increases a tool-bar's height if not all tool-bar items are visible.
15394 It decreases a tool-bar's height when it would display blank lines
15395 otherwise. */);
15396 auto_resize_tool_bars_p = 1;
15397
15398 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons", &auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p,
15399 doc: /* *Non-nil means raise tool-bar buttons when the mouse moves over them. */);
15400 auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p = 1;
15401
15402 DEFVAR_LISP ("tool-bar-button-margin", &Vtool_bar_button_margin,
15403 doc: /* *Margin around tool-bar buttons in pixels.
15404 If an integer, use that for both horizontal and vertical margins.
15405 Otherwise, value should be a pair of integers `(HORZ . VERT)' with
15406 HORZ specifying the horizontal margin, and VERT specifying the
15407 vertical margin. */);
15408 Vtool_bar_button_margin = make_number (DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN);
15409
15410 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-relief", &tool_bar_button_relief,
15411 doc: /* *Relief thickness of tool-bar buttons. */);
15412 tool_bar_button_relief = DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF;
15413
15414 DEFVAR_LISP ("fontification-functions", &Vfontification_functions,
15415 doc: /* List of functions to call to fontify regions of text.
15416 Each function is called with one argument POS. Functions must
15417 fontify a region starting at POS in the current buffer, and give
15418 fontified regions the property `fontified'. */);
15419 Vfontification_functions = Qnil;
15420 Fmake_variable_buffer_local (Qfontification_functions);
15421
15422 DEFVAR_BOOL ("unibyte-display-via-language-environment",
15423 &unibyte_display_via_language_environment,
15424 doc: /* *Non-nil means display unibyte text according to language environment.
15425 Specifically this means that unibyte non-ASCII characters
15426 are displayed by converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters
15427 according to the current language environment. As a result, they are
15428 displayed according to the current fontset. */);
15429 unibyte_display_via_language_environment = 0;
15430
15431 DEFVAR_LISP ("max-mini-window-height", &Vmax_mini_window_height,
15432 doc: /* *Maximum height for resizing mini-windows.
15433 If a float, it specifies a fraction of the mini-window frame's height.
15434 If an integer, it specifies a number of lines. */);
15435 Vmax_mini_window_height = make_float (0.25);
15436
15437 DEFVAR_LISP ("resize-mini-windows", &Vresize_mini_windows,
15438 doc: /* *How to resize mini-windows.
15439 A value of nil means don't automatically resize mini-windows.
15440 A value of t means resize them to fit the text displayed in them.
15441 A value of `grow-only', the default, means let mini-windows grow
15442 only, until their display becomes empty, at which point the windows
15443 go back to their normal size. */);
15444 Vresize_mini_windows = Qgrow_only;
15445
15446 DEFVAR_BOOL ("cursor-in-non-selected-windows",
15447 &cursor_in_non_selected_windows,
15448 doc: /* *Non-nil means display a hollow cursor in non-selected windows.
15449 nil means don't display a cursor there. */);
15450 cursor_in_non_selected_windows = 1;
15451
15452 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-hscroll-mode", &automatic_hscrolling_p,
15453 doc: /* *Non-nil means scroll the display automatically to make point visible. */);
15454 automatic_hscrolling_p = 1;
15455
15456 DEFVAR_INT ("hscroll-margin", &hscroll_margin,
15457 doc: /* *How many columns away from the window edge point is allowed to get
15458 before automatic hscrolling will horizontally scroll the window. */);
15459 hscroll_margin = 5;
15460
15461 DEFVAR_LISP ("hscroll-step", &Vhscroll_step,
15462 doc: /* *How many columns to scroll the window when point gets too close to the edge.
15463 When point is less than `automatic-hscroll-margin' columns from the window
15464 edge, automatic hscrolling will scroll the window by the amount of columns
15465 determined by this variable. If its value is a positive integer, scroll that
15466 many columns. If it's a positive floating-point number, it specifies the
15467 fraction of the window's width to scroll. If it's nil or zero, point will be
15468 centered horizontally after the scroll. Any other value, including negative
15469 numbers, are treated as if the value were zero.
15470
15471 Automatic hscrolling always moves point outside the scroll margin, so if
15472 point was more than scroll step columns inside the margin, the window will
15473 scroll more than the value given by the scroll step.
15474
15475 Note that the lower bound for automatic hscrolling specified by `scroll-left'
15476 and `scroll-right' overrides this variable's effect. */);
15477 Vhscroll_step = make_number (0);
15478
15479 DEFVAR_LISP ("image-types", &Vimage_types,
15480 doc: /* List of supported image types.
15481 Each element of the list is a symbol for a supported image type. */);
15482 Vimage_types = Qnil;
15483
15484 DEFVAR_BOOL ("message-truncate-lines", &message_truncate_lines,
15485 doc: /* If non-nil, messages are truncated instead of resizing the echo area.
15486 Bind this around calls to `message' to let it take effect. */);
15487 message_truncate_lines = 0;
15488
15489 DEFVAR_LISP ("menu-bar-update-hook", &Vmenu_bar_update_hook,
15490 doc: /* Normal hook run for clicks on menu bar, before displaying a submenu.
15491 Can be used to update submenus whose contents should vary. */);
15492 Vmenu_bar_update_hook = Qnil;
15493
15494 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-menubar-update", &inhibit_menubar_update,
15495 doc: /* Non-nil means don't update menu bars. Internal use only. */);
15496 inhibit_menubar_update = 0;
15497
15498 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-eval-during-redisplay", &inhibit_eval_during_redisplay,
15499 doc: /* Non-nil means don't eval Lisp during redisplay. */);
15500 inhibit_eval_during_redisplay = 0;
15501
15502 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
15503 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-try-window-id", &inhibit_try_window_id,
15504 doc: /* Inhibit try_window_id display optimization. */);
15505 inhibit_try_window_id = 0;
15506
15507 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-try-window-reusing", &inhibit_try_window_reusing,
15508 doc: /* Inhibit try_window_reusing display optimization. */);
15509 inhibit_try_window_reusing = 0;
15510
15511 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-try-cursor-movement", &inhibit_try_cursor_movement,
15512 doc: /* Inhibit try_cursor_movement display optimization. */);
15513 inhibit_try_cursor_movement = 0;
15514 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
15515 }
15516
15517
15518 /* Initialize this module when Emacs starts. */
15519
15520 void
15521 init_xdisp ()
15522 {
15523 Lisp_Object root_window;
15524 struct window *mini_w;
15525
15526 current_header_line_height = current_mode_line_height = -1;
15527
15528 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
15529
15530 mini_w = XWINDOW (minibuf_window);
15531 root_window = FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (mini_w)));
15532
15533 if (!noninteractive)
15534 {
15535 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (root_window)));
15536 int i;
15537
15538 XWINDOW (root_window)->top = make_number (FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f));
15539 set_window_height (root_window,
15540 FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f),
15541 0);
15542 mini_w->top = make_number (FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1);
15543 set_window_height (minibuf_window, 1, 0);
15544
15545 XWINDOW (root_window)->width = make_number (FRAME_WIDTH (f));
15546 mini_w->width = make_number (FRAME_WIDTH (f));
15547
15548 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = scratch_glyphs;
15549 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA + 1]
15550 = scratch_glyphs + MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS;
15551
15552 /* The default ellipsis glyphs `...'. */
15553 for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i)
15554 default_invis_vector[i] = make_number ('.');
15555 }
15556
15557 {
15558 /* Allocate the buffer for frame titles.
15559 Also used for `format-mode-line'. */
15560 int size = 100;
15561 frame_title_buf = (char *) xmalloc (size);
15562 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + size;
15563 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
15564 }
15565
15566 help_echo_showing_p = 0;
15567 }
15568
15569